The Interior Design Profession's Body of Knowledge: 2005 Edition

The Interior Design Profession’s
Body of Knowledge
2005 Edition
Body of Knowledge
Caren S. Martin, Ph.D., CID, ASID, IIDA

Denise A. Guerin, Ph.D., FIDEC, ASID, IIDA
University of Minnesota
Funded by:
American Society of Interior Designers (ASID)
Foundation for Interior Design Education Research (FIDER)
Interior Designers of Canada (IDC)
International Interior Design Association (IIDA)
National Council for Interior Design Qualification (NCIDQ)
The Interior Design Profession's Body of Knowledge
2005 Edition
Table of Contents
Contents Page
List of Tables………………………………………………………. iii
List of Figures……………………………………………………… iv
Abstract…………………………………………………………….. v
Executive Summary……………………………………………….. vii
1.0 Introduction………………………………………………………... 1
1.1 Purpose………………………………………………………... 1
1.2 Rationale for Defining and Documenting the
Body of Knowledge…………………………………………... 3
1.2.1 Benefits to the Public………………………………... 7
2.0 Previous Studies Related to Bodies of Knowledge…………………. 15

2.1 Other Professions’ Bodies of Knowledge…………………….. 15
2.2 Interior Design Profession’s Body of Knowledge……………. 16
2.2.1 Interior Design Researchers’ Studies………………... 16
2.2.2 Career Cycle Approach……………………………… 17
3.0 Method Used to Define the Body of Knowledge…………………. 21

3.1 Weighting the Knowledge Areas……………………………... 22
3.1.1 Simple Count Method……………………………….. 23
3.1.2 Career Additive Method……………………………... 25
3.2 Categorizing the Knowledge Areas…………………………... 30
3.3 Validation of Data Collection and Knowledge Area
Weighting Process……………………………………………. 36
3.4 Limitations……………………………………………………. 38
4.0 Findings and Discussion of the Definition of the

Body of Knowledge………………………………………………... 40
4.1 Validation and Weighting Process……………………………. 40
4.2 Analysis of Content and Weighting…………………………... 45
5.0 Method Used to Document the Body of Knowledge…………….. 49

5.1 Classifying, Identifying, and Gathering the Literature……… 50
5.2 Writing the Abstracts and Identifying Keywords…………… 51
Martin & Guerin, 2005

© February 2006
i
6.0 Findings and Discussion of the Documentation of the
Body of Knowledge………………………………………………... 52
6.1 Human Environment Needs…………………………………. 52
6.2 Interior Construction, Codes, and Regulations……………… 66
6.3 Design………………………………………………………... 76
6.4 Products and Materials………………………………………. 82
6.5 Professional Practice………………………………………… 89
6.6 Communication……………………………………………… 93
7.0 Implications for Further Work…………………………………... 97
8.0 Conclusions………………………………………………………… 101
9.0 References………………………………………………………….. 104
10.0 Appendices…………………………………………………………. 108
A 2001 BOK by Categories and KAs (Unweighted)…………... 109

B Coalition of Funders of Body of Knowledge Project (2005 112
Edition)……………………………………..………………
C Panel of Experts……………………………………………... 113
D Interior Design Definitions of the Regulated Jurisdictions….. 114
E Organizations as Identified in the Literature………………… 121
F Glossary of Terms…………………………………………… 123
G Researchers’ Abbreviated Vita…..…………………………... 124
11.0 Annotated Bibliography:

Documentation of the Body of Knowledge………………………. 129
12.0 Index of Abstracts Listed in the Annotated Bibliography……… 214

© February 2006
ii
List of Tables
Page
Table 1. Career Additive Method……………………………………. 26
Table 2. IDEP Internal Weighting – Ratio……………………………. 29
Table 3. Panel of Experts Recommendations to the BOK Project

Funders………………………………………………………. 40

© February 2006
iii
List of Figures
Page
Figure 1. 2001 Interior Design Profession’s Body of Knowledge

Process Model……………………………………………….. 2
Figure 2. Career Cycle Process………………………………………… 19
Figures 3a Collapsing the Keywords into Knowledge Areas: Examples 24

& 3b.
Figure 4. Career Additive Method Model……………………………... 27
Figure 5. Weighted Knowledge Areas by Category: Career Additive

Method………………………………………………………. 31
Figure 6. Category Comparison: 2001 Versus 2005 Body of

Knowledge…………………………………………………... 35
Figure 7. Process Used to Identify the Interior Design Profession’s

Body of Knowledge …………………..…………………….. 43
Figure 8. Model of the Interior Design Profession’s 2005 Body of 44

Knowledge………..………………………………………….

© February 2006
iv
Abstract
The purpose of this study was to further define and document the interior design
profession’s body of knowledge. The first investigation of this issue was Guerin and Martin’s
2001 study, The Interior Design Profession’s Body of Knowledge: Its Definition and
Documentation, funded by the Association of Registered Interior Designers of Ontario (ARIDO).
This is an update of the 2001 Body of Knowledge study and adds the important aspect of
weighting the knowledge areas to determine the level of importance each knowledge area has to
the practice of interior design. A knowledge area is the abstract knowledge required to practice
interior design and is not to be confused with the skills designers need to practice or tasks
designers are required to perform. This study was funded by a consortium of professional interior
design organizations and entities: the American Society of Interior Designers (ASID), the
Foundation for Interior Design Education Research (FIDER), the Interior Designers of Canada
(IDC), the International Interior Design Association (IIDA), and the National Council for Interior
Design Qualification (NCIDQ). It is important to define a body of knowledge as abstract
knowledge is seen as the signpost of a true profession, and professionalization is “how modern
societies institutionalize expertise” (Abbott, 1988, p. xii).
Education, experience, examination, and regulatory jurisdiction documents were searched
for keywords that represented the knowledge areas of the body of knowledge. The knowledge
areas were weighted for importance to practice using the Career Additive Method, which used
the documents’ internal weighting system multiplied by the number of times the keyword
appeared in all documents. This method reflected the cumulative learning process of the career
cycle. To validate the study, the funders identified a Panel of Experts to respond to the method,

© February 2006
v
findings, and weighting process. In addition, the funders identified a research methodologist to
examine the study.
The findings of this study show that the Interior Design Profession’s Body of Knowledge
includes six categories and 96 knowledge areas. Because some of the weighted category values
are numerically close, the categories were placed into three groups or strata; however, category
names were maintained for clarity. The first group of categories is comprised of Human
Environment Needs (weighted value of 334) and Interior Construction, Codes, and Regulations
(weighted value of 329). The second group of categories is comprised of Design (weighted value
of 256), Products and Materials (weighted value of 235), and Professional Practice (weighted
value of 233). The third category is Communication (weighted value of 109). The Panel of
Experts found that the values of the categories and their knowledge areas reflected the
specialized knowledge required for interior design practice. Specifically, they agreed that Human
Environment Needs, ranked as the highest, reflected their consensus that this category ‘belongs’
to interior design. The methodologist, Professor Stephen Lacy, School of Journalism, Michigan
State University, concluded that “The study is sound. It is an advancement on defining Interior
Design’s body of knowledge…” (personal communication, February 5, 2006).
It is important to note that this BOK study reflects the profession’s abstract knowledge at
a single point in time. The funders will make this report available to the design communities for
dialogue, comment, and recommendations. Future study is required to include mature designer
knowledge and theoretical constructs.

© February 2006
vi
Body of Knowledge
2005 EditionT
Executive Summary

University of Minnesota
Funded by:

© February 2006
vii
Executive Summary
Purpose
The purpose of this study was to continue to define and document the interior design
profession’s body of knowledge. We updated and further analyzed our previous study (Guerin &
Martin, 2001), which was funded by the Association of Registered Interior Designers of Ontario
(ARIDO). In the 2001 study, 81 knowledge areas were identified in the literature and placed into
seven descriptive categories, which were then defined as the interior design profession’s body of
knowledge. In this study, 96 knowledge areas were found and placed into six weighted
categories. Further, the knowledge areas were weighted to determine the level of importance
each knowledge area has to the practice of interior design, i.e., the relative value of one
knowledge area to another and to the whole. Knowledge areas are comprised of similar
keywords that reflect a specific content practiced by interior designers.
Rationale
What is a body of knowledge, and why is it important to define it? A profession’s body of
knowledge is the abstract knowledge needed by practitioners to perform the profession’s work.
Abstract knowledge is what an interior design practitioner knows and applies to a design project.
This is not to be confused with the skills designers need to practice or tasks designers are
required to perform. It is the currency of a profession; it is what makes a profession legitimate
and valued by the public (Abbott, 1988). Once we identify the profession’s abstract knowledge,
we can communicate within and beyond our profession about our work. We also can determine if
the knowledge areas identified represent interior design practice today. By knowing where the
profession is today, based on our body of knowledge, we can determine where the profession
wants to be in the future and the path to get there. Additionally, it is important to know how the
profession defines itself in its own documents.
Precedent for this Study

Other professions have defined the body of knowledge relative to their practices. The
nursing profession (Gunther & Raile Alligood, 2002) and landscape architecture (American
Society of Landscape Architects, 2004) were two among many that have defined their abstract

© February 2006
viii
knowledge. Interior design practitioners and educators have also studied the profession’s work,
tasks, and body of knowledge.
Harwood (2003) investigated the education and practice relationship of interior design
and architecture.
Klinkhamer (2003) conducted a survey in which practitioners were asked to differentiate
knowledge areas that were necessary to practice when they were new to the profession
versus knowledge areas necessary to practice for 2002 interior design graduates.
Marshall-Baker (2003) found that art, architecture, social science, and interior design
engage in the design, structure, and function of the built environment in various ways.
Poldma (2003) investigated the origins of interior design practice, research, and
education knowledge and suggested the profession requires a more in-depth examination
of the theoretical and philosophical basis of practice—that which does not yet exist, but
must be developed by the profession.
Thompson (2003) believes that knowledge gained from interdisciplinary design research
offered the benefits of predicting behavior, verifying patterns, and validating design
decisions.
The work of these researchers provides an excellent foundation for dialogue and ideas, as
well as methods for further investigation. It will be vital to include this research in future
discussion of how to move the study of the profession’s body of knowledge forward.
Method Used to Define the Body of Knowledge

We completed an analysis of content of published documents from interior design entities
that represent the career cycle of the professional interior designer. We call this method the
Career Cycle Approach because we used the education standards (FIDER), experience
monitoring and examination guidelines (NCIDQ), and regulatory definitions of “interior
design(er)” (regulatory jurisdictions).
During the analysis of content, we identified all the keywords or knowledge areas, then
weighted those knowledge areas to distinguish between what is the knowledge that interior
designers need to know in depth (e.g., space planning) versus that knowledge that interior
designers need to be aware of but that is not the foundation of practice (e.g., acoustics) and
everywhere in between.
Next, the knowledge areas were grouped by theme, which became the name of a
category. All of the knowledge areas’ weighted scores in each category were added together, and
that score became the weighted score for the category.

© February 2006
ix
Validating the Research Method and Findings
Two strategies were used to validate the study’s methods and findings. A Panel of
Experts (see section 10.0) was selected by the funders and convened in Chicago in June 2005. It
consisted of 12 practitioners and two educators with extensive education, design, and leadership
experience. The panelists reviewed the study and made recommendations to the funders and
profession related to the study’s process and findings. Additionally, a research methodologist,
Professor Stephen Lacy, School of Journalism, Michigan State University was selected by the
funders to examine the study. He concluded that “The study is sound. It is an advancement on
defining Interior Design’s body of knowledge…” (personal communication, February 5, 2006).
Limitations of the Research Method

A limitation of this study is that the entities’ (FIDER, NCIDQ) published documents
reflect only a point-in-time and often that point is two to four years prior to current day (due to
the study, documentation, and publishing processes used). Therefore, there is a sense of “a
rearview mirror” look as we use the data available for the analysis of content. The numerical
weighting of knowledge areas and categories might be influenced by measurement error.
Therefore the categories were stratified into three major groups, as noted in the Study Findings
and Discussion.
Method Used to Document the Body of Knowledge

The next step in the study was to document that interior designers use the specialized
knowledge areas of the body of knowledge that had been identified through the analysis of
content. A systematic literature review of design and human behavior sources was compiled into
an annotated bibliography. Over 250 pieces of literature (January 2000 to January 2005) were
reviewed from refereed journals, conference proceedings, trade publications, design organization
reports, industry reports, and popular press documents from newspapers and magazines. The
resulting article abstracts were organized into the Annotated Bibliography (see section 11.0).
This literature shows that the knowledge areas of the body of knowledge are used by interior
design practitioners, i.e., the use of abstract knowledge is documented.

© February 2006
x
Study Findings and Discussion
Using analysis of content and the Career Cycle Approach, we identified 96 knowledge
areas, each of which was weighted for level of importance to practice (weighted value range =
109-334). They were grouped into six categories: Human Environment Needs; Interior
Construction, Codes, and Regulations; Design; Products and Materials; Professional Practice;
and Communication. Subsequently, the weighting of knowledge areas also causes the categories
to be ordered by importance. Due to the close category values and potential measurement error,
it is more accurate to stratify the categories into three major groups rather than rely on finite
weighted scores to create six categories. The three groups were created by assigning categories
with closely aligned numerical weights to the same group. Therefore, the first group of
categories is comprised of Human Environment Needs (weighted value of 334) and Interior
Construction, Codes, and Regulations (weighted value of 329). The second group of categories is
comprised of Design (weighted value of 256), Products and Materials (weighted value of 235),
and Professional Practice (weighted value of 233). The third category is comprised of
Communication (weighted value of 109).
The next section provides a brief description of each category, the knowledge areas, and
the weight given to each knowledge area and category. For example, under the “Human
Environment Needs [334]” category is the knowledge area “programming (problem
identification, requirements) [49];” therefore, the weighted value of “Human Environment
Needs” is 334 points, and the weighted value of “programming” is 49 points.
The Body of Knowledge Categories

Group A.1: Human Environment Needs
Understanding human behavior and how humans interact with the built environment and
with one another is one of the key pieces of abstract knowledge required by interior designers.
Interior designers gather and analyze information about the users of the space to design for their
behaviors and characteristics. The contributions of the natural environment, context, human
values, function, and aesthetics are all recognized as contributing to people’s well-being and are
accounted for in this broad view.

© February 2006
xi
Human Environment Needs Knowledge Areas [Value = 334]
programming (problem identification, requirements) [49]
research process (studies, data collection, recording, analysis) [47]
client’s/user’s needs, goals, preferences, and requirements [32]
POE (post-occupancy evaluation) process and implementation practices, survey, and observation
[28]
analysis of client’s/user’s needs, activities, and goals [22]
accessibility issues (barrier-free and universal design) [16]
cultural factors and influences [15]
strategic planning (organizational issues) [14]
existing site conditions (measurement and record) [12]
human factors (ergonomics, anthropometrics) [12]
global problem solving [11]
economic factors, influences, and trends [10]
environmental factors, issues and requirements (sustainability, indoor air quality, energy
conservation) [10]
human behavior and design theories [10]
facility issues [9]
project context, location, surroundings, view, and geography [9]
psychological factors and issues [9]
psychology of color [9]
social factors, issues, and trends [9]
conflict resolution [1]
Group A.2: Interior Construction, Codes, and Regulations

Interior construction is the manifestation of the design of the space based on the human
environment needs through specification and documentation. It encompasses building systems,
non-load bearing interior construction, fire and life-safety principles, codes, regulations,
standards, and guidelines. They must be applied appropriately, per jurisdictional requirements to
provide safety in all environments.
Interior Construction, Codes, and Regulations Knowledge Areas [Value = 329]

building codes, laws, regulations; life safety standards (movement, stairs, corridors, ramps, exits)
and requirements; welfare [36]
lighting fixtures and lamps selection, application, and specifications [34]
building systems (mechanical, electrical, plumbing, structural) [31]
working drawings for non-load bearing interior construction [31]
permitting processes [27]
specifications for non-load bearing interior construction [23]
reflected ceiling systems, plans, and specifications [20]
electrical plans and preliminary specifications [18]

© February 2006
xii
schedules [15]
analysis of life safety requirements [13]
data/voice telecommunication systems and plans [12]
fire and life-safety principles (compartmentalization, detection, suppression) [12]
non-load bearing interior construction systems and methods [12]
acoustics [11]
lighting/daylighting systems [11]
security systems [10]
as-built drawings [9]
power distribution systems and plans [2]
energy management [1]
indoor air quality [1]
Group B.1: Design

Interior designers, knowledgeable in human behavior and human factors, have the
expertise to combine users’ needs with design theory to create spaces that meet project
requirements. Design involves aspects of design thinking, the implementation of the design
process, and some of the specific tasks in the process. During the design process, the knowledge
areas are applied through the phases of the design process, across all types of interiors.
Design Knowledge Areas [Value = 256]

interior components design and detailing (custom furniture, cabinetry, millwork, floor patterning,
textiles) [34]
design process (preliminary design, schematic design, design development, analysis) [30]
space planning (non-load bearing interior construction) [30]
aesthetics [22]
design concept [16]
design(s) [15]
lighting design [15]
problem solving [15]
visual representation types (bubble diagrams, adjacency matrices/charts, stacking/zoning
diagrams, block plans, square footage allocations) [15]
elements and principles of design [14]
function [13]
quality (interior environment) [13]
sketching [9]
color concept (selection and application) [6]
history (art, architecture, interiors, furnishings) [3]
two- and three-dimensional design [3]
color principles, theories, and systems [1]
decorative elements selection and application [1]
wayfinding/signage [1]

© February 2006
xiii
Group B.2: Products and Materials
This category is sometimes considered the heart of interior design practice as building
products, materials, finishes, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment are experienced on an intimate
level by users of the space. Appropriate product and material selections and specifications
involve compliance with codes, life safety, building standards, bidding processes, sustainability
guidelines, and human needs, such as accessibility. Also, products and materials are no longer an
issue of first cost, but life cycle cost and analysis. Aesthetics and meaning of place contribute to
decision-making in terms of products and materials; however, sustainability, energy efficiency,
and recycling are top-of-mind issues in specifying products and materials for the built
environment.
Products and Materials Knowledge Areas [Value = 235]

materials (products, sources, selection, cost, installation, maintenance, specifications) [39]
furnishings, fixtures, and equipment drawings, specifications, and installation [36]
finishes (selection, cost, schedules, plans, specifications) [31]
specifications [20]
fixtures (location and specifications) [14]
furnishings [14]
supplier/vendor requirements (information, installation plans, shipping instructions) [14]
cabinetry [13]
equipment documents (location and specifications) [13]
furniture documents (location and specifications) [13]
product attributes (selection, cost, application, properties, performance criteria) [13]
installation methods and costs [9]
schedules [5]
sustainable resources [1]
Group B.3: Professional Practice

Professional practice is a category that includes the content of many knowledge areas,
including the practice of business itself. The public’s health, safety, and welfare are protected
through contract administration, accounting procedures, budgeting, cost estimating, and project
management. The clients’ fiscal, physical, and human resources are also protected, assuring them
of timely delivery of a well-designed project. In addition, interior designers are knowledgeable
about professional organizations, and maintain a code of ethics—strategies that support client
welfare. Research and evidence-based design as well as collaboration are cornerstones of
professional practice.

© February 2006
xiv
Professional Practice Knowledge Areas [Value = 233]
contract administration (bidding/negotiation, contract documents) [34]
business practices [31]
consultant work (consultation, collaboration, integration) [31]
project management (scope, schedule, budget, fee) [25]
observation, punchlists/deficiency reports [27]
business processes (marketing, strategic planning, accounting procedures, real estate issues) [20]
problem review and evaluation during alteration and construction [13]
client consultation [13]
ethics [10]
professional certification, licensing, and/or registration requirements [10]
legal forms of business (sole proprietorship, corporations, partnerships) [9]
legal responsibilities [9]
professional design organizations [1]
Group C.1: Communication

Interior designers work to create a tone of collaboration between all parties, including the
client, users, allied professionals, contractors, and building officials. Communication by interior
designers requires knowledge of oral, written, and graphic methods. Clients are also educated
about the value of design solutions, products, materials, and new systems. Communication
ensures that codes, standards, and regulations have been met and the specifications and budget
are accurate and complete through the business of managing and administering the project.
Communication Knowledge Areas [Value = 109]

oral, visual, and written communication [21]
presentation techniques/media [21]
drawings [19]
preliminary designs, drawings, and sketches [13]
drafting/lettering (manual) [10]
study models [10]
sketches [8]
computer-aided drafting and lettering [1]
metric system [1]

© February 2006
xv
Implications for Further Work
Based on the project findings and feedback from the Panel of Experts, there are several
recommendations for further work.
In the immediate future:
Funders (ASID, FIDER, IDC, IIDA, and NCIDQ) will make this report public, perhaps
via a Web site, and disseminate knowledge of its publication to gather formal and
informal feedback and dialogue about the body of knowledge.
Media needs to be made aware of this scholarly study.
Media and the design community need to be educated on the importance of defining a
body of knowledge for any profession.
Next steps:
These first two studies (Guerin & Martin, 2001; Martin & Guerin, 2005) are a beginning;
it is time to consider how some of the limitations of these studies can be accommodated.
Need to move the body of knowledge from a two-dimensional list of knowledge areas to
a three-dimensional concept of abstract knowledge.
o Is the current work too pragmatic? How to deepen our understanding of the
conceptual nature of our body of knowledge?
Practitioners do not use theoretical terms (language) as they engage in practice; therefore,
theory is not being used. On the other hand, design researchers must base their
investigations on theory to be able to contribute to theory development and the building
of the body of knowledge.
Need to continue to teach theory via education in ways that show students how to apply it
to design practice, i.e., evidence-based design, and for researchers to write about theory
development and application in practitioner-friendly language.
Researchers to focus on areas of keen interest to practitioners, e.g., recovery rates in
healthcare settings, productivity in the workplace, or learning enhancement in school
settings. This will gain the attention and collaboration of practitioners in the development
of theory.
Some knowledge areas exhibit low value scores, but are clearly a focus of interior design
practice and are the subjects of continuing education, e.g., sustainability. This disconnect
must be addressed by the profession.
As with any profession, continuing education is an integral, crucial part of the career
cycle. This study needs to be extended to include the knowledge areas of the mature
interior designer via continuing education, an important part of professional development
and growth of abstract knowledge.
In the long run:

Must consider how the definition and documentation of the body of knowledge can stay
current. It is an issue of logistics that possibly cannot be helped, but the “rearview
mirror” look is a handicap when trying to identify the body of knowledge.
Must consider how entities (FIDER, NCIDQ) can/should change focus and language
within their documents. Creation of consistent and current language by the entities is
© February 2006
xvi
imperative for the profession as it often becomes the language used in legislation—
further enhancing confusion about “what interior designers do.”
The input from a larger group of mature designers needs to be included in the body of
knowledge. The richness and depth of these designers’ knowledge areas will provide an
increasingly accurate view of the profession’s body of knowledge.
Conclusions
This study, The Interior Design Profession’s Body of Knowledge, 2005 Edition, is the
result of 15 months of systematic investigation into the profession’s body of knowledge. It
provides evidence that the knowledge areas are used by interior design practitioners and are
evident in the built environment and to the public. The nature of this study was not to look for
statistical significance of the findings but an overall view of an issue; it is the beginning, a place
to start. We have identified who the profession says it is; now we must further define who we
want to become.
We identified 96 knowledge areas, assigned a weighted value, and organized them within
six thematic categories and three groups. It is evident from these values and Panel of Expert’s
views that the interior design profession ‘owns’ the knowledge embodied in the Human
Environment Needs category. It is also evident that this study has created a platform for further
investigation into the interior design profession’s body of knowledge.
Questions arise about how to make such a study even more comprehensive so that the
level of importance of knowledge areas of the mature designers, those who have 10 or more
years of experience, are included. This is a good start at defining and documenting the interior
design profession’s body of knowledge, and we hope that it will fuel dialogue and debate as the
profession continues to define its body of knowledge into the future. This study:
offers concrete evidence of interior design’s abstract knowledge, its jurisdiction as a
profession;
requests educators to continue to integrate theory into the education of future interior
designers that builds on and supports the knowledge areas of the body of knowledge;
encourages researchers to address arenas of interest to practitioners regarding design and
human behavior that continues to build theory;
provides a focus for industry’s support;
provides a document to be used by legislative coalitions to educate allied practitioners,
the public, and the legislature about the profession’s specialized knowledge;
challenges the profession to develop new knowledge, expand the body of knowledge, and
support theory development; and
encourages others to continue the task of defining and documenting the body of
knowledge in the near future.
© February 2006
xvii
References
Abbott, A. (1988). The system of professions: An essay for the division of expert labor. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
American Society of Landscape Architects (ASLA). (2004, October 28). Landscape architecture
body of knowledge (LABOK). Retrieved 01/12/05 from
http://www.asla.org/nonmembers/education/laBOK_study.htm
Guerin, D., & Martin, C. (2001). The definition and documentation of the interior design
profession’s body of knowledge. Association of Registered Interior Designers of Ontario:
Toronto, CA.
Gunther, M., & Raile Alligood, M. (2002). A discipline-specific determination of high quality
nursing care. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 38(4), 353-359.
Harwood, B. (2003, May). Update on the common body of knowledge in interior design. Paper
presented at the Body of Knowledge Conference, Washington, DC (n.p.).
Klinkhamer, S. (2003, May). Research material for distribution to the attendees of the May 2003
conference on body of knowledge research. Paper presented at the Body of Knowledge
Conference, Washington, DC (n.p.).
Marshall-Baker, A. (2003, May). Executive summary. Body of knowledge forum. Paper presented
at the Body of Knowledge Conference, Washington, DC (n.p.).
Poldma, T. (2003, May). Executive summary of doctoral thesis and abstract: An investigation of
learning and teaching processes in an interior design class: An interpretative and contextual
inquiry. Paper presented at the Body of Knowledge Conference, Washington, DC (n.p.).
Thompson, J. (2003, May). Interior design body of knowledge summit: Summary of

research/scholarship and key issues for discussion. Paper presented at the Body of
Knowledge Conference, Washington, DC (n.p.).
Authors’ Note: Many thanks to the collaboration of the funders: ASID, FIDER, IDC, IIDA,
and NCIDQ. Their collective vision is crucial to the future of the profession.

© February 2006
xviii
1.0 Introduction
1.1 Purpose
The purpose of this study was to further define and document the interior design
profession’s body of knowledge. The first study to perform this task was Guerin and Martin’s
2001 study, The Interior Design Profession’s Body of Knowledge: Its Definition and
Documentation, funded by the Association of Registered Interior Designers of Ontario (ARIDO).
The process used for that study is shown in Figure 1. The 2001 study found 81 knowledge areas
(KAs) through an analysis of content of official design organization documents (see Appendix
A). KAs are the specialized knowledge required by interior designers to protect people’s life,
health, safety, and welfare through the design of the interior environment.
Interest in the interior design profession’s body of knowledge was discussed at a May
2003 Interior Design Body of Knowledge (BOK) Conference held in Washington, DC.
Attendees were representatives of the interior design community—practitioners, educators, and
researchers as well as representatives of the conference sponsors: the American Society of
Interior Designers (ASID), the Association of Independent Colleges of Art and Design (AICAD),
the Foundation for Interior Design Education Research (FIDER), the Interior Designers of
Canada (IDC), the International Interior Design Association (IIDA), and the National Council for
Interior Design Qualification (NCIDQ). At that meeting, it was determined that Guerin and
Martin’s 2001 study was a good starting point in defining and documenting the profession’s
body of knowledge (Weigand & Harmon-Vaughn, 2003). However, conference attendees also
acknowledged that the study represented a snapshot in time. In 2004, a consortium of interior
design organizations approached us, through FIDER, to update the 2001 study.

© February 2006
1
Reprinted from
© 2001 by ARIDO/Guerin & Martin and reprinted with permission from the
Body of Knowledge
Change Over
Time
Codes
FIDER
Standards &
Guidelines
Communication
Design
NCIDQ’s
IDEP
Interior Design
Profession’s Furnishings,
Fixtures, &
Equipment
(Annotated
Bibliography)
(81)
NCIDQ
Human Needs
Examination
Interior
Interior Design
Building
Profession’s
Construction
Body of
LEGISLATION Knowledge
Scope of Practice
Professional
Practice
Change
Over Time
2
© February 2006
The consortium of funders included ASID, FIDER, IDC, IIDA, and NCIDQ (see Appendix B).
We agreed and determined that an additional focus of this study would be the weighting of the
KAs; an important need identified by attendees of the 2003 BOK conference.
1.2 Rationale for Defining and Documenting the Body of Knowledge
As a profession, interior design maintains jurisdiction over a specific body of knowledge
(Martin, 1998). What is a “body of knowledge,” and why should it be of concern to the interior
design profession? Abbott’s professionalization theory (1988) identified abstract knowledge, the
content of a body of knowledge, as the signpost of a true profession. Abstract knowledge defines
the interior design profession’s jurisdictional boundaries through control of knowledge.
Knowledge must be constantly evolving and growing, forever demonstrating its value; moreover,
it must be discussed, defined, and documented. For though a profession is typically internally
focused, the public finds value in the existence of a profession only to the extent that the
profession affects its need for delivery of satisfactory services or products (Martin, 1998). Abbott
(1988) found, “in terms of the public’s [and client’s] perception 1) that the essence of a
profession is its work, not its organization, 2) that many variables affect the content and control
of the work, and 3) that professions exist in an interrelated system” (p. 112).
In his seminal study of the process of professionalization (i.e., how a practice, trade, or
occupation becomes a profession), Abbott (1988) found that from a societal standpoint,
professionalization is “how modern societies institutionalize expertise” (p. xii). Though many
external forces influence the formation and maintenance of a profession, such as current
socioeconomic conditions (e.g., valuation of art, view of the world, social exposure) and public

© February 2006
3
audiences (e.g., public opinion, the legal system, the workplace), practitioners are instrumental in
the development and survival of the profession over time.
The professionalization process occurring for interior design is sequential and typical of
most professions such as law, medicine, engineering, or architecture. The process is comprised
of internal actions: professional association membership, name change, establishment of a code
of conduct, and legislative actions (Abbott, 1988). Intrinsic, though not identified by Abbott
specifically, are also establishment of educational requirements and a comprehensive
examination (Martin, 1998). Although these actions will establish a practice as a profession, they
will not maintain or grow it—that is the role of the body of knowledge.
Ultimately, a profession’s jurisdictional boundaries and its existence are inextricably
dependent on the development of abstract knowledge. This is largely due to the fact that
professions exist in a system in which one jurisdictional boundary bumps into the adjacent one;
an increase in the boundary of one automatically produces the loss of jurisdiction in another or as
commonly occurs, creates an overlap of expertise and knowledge—typically the basis for
professional competition and conflict (Abbott, 1988). Likewise, when a jurisdiction of
knowledge becomes vacant (e.g., computer networking), a new profession (e.g., network
engineering) develops to fulfill the jurisdictional boundary.
A well-documented example is the evolution of the emotional care of people. Initially, it
was the clergy who saw to the emotional needs (i.e., psychological needs) of people; later the
medical community took charge of that abstract knowledge, eventually through the emergence of
a new profession—psychiatry. Later, the profession of psychology was created, enabled by its
development of a body of knowledge, based on abstract knowledge and theory creation (e.g.,
behaviorism as pioneered by Watson, then Skinner and others) (Central Oregon Community

© February 2006
4
College, 2005). As a result, psychology’s jurisdictional boundary evolved to include the general
psychological care of people from the psychiatrists, who focused more (and perhaps could be
said narrowed their body of knowledge) on medical and physiological aspects of human
cognitive/emotional functioning (Abbott, 1988). Once again however, within the 20th-century,
new developing professionals—social workers providing individual therapy and master’s level
counselors—are challenging the profession of psychology. And so it goes.
Through this example, it is possible to draw parallels with the development of interior
design. As a profession, it has adopted abstract knowledge from its “parents,” interior decoration
and architecture (Martin, 1998). However, it also developed unique abstract knowledge of its
own that was required to define and solve interior design problems, e.g., programming and space
planning.
With this development, it is important to note that as with the emergence of psychology,
the emergence of interior design and development of its jurisdiction have not been peaceably
received by adjacent professions. As it was for psychology, the jurisdictional boundaries of
interior design are not always easily definable. Often tasks overlap between well-established
professions and the newer one; the professions can have a great degree of knowledge in
common, and in fact some knowledge is parallel between two professions’ jurisdictions and can
be undertaken by both. An example would be knowledge of analysis of life safety requirements
(architecture and interior design) or color theory (interior decoration and interior design). The
application of that abstract knowledge allows the profession to maintain its jurisdiction. If the
knowledge is consistently used in practice and develops and evolves, it becomes a component of
the body of knowledge.

© February 2006
5
Therefore, a direct correlation exists between the work of the profession and its ability to
maintain its boundaries through development and use of abstract knowledge—its body of
knowledge. Furthermore, the degree to which a profession abstracts its knowledge (i.e., analysis,
testing, and theory development) determines its ability to survive, as abstraction is the “ultimate
currency” (Abbott, 1988). Though many professions abandon their theoretical basis during the
practical existence of their jurisdiction, if disregarded too long, the jurisdiction of the profession
is likely to come under attack by another profession. As stated by Abbott (1988), “Many
occupations fight for turf, but only professions expand their cognitive dominion by using abstract
knowledge to annex new areas, to define them as their own proper work,” for “knowledge is the
currency of competition” (p. 102).
As the world becomes more complex, changes occurred in the interior design profession
and its body of knowledge that reflect designers’ specialized knowledge and the need to develop
and maintain abstract knowledge. Even since the first comprehensive definition of the
profession’s body of knowledge (Guerin & Martin, 2001), there have been societal changes that
affect people’s life, health, safety, and welfare, such as an emphasis on indoor air quality or
human-centered healthcare. These changes also influence the profession’s abstract knowledge,
i.e., the type and level of importance of specialized knowledge that interior designers need to
practice.
The 2001 study was a qualitative analysis of content that used a career cycle approach to
identify KAs, but did not weight them. Eighty-one KAs were identified and assigned to one of
seven categories (see Figure 1). These categories with their KAs became the body of knowledge.
However, since no ranking of importance was assigned to any of the KAs, they were all seen as
equal in importance, but we know that is not the case. For example, the KA “space planning”

© February 2006
6
might be considered very important to interior design practice, but the KA “acoustics” does not
generally require interior designers to have the same level of knowledge. Lack of weighting
raised some questions about the body of knowledge. What were the most important KAs? What
is the core knowledge required by interior designers, what is peripheral, or is it all equally
important? What level of knowledge is required throughout the career cycle? Or, how important
is a certain KA? To respond to some of these questions, the funders of this study determined that
it was important to update the first study to identify any new KAs that have been recognized in
the literature and weight the KAs to determine each KA’s level of importance to practice.
Just as interior design’s body of knowledge is constantly changing, as is true for any
profession, the importance of a specific KA may alter over time. In fact, some KAs might rise in
importance and others fall into obscurity. This is to be expected (Abbott, 1988), as this abstract
knowledge is constantly changing and is the impetus for changes in a profession’s jurisdictional
boundaries. The profession of interior design is not the only beneficiary of defining and
documenting its body of knowledge. Interior designers, along with other design practitioners,
protect the public’s life, health, safety, and welfare. A closer look at these components of interior
design practice will help us understand the importance of defining and documenting the body of
knowledge.
1.2.1 Benefits to the Public
“Protecting the health, safety, and welfare of the public” is an often-used phrase that
identifies some of the knowledge required by all design professions and defines to whom they
are all ultimately responsible—the public. Interior designers make decisions during the design
process that will prevent harm from coming to people in environments in which they conduct
their daily lives. Harm can be prevented by interior designers use of specialized knowledge

© February 2006
7
when, for example, specifying furnishings and products that are ergonomically sound,
subsequently preventing back or eye strain, thereby protecting people’s health. Harm also is
prevented by planning interior spaces to afford safe exiting and egress that comply with codes,
allowing people to escape during a fire emergency, thus providing for their safety. People’s
welfare is protected by interior designers’ knowledge of what creates well-being for people in
their spaces; comfort, security, privacy, satisfaction, and stimulation are all components of
welfare that are designed into people’s environments.
A brief review of literature on each of these terms, health, safety, and welfare, seems
justified as they each benefit the public through design in different ways. These benefits depend
on the abstract knowledge of the profession. The definitions of health, safety, and welfare were
reviewed in several forms of literature. NCIDQ (2004a) addresses health and safety as one
inseparable component and defines them “as conforming to codes, regulations, and product
performance standards to protect the public” (p. 22). They are different, however, and should be
treated separately from one another, as is welfare.
Health. The World Health Organization (WHO) defines health as “a state of complete
physical, mental, and social well-being and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity”
(WHO, 1948, para. 1). As noted in this citation, the definition has not changed since 1948;
however, the number of health-related topics that WHO addresses has grown significantly each
year. Design is directly related to WHO’s definition of health as it addresses topics such as
indoor air quality, health in the workplace, healthcare design, lighting to improve health,
computer use, and accessibility.
The workplace has many opportunities to alter occupants’ health. Lighting design can
affect employees’ health through eyestrain, their ability to concentrate, and even their circadian

© February 2006
8
rhythms. Heil and Mathis (2002) found that during work shifts, workers spent the most time in
moderate intensity (101 to 500 lux) light. As workers receive the majority of their exposure to
light in the workplace, lighting must be designed to provide adequate quantity and quality of
light so all health functions can be maintained.
Bame and Wells (1995) investigated the effects of noise in dialysis rooms to determine if
noise levels influenced the health of patients receiving dialysis. They found that equipment noise
and layout of treatment stations in dialysis rooms could be changed to positively contribute to
patient recovery and wellness. They suggested that pinwheel layouts of treatment stations in
rooms could reflect sound more randomly, thereby increasing comfort level for patients.
Additionally, they recommended using six-foot high divider walls between treatment stations for
acoustical absorption and privacy, high noise reduction coefficient (NRC) ceiling materials, and
baffled fluorescent fixtures or diffusers to reflect noise. All of these design components can
contribute to patient’s health.
Computer usage occurs in nearly all workplaces and the home. Short-term stress
responses from daily visual display terminal (VDT) use can contribute to significant physical and
mental health problems (Smith, 1997). Smith found that specifying appropriate ergonomic
conditions for computer workstations can reduce psychosocial problems for VDT users.
Ergonomics is knowledge about how to optimize the interface between humans and the designed
objects and environments with which humans interact (Wikipedia, 2005, August 2). Designers
specify chairs that can support the user’s spine while sitting, arms while at the computer, and
back while leaning forward or sitting straight. The combination of adjustable work surface and
keyboard is important in finding the interface between the object and the user that prevents
health risks such as carpal tunnel syndrome, repetitive motion injury, or back or shoulder strain.

© February 2006
9
Additionally, Takahashi et al. (2001) suggested that the luminance contrast ratio of VDTs is an
important consideration to maintain employee health. Designers are responsible for identifying
luminance contrast ratios for the workstation, task plane, background, and VDTs.
Safety. Living or working in safe environments, ones that do not put people in harm’s
way, is an important benefit to the public from interior designers’ use of specialized knowledge.
Safety is the condition of being protected against failure, damage, error, accidents, or harm
(Wikipedia, 2005). Designers are responsible for assuring people’s safety through the products
and materials they specify; through the codes, regulations, standards, and guidelines used in
spaces they design; and even by providing a safe place or sanctuary within an environment.
Many poorly designed products and environments in use today are unsafe for people who
use them (Human Focused Design Centre, 2002). Designers examine the interaction of people
with environments, products, and systems; thereby, reducing the potential for unsafe events such
as slipping, injury through toxin or smoke inhalation, or improper use of furnishings. Designers
are also aware of their responsibility to educate users, managers, and owners about safe
maintenance and use of components of the environment, i.e., focusing on safety. Even workers’
perception of safety in their work environments has an effect on their job satisfaction, stress, and
performance. McLain (1995) found that improved safety conditions with use of proper safety
devices reduced employees’ distractions related to risk, improved their satisfaction, and reduced
stress.
Researchers investigate many components of safe design including flooring that can
prevent slipping and falling, Alzheimer’s patient care environments, and product design. Use of
slip resistant flooring surfaces and proper shoes seems to be a standard design factor. However,
other factors such as a person’s balance, camouflaged flooring conditions, and unique features of

© February 2006
10
the floor such as uneven flooring transitions must be considered in the design of any
environment (Leclercq, 1999). Zeisel (2000) believed that one of the treatments for Alzheimer’s
patients was use of therapeutic settings in the physical environment. In an investigation of long-
term care facilities, Zeisel found that many design features increased patient safety. For example,
controlling exits from a resident’s room, decreasing visibility of dangerous doors, and increasing
visibility of safe doors reduced the potential for harm from the environment.
Safety from fire, smoke, and toxins in hospitality environments through spatial design
and material specification was addressed by Graham and Roberts (2000). They identified several
ways in which designers influence people’s ability to escape a burning building unharmed,
including specification of interior furnishings that comply with fire code, placing signage at
appropriate heights so it is not obscured by rising smoke, and providing adequate storage so
objects are not stored in exit ways.
Product, furnishing, textile, and workstation design also require knowledge of safety
factors. Mackenzie and Peters (2000) found that left-handed people were at higher risk for hand
injuries in workstations that are designed for right-handed people. Simple design considerations
such as making certain that operational and emergency controls of equipment were equally
accessible to both left-handed and right-handed employees could increase their safety.
An example of overall safe design comes from the Toronto General Hospital designed by
Eleanor Brydone. Ms. Brydone applied her five fundamental amenities to ensure a healthy and
vibrant healing and working environment for patients and staff: access to clean, fresh air; natural
light; mobile and fluid workspaces; balance of collaborative, teamwork spaces; and seamless
technology integration. The design of the Toronto General Hospital demonstrated how interior
design can improve the safety and efficiency of patient care (Officeinsight, 2004).

© February 2006
11
Welfare. Designing for human welfare is a well-defined benefit that interior designers
provide to the public. People’s welfare is protected by interior designers’ knowledge of human
social, psychological, and physical needs to design spaces that are benign, supportive, and
healing. Welfare is a “flourishing condition; the state of doing well especially in relation to good
fortune, well being, or happiness” (Webster’s, 2001, n.p.). To NCIDQ (2004a), welfare is “the
promotion of social, psychological, and physical well being of individuals, the community, and
the environment” (p. 22). The term welfare, as defined by The American Heritage Dictionary of
the English Language, (2000), is “1.a. health, happiness, and good fortune; well being. 1. b.
prosperity.” Roget’s II: The New Thesaurus (2004), states welfare is, “1.a. a state of health,
happiness, and prospering; prosperity, wealth, well-being.”
According to a study by McKevitt, Redfern, La-Placa, and Wolfe (2003), quality of life
was defined by the following categories: social, happiness, good health, physical, mental,
subjective, economic, and independence. Specifically, they noted people’s responses regarding
happiness (a term used to define welfare above), as “enjoyment of life, life satisfaction, feeling
that life is worth living, having life choices, personal dignity, a sense of achievement, well-being
(including spiritual well-being), living a life free of worry,” (McKevitt et al., 2003, p. 867). In
addition, the physical, mental, and economic categories also listed well-being as a part of quality
of life.
Research shows that the designed environment does influence welfare. According to
environmental psychologist Heerwagen (Kolleeny, 2003), relaxation, social gathering,
performance, and well-being are affected by many designed elements such as indoor air quality,
space, noise, ergonomics, and exposure to daylight and nature. Since well-being is also part of
the definition of welfare, designed environments directly affect welfare.

© February 2006
12
Eshelman and Evans (2002) found that designed environments can elicit place
attachment, which they identify as a component of well-being. Studies showed that well-being is
linked to feelings of happiness, emotional embeddedness, and security. Eshelman and Evans’
research identified features that positively affected place attachment for residents in a retirement
community including “easy to accommodate possessions, satisfied with display spaces, home
appearance reflects character/personality and home appears lived in,” (p. 6). Eshelman and
Evans suggested that interior designers focus on functional, emotional, and aesthetically
meaningful needs in public and private spaces to facilitate well-being and place attachment.
Miller and Maxwell (2003) further established the connection between the designed
environment and welfare by providing research on family interaction. They suggested that
specifically designed interior spaces facilitated family interaction, a critical component to healthy
family functioning and children’s psychological growth and emotional well-being. Therefore, if
family interaction occurs most frequently in the kitchen, interior designers can facilitate,
encourage, and continue this interaction by creating an accommodating kitchen, thus positively
enhancing well-being/welfare in the family life.
Ng (2003) suggested that quality of life is less influenced by economic growth than by
scientific, technological, and other breakthroughs at a world level. Many of the specific products
or elements involved in designed environments can be classified into categories of scientific or
technological breakthroughs such as materials and products that can be recycled, design of
computer peripherals that support healthy use, and textiles developed without toxins and off-
gassing.
According to Demirbilek and Sener (2003), design today is connected to social change
and environmental concerns. It is also focused on creating objects or environments that inspire

© February 2006
13
and enhance the lives of users. People can become emotionally and psychologically connected to
designed objects, increasing their feelings of pleasure, happiness, or joy—defined as a state of
well-being. Demirbilek and Sener suggested that “usability and functionality are undeniably very
important attributes of products, but are not sufficient on their own to convey pleasure and
‘happiness’ to users” (p. 1349). Therefore, designers that are most successful are those concerned
about providing happiness and well-being to users through discovery of new ways to provide
emotional expressions and responses in designed objects or environments (Demirbilek & Sener,
2003). They also suggested that designed objects and designed spaces such as shopping malls
and on-line stores fit these criteria. Good design is also often based on such criteria as providing
joy or happiness, evoking dreams, or places seen as familiar and fun.
This brief review of the terms, health, safety, and welfare, establishes the link between
the abstract knowledge identified in the body of knowledge and illustrates the benefits of
applying interior design’s specialized knowledge. Additionally, the link to interior design
practice has been established.

© February 2006
14
2.0 Previous Studies Related to Bodies of Knowledge
2.1 Other Profession’s Bodies of Knowledge
Other professions have defined bodies of knowledge relative to their practices. The
nursing profession (Gunther & Raile Alligood, 2002) reviewed its body of knowledge to define
high quality nursing. The investigators searched research articles for keywords that addressed the
characteristics of high-quality nursing care, they then sorted the keywords into categories. They
found that there was core knowledge (basic life sciences) required for high-quality nursing and
contributions to the field from several other related practices, both of which result in specialized
knowledge required for high-quality nursing.
Landscape architecture (American Society of Landscape Architects, 2004) undertook a
study of their profession to identify core competencies that help define a body of knowledge and
what knowledge is expected of all graduates from accredited landscape architecture programs.
The 1998 Council of Landscape Architectural Registration Board’s (CLARB) (Williamson,
Montgomery, & Bonnell, 1998) job analysis tasks were used by a focus group to establish
questions that were then developed into a questionnaire and submitted to a representative group
of practitioners. The results were organized into domains or categories. The knowledge and
competencies that need to be obtained in school and what could be obtained in practice were
identified.
These and other body of knowledge studies (Abrams & Curran, 2004; Noronen &
Wikstrom-Grotell, 1999) were helpful in determining the method we would use to collect and
weight the data for the interior design profession’s body of knowledge. In other studies, it seems
that the weighting was done qualitatively; a lack of quantifiable data is an issue when defining a

© February 2006
15
body of knowledge. Therefore, one of our goals of this research was to attempt a quantifiable
weighting method that reflected the importance of each KA to professional practice.
2.2 Interior Design Profession’s Body of Knowledge
Knowing that a body of knowledge defines a profession’s jurisdiction of practice, we
reviewed the work of several interior design researchers, educators, and practitioners who have
investigated the interior design profession’s body of knowledge in various ways. ASID president
Linda Elliott Smith (2003-2004) recognized interior designers’ tasks and responsibilities that
ensure the public’s health, safety, and welfare. She also encouraged the profession to “grow our
body of knowledge through research and practice…” (Smith, 2003, p. 54).
2.2.1 Interior Design Researchers’ Studies
Marshall-Baker (2003) investigated various disciplines with which interior design shares
knowledge. She found that art, architecture, and social science, along with interior design engage
in the design, structure, and function of the built environment in various ways. Harwood (2003)
took another view and investigated the education and practice relationship of interior design and
architecture. She examined topics related to the profession including experience and internship
programs' KAs, the job analysis, and professional standards. Harwood found that there are both
knowledge overlap and clear differences in knowledge required to practice each profession.
Klinkhamer (2003) studied NCIDQ’s and FIDER’s 1989 treatise, “Common Body of
Knowledge.” She conducted a survey in which practitioners were asked to differentiate KAs that
were necessary to practice when they were new to the profession versus KAs necessary to
practice for 2002 interior design graduates. This was an important question as she found KAs
change as one moves through the career cycle.

© February 2006
16
Poldma (2003) is critical of the profession’s current view of its knowledge and finds it
too pragmatic. She investigated the origins of interior design practice, research, and education
knowledge. She suggests the profession requires a more in-depth examination of the theoretical
and philosophical basis of practice—that which does not yet exist, but must be developed by the
profession. This approach may be very useful to consider when analyzing the findings of this
study as a method to further this research. Thompson (2003) also suggested an interdisciplinary
theoretical framework as the basis for understanding, developing, and documenting the interior
design profession’s body of knowledge. She believes that knowledge gained from
interdisciplinary design research offers the benefits of predicting behavior, verifying patterns,
and validating design decisions.
The work of these researchers provides an excellent foundation for dialogue and ideas, as
well as methods for further investigation. It will be vital to include this research in future
discussion of how to move the study of the profession’s body of knowledge forward. However,
none of these investigations defined the body of knowledge in a comprehensive way that showed
where the interior design profession is at a single point in time.
2.2.2 Career Cycle Approach
For the profession, there is some question about how to define a body of knowledge, that
is, should it be defined based on the tasks performed, the theories used to underpin the
knowledge, or the phases of the design process. Any of these may be legitimate methods to use.
However, we were interested in using published documents in which some of the data collection
had been completed. This allows us to collect data about knowledge, not skills and to weight the
knowledge identified, while still using a careful, systematic, well-documented method. We
previously found that there are several interior design organizations or entities that have defined

© February 2006
17
a portion of the profession’s body of knowledge. These include FIDER, NCIDQ, and state and
provincial regulatory agencies that license the title or practice of interior design. However, each
of these entities focuses on a component of the career cycle that reflects their purposes, missions,
and tasks, not the whole cycle.
We used the career cycle approach (Guerin & Martin, 2001) as our method of data
collection and compilation in our first study. This method was rational and gave a more
comprehensive, and somewhat more quantifiable, view of the body of knowledge than a study of
practitioner beliefs or a survey of other literature. It was also important to know how the interior
design profession defines itself, through its organizational documents. This idea was supported
by publication of the study in a refereed journal (Guerin & Martin, 2004). Surveys of
practitioners and educators, focus groups, and panels of experts have been used by various
interior design entities to meet similar goals, as did the landscape architects for their study
(American Society of Landscape Architects, 2004). However, we wanted a more comprehensive
approach, one that would identify the body of knowledge required throughout the career cycle, or
the life of the interior designer, not only at one stage of the career cycle.
Interior designers are first educated, gain experience working in the field, and
successfully complete a qualifying examination, which then allows them to be certified or
licensed, i.e., legally regulated. Thus, the career cycle includes education, experience,
examination, and regulation. Figure 2 shows the learning process that occurs as designers pass
through the stages of the career cycle. While learning is not this linear, nor does it stop, for the
purposes of this study, the learning process is reflected in this model of cumulative knowledge.

© February 2006
18
Figure 2. Career Cycle Process
Knowledge is cumulative beginning with the first stage of the interior design career cycle, education. At each
successive stage, knowledge quantity and quality increases. Some knowledge areas (KA) are strengthened, as
other KAs are newly acquired. The career cycle process assumes that learning in any stage is dependent on
KAs acquired in preceding stage(s), thereby, cumulative.
Regulation
(State/Provincial Jurisdictions)
Examination
(NCIDQ Content)
Experience
(IDEP Requirements)
Education
(FIDER Standards)
Start Here

© February 2006
19
FIDER accredits interior design education in North America; therefore, the body of
knowledge this regulatory body defines through published accreditation standards is limited to
that required for education. NCIDQ provides documents that pertain to two components of the
career cycle, experience and examination. NCIDQ’s Interior Design Experience Program (IDEP)
is a voluntary, two-year work experience (in combination with a four-year interior design
education) that guarantees entry-level interior designers will have diverse work experience in the
first two years after they complete their education. IDEP’s manual identifies the body of
knowledge required for entry-level interior design practice. NCIDQ also develops and
administers the professional examination. This is a two-day exam that identifies and tests the
body of knowledge required for minimal competency to practice. Finally, any jurisdiction that
has an interior design title or practice act has statutes, laws, acts, or rules that document interior
design’s body of knowledge required for regulation embedded in the definition of interior design.

© February 2006
20
3.0 Method Used to Define the Body of Knowledge
An analysis of content was conducted for this study to identify keywords that defined
interior design practice. FIDER, NCIDQ, and regulatory jurisdiction language was searched for
keywords that represented the KAs of the body of knowledge. A KA is the abstract knowledge
required to practice interior design and is not to be confused with the skills designers need to
practice or tasks designers are required to perform. Specific documents included: FIDER
Professional Standards 2002 (FIDER, 2002), IDEP Manual and Log (NCIDQ, 2004b), NCIDQ
Examination Guide, 3rd edition (NCIDQ, 2004a), and the regulatory language of 32 regulatory
jurisdictions (states, provinces, districts, and territories). Regulatory language was accessed via
the Internet, with additional assistance of ASID’s Government and Public Affairs staff.
The coding protocol used to analyze the content was routinized across all documents and
replicated the approach taken by the researchers in the first study (Guerin & Martin, 2001). The
researchers were the “coders.” As such they represent a breadth of knowledge and experience in
two areas; Martin primarily in interior design practice, and Guerin primarily in interior design
research and education, though both have knowledge and experience in both arenas (see
Appendix G). Together, they analyzed the data and systematically examined each part of every
document and applied their knowledge to the language presented to “code” the literature. If there
was disagreement between the researchers, other literature was consulted to offer insight as to
the appropriate direction to take. As only two coders were used, this cannot be seen as a true
content analysis. However, systematic strategies were applied and repeated throughout the data
collection process. Keywords were identified within phrases, bulleted lists, or sometimes
sentences or paragraphs within the documents. In all instances, the connotative definition was

© February 2006
21
applied as it represented the profession’s accepted, known keyword(s) for a KA. It is also
important to note that keywords are KAs; they are not tasks or skills.
Classifying the content through the assignment of keywords was reviewed individually
and collectively against the field of keywords identified. In that way, terms like “furniture,
furnishings, and equipment,” “furnishings, fixtures, and equipment,” and “furniture, fixtures, and
equipment” became a point of discussion and keyword(s) were agreed upon and applied
consistently (“furnishings, fixtures, and equipment”). A minimum of three reviews occurred for
each keyword assignment, and the original documents were at hand and consulted often during
the course of the analysis of content.
3.1 Weighting the Knowledge Areas
To be certain the weight assigned to a KA was valid, its weight was determined using
two independent methods. The first, the Simple Count Method, summed the number of times a
keyword appeared in any document, which provided the total points (raw score) for occurrences.
With this method, it is assumed that the keywords with the higher numbers (found more
frequently in the documents) are more important than those with lower numbers. The second, the
Career Additive Method, used the entities’ internal weighting system multiplied by the number
of times the keyword appeared in the documents. This method reflected the cumulative learning
process of the career cycle. With agreement from the Panel of Experts (discussed later), the
Career Additive Method was used to weight the KAs. However, a brief summary of the Simple
Count Method is included for clarity.

© February 2006
22
3.1.1 Simple Count Method
The four entities’ published documents were searched for keywords. First, after
identifying a list of keywords for each entity, all keywords were sorted alphabetically. Next,
words were combined that were exact or nearly the same (e.g., “plan” and “plans”), keeping
track of the number of times a keyword appeared. Keywords were then sorted by theme, i.e.,
programming, codes, etc. Within each theme, similar terms were identified and collapsed (“space
planning” and “planning of space”). The process used to collapse the keywords into KAs can be
seen in Figures 3a and 3b. The number of times the keyword appeared in the document was
constantly tracked. This procedure was followed for each entity, independently. Next, all
keywords from the four entities were combined, collapsed into similar terms, and counted for the
number of times each keyword appeared. This resulted in a quantitative weighting for each
keyword, implying that if the keyword (e.g., space planning) appeared 34 times in the four
documents, then it was more important than another (e.g., building systems) that only appeared
17 times. Does this show that space planning knowledge is twice as important as building
systems knowledge? Not necessarily, so another step was taken.
At this point, the keywords were collapsed as far as they could be without losing the
richness of the data; they were then referred to as Knowledge Areas. The next step was to
determine the total point range of the KAs (range = 1-72), break it down into quartiles, and
assign a letter to each quartile position. This was a simple method that showed the final KA rank,
representing its weight in the body of knowledge. Numbers were not used to indicate weight
because the weighting was converted to an ordinal scale, where only rank order was apparent;
any comparison among levels was meaningless. A limit of this approach was that simple
counting of keywords provided no accommodation for the cumulative nature of learning

© February 2006
23
throughout the career cycle. This method was abandoned at the advice of the Panel of Experts,
which is discussed in section 3.3 Validation of Data Collection and Knowledge Area Weighting
Process.
Figures 3a and 3b. Collapsing the Keywords into Knowledge Areas: Examples
Figure 3a
Client’s Client’s Special
User’s Needs
Needs Requirements
User’s Client’s Client’s

Goals Goals Preferences
User’s Special Client’s Organizational

Requirements Structure
Client’s Needs, Goals, Special

User’s Needs, Goals, and
Requirements, Preferences, and
Special Requirements
Organizational Structure
Client’s/User’s Needs, Goals,

Requirements, and Preferences
Figure 3b. Contract

Award
Bidding Shop Drawing Contract

Documents Checking and Approval Oversight
Bidding Client/Contractor Contract

Process Liaison Type
Contract Administration (Bidding/

Negotiation, Contract Documents)

© February 2006
24
3.1.2 Career Additive Method
The same keyword search and collapsing method was used for the Career Additive
Method that was used for the Simple Count Method. (Refer to section 3.1.1 above.) Three of the
entities have an internal weighting system. FIDER has standards that “must” or “should” be met.
The “musts” are required for accreditation. IDEP assigns a number of hours to each practice
phase in which participants must gain experience, providing an internal weight. For example,
programming research requires 75 hours of experience out of 3,520 hours total over the two-year
period, whereas space planning requires 210 hours. The NCIDQ exam tests several domains
twice including programming, schematic design, design development, and contract documents,
but it only tests contract administration and professional practice once.
For these three entities, each keyword was identified and multiplied the number of times
it appeared in the entity’s documents by the entity’s internal weight (see Figure 4 and Table 1).
During this process, the lists of keywords were kept separate for each entity. Next, the keywords’
raw scores from all entities were added together, which gave cumulative total points (raw score)
for a keyword. Finally, the keywords were collapsed as far as possible, still maintaining the
richness of the data. Keywords then became the KAs of the body of knowledge.

© February 2006
25
Table 1. Career Additive Method
Career Cycle Stage/ Internal Valuation Total Point Range Knowledge

Responsible Entity by Entity Range Quartile Area
(Raw Score) (%) Values**
Regulation Number of jurisdictions that define 39 – 24 100 16

Jurisdictions in North “interior design(er)” = 26. (Number (52*)
America that regulate of jurisdictions that regulate 27 - 38 75 15
interior design title/practice = 32.) N = 26 14 - 26 50 14
1 - 13 25 13
Examination Programming = 2.0 pts. 18 - 23 100 12
National Council for Schematic Design = 2.0 pts.
13 - 17 75 11
Interior Design Design Development = 2.0 pts.
Qualification Construction Documents = 2.0 pts. 7 - 12 50 10
(NCIDQ) Contract Administration = 1.0 pt.
1-6 25 9
Professional Practice = 1.0 pt.
Experience Programming (a) = 2.0 pts. 18 - 22 100 8
Interior Design Schematic Design (b) = 1.6 pts.
12 - 17 75 7
Experience Program Design Development (c) = 4.4 pts.
(IDEP by NCIDQ) Construction Documents (d) = 2.3 pts. 7 - 11 50 6
Contract Administration (e) = 1.1 pts.
1-6 25 5
Professional Practice (f) = 1.0 pt.
Education “Must” = 2 pts. 9 – 10 (14*) 100 4
Foundation for “Should” = 1 pt. 6-8 75 3
Interior Design
4-5 50 2
Education Research
(FIDER) 1-3 25 1
Notes:
* Outliers were found in total point ranges of the Knowledge Area (KA) in both regulation and education
stages of the career cycle. In regulation, the total range (1-52) included only one KA above 24 points, a raw
score of 52 (as an outlier, not noted in the table but reflected in the computation of overall KA valuation).
That score was awarded a KA value of 4.5. In education, the total range (1-14) included only one KA above
10 points, a raw score of 14. That score was awarded a KA value of 17 (as an outlier, not noted in the table).
** KA Values identified here will be tallied in an additive manner to create overall KA Values across the
career cycle of the professional interior designer. See “Career Additive Knowledge Area Values” for that
data.

© February 2006
26
Figure 4. Career Additive Method Model
100 16
Raw Score
Regulation
Number of jurisdictions that define
Total 75 15
“interior design(er)” = 26. (Number of Points
jurisdictions that regulate title and/or (1 - 52) 50 14
practice = 32.) = 26
25 13
100 12
NCIDQ (Examination)
Programming = 2.0 pts. 75 11
Schematic Design = 2.0 pts.
Total
Design Development = 2.0 pts. Points
Construction Documents = 2.0 pts. (1 - 23) 50 10
Contract Administration = 1.0 pt.
Professional Practice = 1.0 pt.
25 9
Internally Weighted
100 8
IDEP (Experience)
Programming (a) = 2.0 pts. 75 7
Schematic Design (b) = 1.6 pts.
Total
Design Development (c) = 4.4 pts. Points
Construction Documents (d) = 2.3 pts. (1 – 22.2) 50 6
Contract Administration (e) = 1.1 pts
Professional Practice (f) = 1.0 pt.
25 5
100 4
FIDER (Education) Total 75 3

“Must” = 2 pts. Points
“Should” = 1 pt. (1 - 14) 50 2
25 1
Range
Raw Score KA Value
Percentile

© February 2006
27
Regulatory language contains no internal weighting system, so the number of times a
keyword was found was counted, which gave cumulative total points (raw score) for a keyword.
As with the three other entities, the keywords were collapsed to the degree possible, while
maintaining the richness of the data. KAs resulted that were then assigned a rank based on the
same quartile system.
The following section discusses how the internal weighted multiplier for each entity was
determined. Each was computed in a parallel manner to reflect the importance level of the KAs
per each entity.
Education. FIDER Professional Standards 2002 (FIDER, 2002) divides all knowledge
into “must be achieved” or “should be achieved,” which indicate a level of understanding or
importance of the keyword. The analysis of content focused on the Educational Program
Standards 1-8 (pp. II, 7-17). Two points were assigned to “must” keywords and one point to
“should” keywords. For example, the keyword “sketching” appears three times in the whole
document, all with a “must.” The internal weight for sketching then is six points (two points for
the “must” multiplied by three for the number of times it appears). Total points (raw scores) for
each keyword were then placed in a range, quartiles were determined, and a KA value was
assigned (see Figure 4 and Table 1).
Experience. The IDEP Manual and Log (NCIDQ, 2004b) contains the Task Content
Area Descriptions (pp. 12-14) and the Task Content Areas (pp. 10-11). Knowledge from the
Task Content Area Descriptions was documented as keywords and counted. Total points (raw
scores) for keywords were determined; a keyword received one point for each time it appeared.
Next, the Task Content Areas were examined. They show the design process stages, the
knowledge or the tasks to be completed, and the number of hours required for that task over a

© February 2006
28
two-year period. For example, design development requires the highest number of hours
completed (1,240), and the professional practice stage requires the least number of hours (285).
Table 2 shows the percentage of the whole that each phase of the process claims during the two-
year program. The ratio of the whole (the multiplier) was determined by dividing each of the
percentages by the lowest percentage. Each keyword was found in at least one of the phases. The
number of times it appeared was multiplied by the phase’s ratio.
Table 2. IDEP Internal Weighting – Ratio
Stage Number of Hours Percentage of Whole Ratio

Required (3,520)*
Programming 570 16.2% 2.0
Schematic Design 445 12.6% 1.6
Design Development 1,240 35.2% 4.4
Contract Documents 655 18.6% 2.3
Contract 325 9.2% 1.1
Administration
Professional Practice 285 8.1% 1
*The number of hours required differs based on the number of years of education the participant has.
However, the percentage of the whole, and therefore the ratio, remains the same. Shown here is the number
of hours required with a 4-year degree.
Total points (raw scores) for each KA were then placed in a range, quartiles were
determined, and a KA value was assigned (see Figure 4 and Table 1).
Examination. In the NCIDQ Examination Guide, 3rd Edition (NCIDQ, 2004a), the Task
Area (overview) was reviewed to be sure all keywords were in the Knowledge or Skill sections.
All Skill Areas were reviewed to be sure they are not keywords, that is, if a word is a skill only,
it was not incorporated. The Examination Guide identifies six test domains in the NCIDQ exam:
programming, schematic design (SD), design development (DD), contract documents (CD),
contract administration (CA), and professional practice (PP). Programming, SD, DD, and CD are
tested twice, once in the written test and once in the practicum. CA and PP are tested only once.

© February 2006
29
Therefore, for total points (raw score), CA and PP KAs get one (1) and the others get two (2)
points. The number of times a specific word appears was counted, and then multiplied by one or
two points depending on the multiplier of the phase in which it appeared. Several keywords
occurred in multiple phases and were multiplied individually as appropriate, then combined.
Total points (raw scores) for each KA were then placed in a range, quartiles were determined,
and a KA value was assigned (see Figure 4 and Table 1).
Regulation. An analysis of content was completed of the regulatory language of
jurisdictions that have a definition of “interior design” or “interior designer” within their
language. There are a total of 32 jurisdictions in North America that regulate the title and/or
practice of interior design (as of January 2005). A search for keywords was completed, and the
number of times each appeared was counted. There is no internal weighting system in
regulations, so total points (raw scores) for each KA were then placed in a range, quartiles were
determined, and a KA value was assigned (see Figure 4 and Table 1).
3.2 Categorizing the Knowledge Areas
Once the KAs had been determined for all entities and collapsed into a single list, the
KAs were grouped by theme, which became the name of a category. Rather than assign KAs to
the same categories as existed in 2001, all KAs were reviewed again to determine an underlying
theme that suggested a title that would be most appropriate for the category, i.e., what
relationship exists among the KAs? The phases of the design process were not used, as they are
by NCIDQ and IDEP, because the KAs are overarching, that is, different components of the
knowledge are required in more than one stage of the process and throughout the career cycle.
Additionally, the process is reiterative and therefore, many of the KAs are required for more than

© February 2006
30
one phase of the process. The KAs were being defined, not when a KA is applied or required in
the process. The categories within groups with their KAs are shown in Figure 5. A comparison of
the quantity of KAs and the category names found in the 2001 study versus the 2005 study is
shown in Figure 6. The category values that were numerically close were stratified into three
groups so the rank order of each category would not be overemphasized. It is fair to say,
however, that the three groups represent a ranking of the three strata. For clarity, we kept the
category names and did not rename the groups.
Figure 5. Weighted Knowledge Areas by Category: Career Additive Method
Group/Category KA Value of
Category*
Group A:
A.1 Human Environment Needs 334
A.2 Interior Construction, Codes, and 329
Regulations
Group B:
B.1 Design 256
B.2 Products and Materials 235
B.3 Professional Practice 233
Group C:
C.1 Communication 109
* Each KA value is noted in [brackets]
Group A.1: Human Environment Needs [Value = 334]

[28]
accessibility issues (barrier-free, universal design) [16]
existing site conditions (measurement, record) [12]
© February 2006
31
environmental factors, issues, and requirements (sustainability, indoor air quality, energy
conservation) [10]
facility issues [9]
Group A.2: Interior Construction, Codes, and Regulations [Value = 329]

lighting fixture and lamp selection, application, and specifications [34]
schedules [15]
acoustics [11]
Group B.1: Design [Value = 256]

textiles) [34]
aesthetics [22]
design concept [16]
design(s) [15]

© February 2006
32
function [13]
sketching [9]
color concept (selection, application) [6]
Group B.2: Products and Materials [Value = 235]

specifications [20]
fixtures (location, specifications) [14]
furnishings [14]
cabinetry [13]
equipment documents (location, specifications) [13]
furniture documents (location, specifications) [13]
schedules [5]
Group B.3: Professional Practice [Value = 233]

ethics [10]
Group C.1: Communication [Value = 109]

drawings [19]

© February 2006
33
study models [10]
sketches [8]
metric system [1]

© February 2006
34
Figure 6. Category Comparison: 2001 Versus 2005 Body of Knowledge
2001 2005
Human Needs Human Environmental

(11 KAs) Needs (20 KAs)
Codes
(2 KAs) Interior Construction,
Codes, & Regulations
Interior Building (20 KAs)
Construction
(18 KAs)
Design Design
(22 KAs) (19 KAs)
Furnishings, Fixtures,
Products & Materials
& Equipment (7 KAs) (14 KAs)
Professional Practice Professional Practice

(10 KAs) (13 KAs)
Communication Communication
(13 KAs) (10 KAs)
81 KAs 96 KAs

© February 2006
35
3.3 Validation of Data Collection and Knowledge Area Weighting Process
Two strategies were used to validate the study’s method and findings. First, the funders
identified a group of design practitioners and educators, referred to as the Panel of Experts, who
met in Chicago June 11-12, 2005 (1-5 p.m. on June 11th and 9:30-12:00 p.m. on June 12th). Their
purpose was to review the data collection, analysis of content, and weighting methods; determine
if the categories developed and named adequately reflected the KAs; and, if appropriate, validate
these processes and outcomes. It is important to note that the Panel’s purpose was not to
determine if the weighted KAs adequately reflected the BOK because BOK was based on data
collected from published documents, not opinion.
The panel consisted of 14 individuals who were representative of the BOK Project’s
sponsoring organizations (ASID, FIDER, IDC, IIDA, and NCIDQ). Ten of the 12 practitioner
panel members practiced interior design for over 20 years, with an average number of 27.5 years;
the remaining two have practiced for an average of 12 years. The two full-time educators served
in that capacity for over 20 years. In addition, seven of the practitioner members also served as
educators in both full-time (three panelists; one, three, and nine years) and part-time (seven
panelists; two for 15 years, one for 10 years, and three for two years) capacities. In terms of
qualifications, both full-time educators and all but three of the practitioners are NCIDQ
certificate holders and seven of the panelists are Fellows of one or more professional design
organizations. Most of the members served or are serving as officers in the sponsoring
organizations. This was a well-educated, experienced group of leaders who has guided the
profession through their positions in their firms and leadership roles within the organizations.
See Appendix C for a list of the Panel of Experts.

© February 2006
36
In advance of the meeting, the members received an agenda, an executive summary of the
project background, a summary of the KAs identified via data collection, an explanation of the
methods used to weight the importance of the KAs, and models that showed the methods used to
weight the KAs and their final weighting. It was made clear to the members that the data could
not be changed, that is, if they thought one of the KAs, e.g., “sustainable design,” should receive
a higher rating, it was not possible to do that because the data were scientifically collected from
published documents.
The first half of the meeting was spent discussing the purpose of the meeting, reviewing
the project history and future, reviewing the findings, and discussing the weighting methods. The
second half of the meeting focused on a discussion of the KA development method and
weighting, suggestions for revision of the categories and category names, validation, suggestions
for future work, and implications of the study for the funders and, thereby the profession, as
perceived by the panel. These results are discussed in section 4.
For the second strategy, a research methodologist was identified by the funders to
examine the method used to collect the data and analyze the study’s findings. Professor Stephen
Lacy, School of Journalism, Michigan State University, reviewed a draft of the study and issued
his findings (February 5, 2006). His report offered suggestions for clarifying language and/or
intent, appropriate use of terms, and areas of the report that needed further elaboration, which he
noted as “relatively minor.” All of these issues have been addressed in this final report.
Regarding the method used by the researchers for The Interior Design Profession’s Body of
Knowledge, 2005 Edition, Professor Lacy concluded with the following comment. “The study is
sound. It is an advancement on defining Interior Design’s body of knowledge, and the
established typology has validity” (personal communication, February 5, 2006).

© February 2006
37
3.4 Limitations
A limitation with any analysis of content is the influence of the researchers. Out of
necessity, the researchers bring their knowledge, experience, and bias to this method. To
overcome this bias, a collapsing and sorting process was used that was consistent from entity to
entity and between the Simple Count Method and Career Additive Method. However, it is still
our experience that leads us to believe what keywords can be collapsed and then categorized.
The Panel of Experts review and analysis of the method helped to reduce the influence of this
limitation and underpins the reliability of the researchers’ findings. Revisions were made that
were suggested by the panelists. A second limitation is that the published documents reflect only
a point in time and often that point is two to four years prior; therefore, there is a sense of “a
rearview mirror look” at the data available.
Another limitation of this method of analysis of content relates back to the coding of
keywords as outlined in “3.0 Method Used to Define the Body of Knowledge.” The limitation
relates to the assignment of keywords and how their cumulative weight determines the weighting
of the overall six categories. Because of the coding protocol used, the level of reliability of the
study is somewhat difficult to identify; however, that in itself is “not a threat to the validity of the
study…as it is unlikely that the measurement error was enough to move the Design category
(256) above the Interior Construction, Codes, and Regulations category (329)” (S. Lacy, personal
communication, February 5, 2006). However, categories more closely related in terms of
weighted value could represent a ranking that is too close to call, and could be ordered purely
due to measurement error, such as Human Environment Needs (334) and Interior Construction,
Codes, and Regulations (329). What this means is that with only five weighted points between
them, it is possible that their order could be reversed if the study were repeated.

© February 2006
38
This analysis of content determined specific values; however, it is possible that the
differences in numbers could be smaller or larger than shown. But overall, it appears that the
ranking has determined three distinct groups, or strata.

© February 2006
39
4.0 Findings and Discussion of the Definition of the Body of Knowledge
4.1 Validation and Weighting Process
The Panel of Experts first discussed the overall BOK project and identified several
recommendations for the funding organizations (see Table 3). These recommendations were
added to throughout the two-day discussion.
Table 3. Panel of Experts Recommendations to the BOK Project Funders
Recommendations
1 Additional research must be done to represent the mature designer’s BOK

This BOK is representative of a timeframe. The documents are good for about
the first five years of the practitioner’s career, and the career cycle covers
about eight years. This does not represent the mature designer, it only
represents the first years of a career, that is, until one becomes qualified by
examination and/or regulation.
Can continuing education be included in the career cycle?
2 Mature practitioner input must be used in the next stage of this project.
Practitioner input is included in the development of all the organizations’
documents, but, as they are designed for entry-level practice, they do not
include mature practice.
A questionnaire submitted to practitioners throughout North America asking
for their KA ranking, their opinions, the gaps, etc., might be one way to
determine the mature designer’s knowledge; do not replicate NCIDQ’s task
analysis.
3 There is a need to access to new knowledge that practitioners gain from
practice.
Practitioners do not publish new knowledge gained via practice, as it is often
proprietary. A way around this must be found. An example is American
Institute of Architect’s (AIA) Case Studies Project.
4 The funding organizations must take the initiative to educate people on what a
BOK is and its importance to securing the profession’s abstract knowledge.
The publishing world needs to be aware of this activity and that the interior
design profession is moving forward.
5 Do not allow the BOK to be presented out of context.
The visual presentation of the BOK must contain its context; any single page
such as the BOK model, must also have contextual information on it so that it
can stand alone and does not misrepresent the purpose of the model or study.
© February 2006
40
Recommendations, continued
6 If there are components that anyone does not agree with, they must offer
solutions to fix it, e.g., how to increase the weight of a specific KA.
What has been defined in this study is today’s factual reality. If practitioners,
educators, or researchers do not agree, they must offer solutions, not simply
refute it.
7 Consider ways to further this research by capturing the intellectual capacity
of the BOK.
The profession’s BOK is much more comprehensive than a listing of KAs
shows. The idea of connections to other professions and to the past and
relationships among KAs need to be explored.
8 Consider a valid method of updating the BOK on an annual basis so that this
can be shown to be a living document, not static.
We must be able to add new KAs to the BOK as they become inherent in
practice. This is especially true of KAs for the mature designer.
We must be able to recommend dropping some KAs.
Keeping abstract knowledge defined is inherent to the health of the
profession.
9 Consider what happens when an entity decides to not include a KA in their
documentation.
An entity may determine that a KA is intrinsic in a previous stage of the
career cycle and therefore may not include it in theirs. An example is
design history, which is included in education; NCIDQ does not test for it.
There is danger here in deleting some KA from the BOK when, in fact,
they must be identified or designers will see gaps and educators will stop
including them in curriculum.
Analyzing such decisions and their impact on other stages of the career
cycle is important to maintaining the abstract knowledge of the profession.
10 Terms need to be consistent among all entities’ documents.
The entities need to define some of their terms and be consistent among
entity documents, e.g., the term “FF&E” is generally defined as
“furnishings, fixtures, and equipment,” but is also seen in documents as
“furniture, finishes, and equipment.” The terms “furnishings” and
“furniture” are used almost interchangeably as are “materials” and
“finishes,” but no information regarding whether they are related to
building or interior products is provided.
11 Terms used in the documents need to have consistent meaning.
The various professional organization documents use different meanings
for similar or the same concepts, or a meaning is inherent in an
organization’s terms therefore certain words are not used. One example is
the term “fire rating” of materials, furnishings, partitions….other terms
encompass fire rating, yet “fire rating” is more typically used in practice
than the broader term “fire codes,” which was found frequently in the
documents.
© February 2006
41
Second, the Panel of Experts reviewed the two methods of KA weighting. They found the
Career Additive Method of weighting to be more valid than the Simple Count Method as it
reflected the inherent weighting within each of the document sets. The panelists found the
Simple Count Method to be related to the quantity of time spent in practice, i.e., the workload.
The Career Additive Method was more reflective of the diversity of knowledge used in practice,
i.e., the specialized knowledge that defines the profession’s abstract knowledge. Therefore, the
weighting of the Career Additive Method only is reported in the findings. Next, they suggested
reorganization of the KAs within categories and renaming of the categories, which was done and
is how the categories and KAs are shown in Figure 5. The Panel of Experts also suggested a new
model be developed to visually reflect the BOK. We agreed and felt it important to first show the
process used to determine how the BOK was identified (see Figure 7). It shows the stages in the
career cycle, education, experience, examination, and regulation, as culminating in the BOK.
Finally, we developed Figure 8. Model of the Interior Design Profession’s 2005 Body of
Knowledge. The size of each component reflects its weighted value, and the interlocking shapes
show the integration of KAs necessary for practice. The irregular shape of each category
indicates the ongoing expansion and contraction of the profession’s jurisdictional boundary as it
is influenced by acquisition of abstract knowledge and relates to the jurisdictional boundaries of
related/allied professions.

© February 2006
42
Figure 7. Process Used to Identify the Interior Design Profession’s 2005 Body of Knowledge

© February 2006
43
Figure 8. Model of the Interior Design Profession’s 2005 Body of Knowledge
This model reflects the six categories of the Interior Design Profession’s Body of
Knowledge (BOK). These categories reflect 96 Knowledge Areas that were
identified through an analysis of content of Interior Design entities’ published
documents (FIDER Professional Standards 2002, IDEP Manual and Log; NCIDQ
Examination Guide, 3rd Edition; and state/provincial jurisdiction language that
regulates interior design). Each of these entities represents a stage in the career
cycle of the Interior Designer: education, experience, examination, and regulation.
This BOK represents a single point in time as (a) entity documents, (b) the
profession’s abstract knowledge, and (c) other profession’s jurisdictions continue
to change. The irregular shape of each category indicates the ongoing expansion
and contraction of the interior design profession’s jurisdictional boundary as it is
influenced by acquisition of abstract knowledge and relates to the jurisdictional
boundaries of related/allied professions.

© February 2006
44
One of the key findings from the panelists was the agreement that the career cycle
method only covers the first six to eight years (approximately) of the interior designer’s career
cycle. This assumes that education is approximately four years, the experience program is two
years, sitting for the exam may add another year, and then getting legally recognized by the
jurisdiction. Therefore, the documents, while comprehensive of this time period, do not include
the potential change in abstract knowledge as the designer matures. The panelists recommended
continuing this investigation of the BOK with some method of analyzing the mature designer’s
knowledge as well. One way to add to the BOK is to document the knowledge gained in practice
by mature designers. However, the profession does not document the knowledge learned in
projects as do some professions such as medicine. This needs to change and additional research
needs to be conducted to define this knowledge.
Finally, the panelists were concerned that there is little in the media and press about the
importance of a body of knowledge to a profession. Additionally, there is little recognition that
interior design’s BOK has been defined and documented. They support the entities’ idea of
further dialogue and revision. However, they also found it very important that other design
professions, as well as interior design practitioners, know how valuable to the continuation of the
profession to define and document their BOK.
4.2 Analysis of Content and Weighting
A brief comparison of the 2001 BOK and the 2005 BOK can be made. Figure 5 shows
the comparison of these data. It is important to note that the number of KAs is indicated, not the
KA weighted value. First, category names were similar between 2001 and 2005. This points to
the stability of the profession’s BOK. It has come to a level of maturity and small changes will

© February 2006
45
occur as the abstract knowledge expands and contracts, but a significant portion of the
knowledge is constant. Further, similar themes were identified in both studies. Since the same
systematic method and procedure was used in investigation and analysis, this supports the idea of
internal reliability. However, some change is noted. The Panel of Experts used in the 2005 study
were instrumental in collapsing and renaming some of the categories to better represent the KAs
included therein. Additionally, there was an overall increase in KAs in the 2005 study.
In 2001, there were seven categories with a total of 81 KAs, compared to six categories
and 96 KAs in 2005. The greatest growth in KAs is in Human Needs/Human Environment Needs
category, which grew from 11 KAs (2002) to 20 KAs (2005). KAs such as accessibility,
economic factors, cultural factors, and project context were added in 2005. In 2001, Codes and
Interior Building Construction were two separate categories and had 20 KAs total. In 2005, the
categories were combined and also have 20 KAs. However, “permitting processes” is a new KA
included in 2005, demonstrating a change in the practice in four years. The Design category that
had 22 KAs in 2001 now has 19. This may be due to some of the KAs shifting to Professional
Practice in 2005, e.g., to better reflect contract administration.
Furnishings, Fixtures, and Equipment (FF&E) was a category in 2001 with seven KAs. In
2005, the category name changed to Products and Materials and has 14 KAs. There is some
confusion in the entities’ documents about terms such as “finishes” and “materials.” It is not
clear whether these terms refer to building or interior finishes and materials. In 2005, all FF&E
and building material and finishes were placed in the Products and Materials category. The
change also reflects additional KAs such as “sustainable resources” and greater emphasis on
documentation. Professional Practice grew from 10 KAs (2001) to 13 KAs (2005) and
Communication decreased from 13 KAs (2001) to 10 KAs (2005). Some of this is due to the

© February 2006
46
realignment of terms to better reflect the category, i.e., “wayfinding” moved from
Communication in 2001 to Design in 2005 to reflect the design component inherent in
wayfinding.
Changes in the number of KAs from 2001 to 2005 should not be seen as particularly
revealing of the change in the BOK in general. Some of these changes could be due to the way
we collapsed or did not collapse some of the KAs in each category.
The 2005 data show the weighted categories and KAs. In some cases, the weighted scores
of the categories are quite close and therefore could be considered as three groups rather than six
categories separated by small quantities. Therefore, rather than relying on finite weight scores
they can be presented in groups, by levels of importance with the greatest weight first.
The process used determined that Human Environment Needs Category has the highest
value at 334. Interior Construction, Codes, and Regulations has a similar high importance value
with 329. These two categories constitute the first grouping, or the most important level of
knowledge. The next three categories in level of importance are clustered closely together:
Design (256), Products and Materials (235), and Professional Practice (233). These three
categories are all close in value and therefore constitute the second grouping of level of
importance; they are considerably lower than the categories in the first group. Communication is
weighted at the lowest category with a value of 109. It comprises the third grouping and is much
lower than the other two groupings. The Panel of Experts found that the values of the categories
and their attendant KAs reflected the specialized knowledge required in interior design practice.
Specifically, they agreed that Human Environment Needs, ranked as the highest, reflects their
consensus that this category ‘belongs’ to interior design.

© February 2006
47
Also, in this study there were some differences noted between the weighted value of a
KA and the documentation of the KA. For example, there is significant evidence of sustainable
design practice in the literature; however, it has a low weighted KA value. This supports our
concern that this method is looking backward at the BOK, not forward, or even present day.
Therefore, sustainable design needs to be addressed differently by the professional organizations.
FIDER has already addressed this change in the importance of sustainable design in their current
revision to the standards, which will take effect January 1, 2006 (personal communication,
Kayem Dunn, Executive Director of FIDER, 8/11/05). This, and other findings such as these,
shows that this defined BOK is not predictive of the profession’s future, but finds what is today’s
reality via the organizational documents. It also shows that the BOK is a living document; it is
not static, but changes as practice changes.

© February 2006
48
5.0 Method Used to Document the Body of Knowledge
The next step in the study was to document that interior designers use the specialized
KAs. A systematic literature review of design and human behavior sources was compiled into an
annotated bibliography (see section 11.0).
The literature reviewed to document the BOK varied in scope and audience. Refereed
journals, conference proceedings, trade publications, design organization reports, industry
reports, and popular press documents from newspapers and magazines were reviewed. It is
important to reinforce the point that each type of literature reviewed varies in its focus, purpose,
and intent, in addition to the degree of robustness it reflects. For instance, literature from refereed
journals reflects a scholarly approach to an area of study and becomes published only after a
blind, refereed review by peers; whereas, trade publications may have a marketing focus and the
foundation of this type of literature is generally not based on a scientific study. The depth of
content of the refereed journal article as well as its length is typically greater than the literature
found in the trade publication. Each has its audience and purpose, though it is important to note
that they are different.
The intended audiences for the literature that was reviewed to document the BOK were
business managers, physicians, healthcare workers, facilities managers and building owners, risk
managers, builders, psychologists, behavioral scientists, architects, and interior designers.
Ultimately, over 250 pieces of literature were considered relevant to interior design practice
covering the dates from the last annotated bibliography (Guerin & Martin, 2001) and including
literature from January 2000 to January 2005. BOK team reviewers analyzed literature that
directly related to the interior design profession’s use of the KAs of the BOK.

© February 2006
49
5.1 Classifying, Identifying, and Gathering the Literature
Beginning spring 2004, we created a list of literature sources based on the 2001 study and
changes in the profession in the ensuing years. Literature from both trade (conference
proceedings and trade, organization, and industry literature) and public sources (newspapers and
magazines) were considered appropriate. Trade sources provided insight to what the
practitioners, suppliers, and professional organizations were writing about the interior design
profession. The public sources offered evidence that design of the built environment and those
involved in that design are known in the public realm and are considered noteworthy and/or
important. Literature from refereed journals was considered important as it represents the current
scholarship in arenas that influence the work of interior designers in the built environment by
discussing issues relevant to human behavior and design research.
We made a conscious decision to pre-determine approximate goals for percentages of
types of literature to be accessed per source type. For example, approximately 50% of the
literature came from refereed journals such as Environment and Behavior, the Journal of Interior
Design, and Indoor Air. The balance of the literature came from trade publications (30%)
including magazines Contract and Interiors & Sources; organizational publications including
ASID ICON, Perspective, and Dimensions; and industry reports by Haworth, Herman Miller, and
Steelcase, to name a few. Additionally, conference proceedings (10%) were included as evidence
of emerging scholarship about design and human behavior. Popular press was included as well
(5%) with sources such as the Los Angeles Times and Newsweek.
To gather this literature, electronic searches were conducted augmented by physical hand
searches using the University of Minnesota’s Lumina system and the 17 libraries on campus.
More than 450 pieces of literature were reviewed prior to making the final selection of literature

© February 2006
50
that addressed the role of interior designers in the design of the built environment and its effect
on human behavior. University of Minnesota graduate and undergraduate students at the
university completed this task as project assistants paid by the grant. All literature was copied,
placed in folders, and electronically indexed and annotated.
5.2 Writing the Abstracts and Identifying Keywords
BOK project assistants were first trained in the process of abstract writing, based on a
model and template developed by the researchers for this report. Strict protocols were followed
in reviewing the literature, identifying primary concepts and facts, and documenting the citation.
Also, the keyword identification process was determined and outlined; categories based on the
taxonomy from InformeDesign® (www.informedesign.umn.edu) were used as a reference as they
are segmented by building type, human behavior issues, and occupant type. All abstracts were
then reviewed and edited, keywords scrutinized for appropriateness, and citations verified. Once
this process was complete, with the assistants’ help, the final edits were input into the electronic
files, compiled, indexed, and then organized alphabetically, by author(s) into the Annotated
Bibliography (see section 11.0).

© February 2006
51
6.0 Findings and Discussion of the Documentation of the Body of Knowledge
This section is a discussion of the literature that documents the contribution that the
interior design profession’s KAs make to the public’s life, health, safety, and welfare. The six
KA categories are Human Environment Needs; Interior Construction, Codes, and Regulations;
Design; Products and Materials; Professional Practice; and Communication. The examples noted
within this section have been extracted from the Annotated Bibliography (see section 11.0).
6.1 Human Environment Needs
Understanding human behavior and how humans interact with the built environment and
with one another is one of the key pieces of abstract knowledge required by interior designers.
During programming, interior designers gather information about the users to design for the
users’ characteristics such as age, gender, ethnic background, culture, physical limitations, and
social and functional needs.
Interior designers focus on the human, the interaction of humans with their built
environment, and the art or aesthetic components brought to the interior environment that must
reflect the socio-psychological needs of the humans who use the space, contributing to their
welfare. Overall, human environment needs are about identifying and analyzing the clients’ and
users’ needs from the broadest view possible so that the natural environment, context, human
values, function, and aesthetics are all recognized as contributing to people’s well-being.
Adelson (2002) documented the design capabilities of 29 interior designers who
participated in the design of a demonstration house created for universal design, focusing
on features for the elderly. Some of the features included sloped entries, wider doors and

© February 2006
52
hallways, slip resistant flooring, minimal thresholds, casement windows, varied work
space heights, curbless showers, easy-to-grip lever hardware, offset plumbing control
faucets, and grab bars that fit with the design. The housing examples also included
elevators and easy, front-panel controls on all appliances. These designs allow people to
age in place and provide ease and comfort of living. These houses will serve as
prototypes for newer housing units.
Dietsch (2001) reported that after much searching, the first quadriplegic to serve in
Congress, Jim Langevin (D-R.I.), found an apartment in Foggy Bottom’s Columbia Plaza
in Washington, DC, that was accessible. Only three percent of Americans own homes
that have accessibility features, whereas 54 million are disabled and only 29% of disabled
Americans (18-64 years of age) work (National Organization on Disability). Residential
adaptations are scarce, as the ADA only applies to public spaces and not to personal
residences. Besides expanding doorways for wheelchairs, adding shower stalls, and
adjusting heights of kitchen cabinets and appliances, interior designers use other features
to make accessibility functional and aesthetically pleasing. These features are crucial to
allow persons who become disabled to live independently. It is estimated that between
the ages of 35-65, one out of ten persons will be disabled for a minimum of three months.
That ratio increases to one out of seven that a disability for five years or longer will occur
before age 65 (National Safety Council). Housing adjustments can be components of
universal design that make the environment workable for all people. A case-by-case
approach to accessible design works best.
A designer’s innovative use of space, storage, and appliances transformed a kitchen for a
wheelchair user from virtually unusable space to one of ease and comfort for everyday

© February 2006
53
living (Hockenberry, 2004). Splitting the kitchen into two major zones, cooking and
cleaning, helped accommodate more than one person working in the kitchen. Mobile
storage units that tuck under work surfaces during non-use allowed easy and full access
to counter top surfaces, making meal preparation simple and safe.
Over 40% of Americans will reside in a nursing home during their lifetimes. For
residents of the Providence Mount St. Vincent nursing home in Seattle, pets, children,
solariums, libraries, and computers are all easily accessible because of administration’s
and interior designers’ focus on resident-direct care (Baker, 2002). Residents experience
a variety of interior and exterior settings in the newly designed facility. The center was
redesigned into ‘neighborhoods’ that house two-dozen residents each and also contains a
new daycare facility for staffs’ children. The redesign of this and many other newer
facilities such as Levindale Hebrew Geriatric Center in Baltimore create a less
institutional design feel and strengthen relationships between residents and staff. In
addition, staff turnover is measurably less with such facilities – only 20% at the Live Oak
Living Center in El Sobrante, CA, versus the more than 100% national annual average.
Effects of these trend-setting, home-like facilities on the Americans currently living in
17,000 nursing homes is satisfaction with diminished medical issues such as bedsores,
falls, and incontinence.
Bonda (2003) reported that the General Services Administration (GSA) Public Buildings
Service’s “Workplace 20•20” research program is gathering data on workspace and
productivity. Over 22 projects (real business environments) will be monitored and
measured. The study uses an Adaptable Workplace Hub where many environmental
conditions are tested on GSA staff. The intended result is a database of information about

© February 2006
54
workplace design. This study exemplifies the use of observation as a standard planning
procedure for office design and involves research partners from academia, design firms,
and government organizations.
Designers can incorporate several subtle environmental changes to a workplace to
support evening and/or night workers. These changes can significantly increase job
performance and satisfaction while decreasing fatigue and errors due to sleepiness (Yee,
2004). Brightly lit spaces, audible mechanical systems, good seating, rest areas, food
service access, and stimulating architecture help workers stay alert and awake without
their environment feeling too quiet or “closed.” The number of night shift workers is
increasing by 3% annually.
In many poorly designed offices, corporations did not account for employees’
psychological needs and poor productivity was the outcome. The way employees feel
about their workspace directly affects their performance. Interior designers consider
factors such as employee personality, corporate culture, personal environmental control,
privacy, and economic issues when designing offices (Burnett, 2004). Since people
receive 80% of information from the environment, designers must be knowledgeable
about providing lighting that helps people focus on their work, using colors that create
positive moods, and providing comfortable temperatures that can increase employee
satisfaction, productivity, and performance.
Due to the high cost of real estate, it is important that a conference room is adaptable for
many uses such as training or teaming spaces therefore cutting down on the total square
footage needed in an office. In response to this need, Galadza (2004a) suggested that
designers focus on versatility, technological capabilities, and ergonomics when

© February 2006
55
specifying conference room furniture. Concealable technology and expandable tables can
make conference rooms more functional however; aesthetics must not override the users’
ability to easily access the technology. Based on the users’ needs, the space, and the
budget, designers will determine whether standard or custom furnishings are required and
specify appropriately.
Offices in work environments are decreasing in size (about 10% decrease in five years).
In reduced spaces, managing, organizing, and storing paper in a workstation affects job
performance (Herman Miller, Inc., 2003a). Office workers are termed “filers,” those who
put active papers or projects into storage, or “pilers,” those who create piles of active
papers or projects for visual reference and ease of accessibility. All work environments
should allow for three types of storage: archival, intermediate, and active. Computers
have increasingly been a viable storage solution; many companies have networks in
which files can be stored and accessed easily by many people. Designers improve storage
and work performance by flexible computer placement, supporting knowledge work,
evaluating storage needs, rethinking collecting strategies, and supporting active storage.
Call centers are often the first and only personal contact a company has with its
consumers. Herman Miller, Inc. (2003b) found that design, ergonomics, and technology
are transforming traditionally unpleasant call centers into powerful showpieces not only
for display, but to attract and retain intelligent workers. Workstation power and data
connections are carefully planned for frequent reconfiguration and expansion.
Ergonomics, lighting, and acoustics are also primary considerations for successful call
center design.

© February 2006
56
Tom Vecchione, head of Gensler’s workplace practice area, stated that by connecting
project types and influences to establish larger themes, designers can create environments
that increase performance in the workplace (cited in Powell, 2004c). Designers evaluate
how a company may grow, their mission and values, and organizational structure as part
of strategic planning. The interior design profession requires a high level of technical
expertise to successfully complete a job.
Men and women have different preferences and work styles. The work environment can
affect productivity, and efficiency can be improved by supporting these differences
through design of the workplace (Russell, 2004). Studies showed that women (57% of the
workforce) generally preferred open plans whereas men preferred closed office
environments that afford privacy. Women preferred adjustable and moveable furniture to
support their horizontal, collaborative work style, whereas men preferred traditional,
stationary furniture to support their more hierarchical, vertical work style. Needs for
acoustical control, conferencing, teamwork, and privacy can be addressed through the
design of the space, supporting needs of both genders.
Waresak (2003) reported that designers are creating interior spaces with natural elements
to help recall positive outdoor environmental stimuli. Residential outdoor spaces have
interior amenities that open the interior to the outdoor world, blurring a once defined line.
The focus in work environments is to create spaces that function like natural
environments. Lowered ceilings over workstations or desk orientation help workers feel
enclosed and private while subtle shifts in lighting or gentle flutters in a hanging fabric
mimics natural, slight changes throughout the day in the outdoor world. Integrated spaces

© February 2006
57
and habitat-at-work are two terms that designers and researchers are using to express
these concepts.
Interaction between workers is becoming increasingly important, and interior design and
technology (e.g., video conferencing, wireless video phones, and personal environmental
controls) can increase needed collaboration (Watkins, 2003). Lighting, acoustics, visual
and auditory privacy, expressions of corporate values and culture, and temperature can
affect productivity. The focus of office design is increasing satisfaction, efficiency, and
environmental friendliness. Bringing a residential aesthetic into the office and branding
are current trends.
Hexom (2002) reported on a Navy study that found that designers understand how to
create a space that supports its users and ultimately increases their productivity.
According to Navy personnel, interior design is crucial to a well-functioning space. The
proper balance of light, color, and materials provides an environment that is conducive to
the health and well-being of the building occupants.
The social environment heavily influences the physical environment and the physical
environment acts as a setting for social interaction. Cairns (2002) discussed workplace
design and the organizational environment, pointing out that there are contradictory
interpretations of the workplace. Historically, built environment studies focused on the
social environment, although recently research has begun to focus on empowering
workers through environmental control. Interior designers have the knowledge to
interpret people’s social needs into environmental solutions that support both physical
and social needs.

© February 2006
58
Public gathering places for teens are important for social interaction, development, and
self-esteem. Owens (2002) found that many adolescents are excluded from public spaces
because of fears of crime, loitering, and curfew laws. Seating that allows groups of teens
to interact comfortably and to provide input during design programming can facilitate
positive social interaction.
Increased use of information technology gives people access to private information.
Creating spaces for privacy requires close consideration of several environmental factors,
including sound masking, space planning, computer monitor layout, viewing angles, and
material ratings (Clay, 2004). Designing for privacy is multifaceted. Providing visual
and/or acoustical privacy varies greatly, and one may supersede the other. Data privacy is
a fairly new consideration. Designers carefully evaluate all privacy needs during a project
to ensure functional and usable space. Clay (2004) identified seven principles of
designing for privacy through a review of literature, interviews, and case studies.
Evans and Stecker (2004) completed a review of literature on environmental stress and
motivation. They determined that as a person experiences environmental stress (noise,
bad odors, traffic, crowding) their motivation, performance, and ability to learn
decreases. Designers can control environmental stress through the design, planning, and
specification of interiors. Unexpected environmental stressors cause even greater
annoyance to people than expected stressors. Personal characteristics (age, gender, sense
of control) may influence tolerance for stress.
The Pebble Project documented examples of how healthcare facility design has positively
impacted healthcare quality and financial performance, reported Marberry (2002).
Results indicated that patients fell less (75%), were transferred less, and were more
© February 2006
59
satisfied with their experience. The study also found that costs per case lowered and pain
medication requirements decreased. Nursing staff attrition also decreased. The data
showed quantitatively that interior design can significantly impact quality of healthcare.
In an effort to design facilities with a deeper understanding of the disease(s) it houses,
architects and designers are focusing on creating spaces that follow patterns of someone
with the disease. One example is the Alzheimer’s assisted-living facility The Harbor
House. It features a wandering loop and color-coordinated floors based on care levels of
the residents. For example, if a resident isn’t able to venture outside as much, they will
live on the floor that has earth tones and is a “village theme,” bringing the outdoors to
them. Designers worked with the medical staff to change the design emphasis from the
resident’s room to the common spaces to encourage patients to interact.
Designers are practicing evidence-based design to create healing environments at
hospitals and clinics that help people become well faster and retain current staff
(Fredman, 2003). Warmer environments with natural light, carpet, and single rooms help
care facilities attract patients and cut costs associated with poorly designed spaces.
Soothing colors, artwork, gardens, water features, and eco-friendly materials improve
patient and staff satisfaction. Redesigning patient rooms to accommodate a variety of
illnesses and handicaps increases safety for consumers and employees alike.
Designers are approaching a new hospital design in Indiana much like they would a retail
space. Competition is forcing the hospital to be completely consumer and patient-
centered. Hawthorne (2004) suggested that additions of new areas such as therapy spaces
and individual waiting rooms allow patients to temporarily get away from the hospital
environment and provide private areas for small to large families to gather while a loved-
© February 2006
60
one undergoes surgery or recovers. Improving hospital environments also increases
functionality for employees. Storage and communication alcoves along corridors and
nurse workstations for “heads down” work help communicate an organized, well
functioning environment. Designers must design to anticipate users’ needs.
The design of the healthcare environment has important implications for recovery and
well-being. A study conducted by the Environmental Standards Council of the Center for
Health Design (cited in Salvatore, 2003) identified six components as parts of a care
environment: concepts, people, systems, layouts/operational planning, implementation,
and physical environment. Key physical elements that contribute to the physical space are
light and views, wayfinding/clarity of access, control, privacy, security and safety, color,
cultural responsiveness, and waste reduction. The patient’s experience with the physical
environment, overall efficiencies, functional operation, patient flow, overall function, and
space implications must result from programmatic decisions.
Memorial Hospital in South Bend, Indiana, recently experienced a redesign of
workstations and waiting areas for both staff and patients (Stone, 2003). The design firm
that redesigned Memorial Hospital, IDEO, utilized human behavior to make decisions
about the physical environment. Interviewing staff and patients, the firm designed more
privacy in workspaces for the staff, primarily nurses; simplified signs for disoriented
patients; added tables, private family rooms, and a bistro to family waiting rooms; and
transparent entrances to add to the comfort and welcoming atmosphere of the hospital
space. The firm designs for a more humane and more intelligent environment.
LaEstanciaArgentina in Coral Gables, Florida, is an upscale grocery store and café that
combines old world city market and Latin American concepts. Galadza (2004c) reported
© February 2006
61
that the efficient layout allows people to easily navigate the multi-segmented space. The
high-performance lighting and specifically designed service areas with unique color and
material selections make the shopping experience enjoyable. The owner credits the retail
food shop’s success to creative interior design that is both functional and aesthetically
pleasing and branding.
Restaurants remain an important place for human interaction, and, in New York, exhibit
the effects of globalization. Factors such as gentrification, casualization, and a shift to
information technology industries have changed the spatial patterns of urban
environments. Satler (2003) suggested that restaurant design reflects globalization in the
incorporation of unique, identifiable features, and signature handmade objects by creating
a sense of place in a comfortable environment and by meeting the needs of the single
customer as well as larger groups.
A study conducted by Hanson (2003) in the UK provided valuable insight as to the way
the aging population ‘designs’ their interior environment. Regardless of social or
economic status, older people consistently filled their environment with cherished
possessions that told the story of their lives and enriched their daily experience with fond
memories that affirmed their functionality and social importance. In addition, the layout
of their living space consistently provided separate zones for private (dressing, sleeping,
grooming) and social activities (entertaining guests, dining, TV) – even if they lived
alone. Moving to sheltered living demanded a compression of belongings but yet they
tried to imitate a life as close to the one they had in earlier years within a smaller, more
controllable space. Designers of housing for the elderly should provide for ‘zoning’
spaces for various needs and display areas for meaningful belongings to enhance the

© February 2006
62
quality of life and not diminish the elderly as social beings. Well designed housing can
help older people achieve the twin goals of remaining both independent from and
interdependent with others.
In a study by Haworth, Inc. (2004), it was determined that spaces designed for
collaborative learning allow users to create meaning within the context of their work
environment. Collaborative learning requires a long-term exchange of ideas where they
can be implemented and tested to determine how to learn from them and one another.
This type of environment should be integrated into work settings to encourage messy,
informal collaboration so ideas are shared among several people, not just people present
at a meeting. Designers are creating environments with the necessary “tools” such as
furniture, supplies, and technology and by allowing users to “finish” the space by
organizing themselves in a way that best supports how they interact. Designing
collaborative spaces that create associational meaning allows learning from best
practices, creating space for collaborative learning, and designing for exposure of
thinking.
Designers of a Stanford University classroom building took a new approach to creating
learning spaces (Hawthorne, 2004). Existing classroom space and student activities were
closely observed to define how students’ and instructors’ behaviors were incorporated
into the new environment. The new large classrooms have a “front porch,” which helps
alleviate bottle-neck traffic and facilitates student gatherings before and after class. The
new space accommodates students’ “work anywhere” approach to learning so laptop
users can access power and the Internet from almost anywhere in the building. Individual
classrooms are laid out for maximum flexibility for seating, teaching, and computer use.

© February 2006
63
In a study of color preferences and meaning among residents of the United States,
England, Korea, and Japan, Park and Guerin (2002) found that preferred color palettes
differed from culture to culture. Japanese preferred palettes with neutral or cool colors,
weak chroma, and light values with high contrast. Koreans preferred palettes with neutral
hues, middle values, weak chroma, and medium to high contrast. British preferred
palettes with warm hues, middle values, moderate chroma, and medium to low contrast.
Americans preferred palettes with warm hues, middle values, moderate chroma, and low
contrast.
Ease of travel, technology, and the globalization of business are changing how design is
addressed around the world. Waresak (2002) reported that consumers do not want the
same shopping experience with familiar brands from city-to-city or country-to-country.
While a retail brand must remain strong, the way in which the brand is interpreted is
influencing architecture, interiors, and even the selection of products offered. Design
must also be sensitive to cultural differences in global audiences.
Selvin (2003) reported that in 1998, voters approved money to rebuild half of Los
Angeles’ city library buildings that were in need of renovation. In addition to the
rebuilding of 28 existing libraries, four new libraries were built in communities that did
not previously have a library. Designers spent extensive time in community meetings
gathering information from citizens about how the libraries should look and how they can
reflect their specific community. With this user input, all the libraries have programs that
serve their respective communities and have a physical appearance that fits the
community base. With new books, renovated furnishings, upgraded computers, and
children’s spaces, the libraries are no longer quiet and uninviting places. Circulation has

© February 2006
64
increased significantly, and the libraries now offer many programs including Internet
courses, children’s programs, music, and other activities for community involvement,
interaction, and development.
In a new childcare center for employees of Pfizer, Inc., in New York, designers
incorporated a nature theme (Wiens, 2000). The center is not intended as the only source
of daycare for employees, but as a back-up in case the regular provider is unavailable.
The design goals of the center included creating a soothing and peaceful environment.
The design included extensive acoustical accommodation and incorporated computer
terminals, easily accessible bookshelves, and a stage-like area. A strong partnership
between the daycare provider and the designer was developed. The childcare center has a
tree house and fish tanks contributing to a nature theme. Safety was also an important
consideration in the design with all rounded corners and nothing to pinch fingers. Non-
toxic, easy-to-clean materials were selected for additional health protection.
Human Environment Needs Knowledge Areas [Value = 334]

[28]
accessibility issues (barrier-free, universal design) [16]
existing site conditions (measurement, record) [12]
environmental factors, issues, and requirements (sustainability, indoor air quality, energy
conservation) [10]
facility issues [9]
© February 2006
65
6.2 Interior Construction, Codes, and Regulations
Interior construction is the manifestation of the design of the space based on the human
environment needs. It encompasses KAs such as building systems, non-load bearing interior
construction, fire and life-safety principles, permitting processes, acoustics, and
lighting/daylighting systems, as well as their specification and documentation. The design of the
interior environment is based on the KAs embraced by the interior designer who considers them
all in an holistic manner so that the outcome will fulfill the goals for the interior space.
This category also encompasses codes and regulations, as well as standards and
guidelines; they work toward providing safety in all environments. The International Code
Council (ICC) works internationally to develop model codes that address many areas: the
International Building Code (IBC), the International Residential Code (IRC), the International
Fire Code (IFC), and the International Mechanical Code (IMC) (International Code Council,
2005). In Canada, the National Building Code of Canada (NBC) and the National Fire Code of
Canada (NFC) (Federal Publications, 1998-2005) primarily address fire protection, occupant
safety and accessibility, structural design, environmental separation, and building systems. Using
these building codes as a basis, local jurisdictions have the option of adopting them as written, or
modifying them for their particular needs, and some write their own codes. Fire prevention and
life-safety come under the purview of the model code created by the National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA), which also sets standards, as does the American National Standards
Institute (ANSI), the American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM), to name only a few.

© February 2006
66
In addition to codes, many regulations are developed that must also be considered and
applied, such as energy regulations relating to lighting from the Department of Energy (DOE),
indoor air quality benchmarks from the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), or ergonomic
and workplace safety concerns as regulated by the Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA). Guidelines can also relate to civil rights such as the Americans with
Disabilities Act (ADA). Interior designers must understand the vast web of codes, regulations,
standards, and guidelines and apply them as appropriate, typically varying with each jurisdiction.
Interior designers apply them to distance between exits, floor covering selections, height of free-
standing furnishings, and signage design and application. Following are a few examples of how
interior designers’ knowledge of codes and regulations is utilized in the practice and its effect on
people’s lives.
Ketteler (2004) states that interior designers must be involved early in the project
process, working with engineers, architects, and contractors to integrate heating,
ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) systems into the overall design solution.
Raised floor technology is becoming increasingly popular because it can be
aesthetically pleasing, environmentally friendly, and functional. When used properly,
HVAC systems keep indoor air healthy. Designers must use the American Society of
Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) standards to
design for proper humidity level, ventilation, and overall air quality. Designers who
are involved in the mechanical processes of the building project are finding creative
ways of incorporating supply and exhaust paths that are attractive and functional.
HVAC systems may be associated with increased sick building syndrome (SBS)
symptoms versus naturally ventilated buildings, according to Seppanen and Fisk

© February 2006
67
(2002). A review of literature determined that HVAC systems with or without
humidification and with or without sealed windows were associated with a slight
increase in SBS. SBS occurred among subjects in air-conditioned buildings more
frequently. The type of HVAC system was not associated with the occurrence of
SBS.
Appropriate interior construction and building systems are elemental in protecting life
and health. According to Haynes, Reading, and Gale (2003), the leading cause of
death for children in developed countries is unintentional injuries. Environmental
factors such as poor quality housing and socio-cultural factors such as family attitudes
about child supervision were related to the occurrence of childhood injuries.
Childhood injuries occurred in the home, at school, at play, and in the street.
Dujardin (2003) states that creating a healthy home starts with the indoor air quality
(IAQ). Many factors affect IAQ including air purifiers, insulation, paint, furniture,
and floor and wall coverings. Choosing products that emit low levels of VOCs often
does not cost more and can be incorporated into any project. Healthy homes can help
control allergies and multiple chemical sensitivity (MCS).
According to Stensland (2003), interior designers specify materials that directly affect
IAQ. Eliminating all VOCs from materials, finishes, and products in an environment
may be impossible, but choosing materials with no- or low-VOC content can
dramatically affect IAQ. Interior designers consider VOCs; off-gassing; factors
related to toxins including humidity, temperature, light, and noise levels; pressure
differences; and other contaminants when specifying interior materials.

© February 2006
68
According to Witte (2003), the Langston-Brown School and Community Center used
green design concepts, including the use of materials that gave off low levels of
toxins including paints, fabrics, and adhesives. Additionally, rain water collection and
large windows that provide daylight contribute to energy efficiency.
The type of building materials used to build a house can affect the indoor humidity
levels of the home. A study found that hygroscopic wood-based building materials
produced the most thermally comfortable conditions, as it improved humidity levels
and perceived IAQ (Simonson, Salarvaara, & Ojanen, 2002).
Teachers understand the role that designers play in keeping their students safe, and
they believe that a well-designed classroom enhances students’ learning. Eighty-eight
percent of teachers surveyed believed that classrooms designed to reduce accidents
promoted safety. The materials that designers specify within this type of environment
are directly linked to students’ safety and well-being. Cleanability of these materials
is crucial for the overall health of the students and teachers. Other key elements that
designers control are lighting and acoustics. Classrooms designed with access to
daylight were found to reduce eyestrain problems and alleviate further stress in
students. Appropriate acoustical selections aid in learning by creating a quieter
environment (Sellers, 2001).
Bartholemew, Richards, Jin, and Chang (2004), found that in addition to fire safety
and structural integrity issues, interior designers are involved in designing secure
spaces to keep people safe in public spaces referred to as “soft targets,” such as
shopping centers, offices, hotels, and restaurants. Interior designers stay informed of

© February 2006
69
new security technologies, especially when designing open-access commercial
environments.
“Smart” home security systems, designed to keep occupants safe, are emerging. They
include sensors that are much more advanced at detecting human activity and can
assist people with memory problems, allowing people such as Alzheimer’s patients to
safely live at home. Floor sensors are in the testing phase; these devices will be able
to tell you who is there (known as “smart floors”). Designers can use these systems to
perceive and assist occupants, increasing their comfort and security (Rewi, 2004a).
Materials must be specified to support fire and life-safety principles. An experiment
by Blanchard and Graves (2002) showed that flame retardant treatments containing
polycarboxylic acid and phosphorous-based catalysts were less toxic than carpet
treatments containing formaldehyde. Many factors including the fiber content and
chemical treatment influence the effectiveness of flame resistant chemical treatments.
Flame-retardant treatments for carpet help reduce the chemicals and fumes emitted if
carpets catch on fire.
There are new methods for controlling indoor temperature and IAQ that are more
efficient (Costello, 2003). These methods of environmental control can save energy
and money, increase performance, and protect occupant health. It is the designers’
responsibility to integrate the controls for these systems into the design solution.
According to the Department of Energy’s Residential Energy Consumption Survey
(RECS), while more energy efficient technology exists, energy consumption has
continued to increase due to larger homes, an increase in the number of appliances,
and an increase in the number of homes. Technologies that limit energy or that can be

© February 2006
70
programmed to turn off at certain times can help minimize energy use in homes
(Yust, Guerin, & Coopet, 2002).
By 2010, the Department of Energy wants to reduce energy use by 50% in the 18
million homes to be built in America. Roof-top photovoltaic solar panels, energy
efficient appliances, and movement sensor controlled compact fluorescent lamps all
contribute to a nearly “zero energy” home in Loudoun County, VA, as described by
Griscom (2002).
The World Wildlife Fund’s headquarters’ was designed using the most sustainable
practices available, reflecting the client’s mission. Acoustical tiles were made of
recycled content with old tiles sent to Armstrong for recycling; all wood was Forest
Stewardship Council (FSC) certified; carpeting was made of recycled fiber content
and low-VOC backing; drywall was 100% recycled content; and countertops were
made of recycled bottles and milk jugs. Wind power for 10% of the space’s electricity
generation and other improvements in lighting control and components are
anticipated to save energy by 20%, over time. Also, waste was carefully tracked
through chain of custody documentation (Bonda, 2004).
Custovic, Murray, Gore, and Woodcock (2002), found that controlling allergens in
the home can help diminish the symptoms of asthma. Wood and vinyl flooring have
much fewer allergens than carpeting; wood and linoleum flooring help reduce the
presence of allergens such as dust mites and fungi. Low humidity, air conditioning,
and avoiding wallpaper use help control mold, and impermeable upholstery on beds
and furnishings helps diminish dust mites. Individual allergy cases should be treated
independently; similarly, each allergen has unique properties that must be addressed.

© February 2006
71
Keeler (2004) found that designers may affect IAQ by selecting proper building
materials as well as office furniture. Modular office systems, seating, plastic
laminates, and wood veneers are tested for carcinogens, reproductive toxins, and
chemicals with chronic reference exposure levels. Volatile organic compounds
(VOCs) given off by acoustical ceilings, carpet tile, and stone flooring may have
adverse affects on the IAQ as well. Good IAQ relates to increased productivity and
fewer health-related issues for employees.
A study by Engvall, Noorby, and Norback (2003), found that increasing energy
efficiency may decrease IAQ by creating a tighter building envelope with less
ventilation. A study of older multi-family housing found that mechanical ventilation
systems are healthy for occupants, as well as natural gas or electric heating systems.
Wood heating, heat pump systems, and direct electric radiators increased negative
health symptoms (e.g., eye and throat irritation, fatigue, cough). Homes that
underwent renovation, such as replacing or sealing windows, new siding, or adding
insulation, showed more sick building syndrome (SBS) symptoms than the buildings
that weren’t renovated.
An experiment by Hitchins, Morawska, Gilbert, and Jamriska (2002), found that the
location of air intakes and filters determine IAQ in high-rise buildings. For low-rise
buildings, pollution concentration levels were the same in different locations around
the exterior of the building. Pollution levels were significantly lower at the top of a
high-rise building compared to the lower levels of the exterior.
A study by Wallace, Emmerich, and Howard-Reed (2002) found that air change rates
significantly decrease indoor pollution levels; however, many homes are designed to

© February 2006
72
limit air exchange. Attic fans, open windows, and variation in indoor and outdoor
temperature significantly increased air exchange rates. Generally, tracer gas levels
were higher on top floors of homes and decreased on lower floors.
Pallat (2003) states that mold growth in interiors is due to unaddressed moisture
issues. If unchecked, these problems can cause severe health problems for building
occupants from eye irritation to breathing problems and can even affect heart and
lung function. Designers can help prevent mold growth by recommending an air
conditioner or dehumidifier during summer months, mold inhibiting paints, exhaust
fans in bathrooms, careful handling of gypsum wallboard, and removal of
contaminated materials. Preventing or removing mold can decrease allergic
symptoms, asthmatic symptoms, and other serious respiratory problems.
The acoustics of an interior should meet three basic acoustic objectives; address
sound transmission between spaces, determine reverberation quality within a space
(some spaces need to be quiet and others ‘live’), and sound enhancement. Interior
materials have acoustic properties that help meet these objectives (Lewis, 2001).
In a study conducted by the Vinyl Institute, it was found that interior designers select
and specify vinyl materials for healthcare facilities primarily because of its
appearance, durability, and ease of maintenance. Other important factors were cost,
infection control, safety, and life cycle cost (Lopez, 2003).
Proper acoustics depend to a great degree on the materials and finishes in the space,
as well as mass and volume, and technical equipment in the space. Broadway (2003)
determined that advanced audiovisual technologies are used in many churches so all
worshipers have an equal ability to see and hear services. Sound systems with high-

© February 2006
73
performance speakers, microphones, and wall-size projection screens are used to
avoid sound distortion and vision impairments for worshipers. In addition, the
religious facilities are able to send shut-ins, college students, and military personnel
videotapes of the church services they were unable to attend.
Acoustics are also a concern in the design of open offices in terms of privacy and
sense of personal space. Designers specify office systems furniture based on the
client’s current and long-term needs and its ability to adapt to the company’s
changing needs. Other considerations include price, quality, technology, ergonomics,
storage, flexibility for reconfiguration, and ability to be retrofitted. Frequent mergers
and acquisitions make designers accountable to specify systems furniture that allows
a company to undergo a smooth transition (Mosher, 2004b).
Orfield and Brand (2004) found that office environmental factors, whether perceived
or actual, can affect the way open plan office workers perceive job quality and
satisfaction. Visual privacy is closely linked to office acoustics. Workers who feel
they have poor acoustical privacy may actually have little or no control of visual
privacy. Deciphering these claims and working closely with acousticians during the
entire design process will create open plan offices acoustically beneficial to the
occupants and work tasks.
Office lighting effectiveness is subjective and changing. Though many different light
sources combined can result in an environment conducive to office related tasks, it is
often user adjustability that prevents eye and muscle strain. Office lighting should
incorporate daylighting, general lighting, task lighting, and accent lighting and should
be evaluated on a case-by-case situation. Spaces for computer-related tasks should

© February 2006
74
reduce the level of general lighting and supplement with task lighting for activities
away from video display terminals (VDT). Inappropriate lighting at office workers’
computer workstations can cause eyestrain, the factor that was cited as the most
serious office health hazard by 47% of employees (Herman Miller, 2001b).
Herman Miller, Inc. (2003c) states that businesses are being forced to strategically
plan for continuous moves, technology rewiring, and employee down time due to
churn—the act of moving employees around within the work environment. Furniture
can greatly influence the rate and ease of churn by providing easier access to data and
power wires, intuitive panel attachment solutions, and interchangeable parts and
pieces. To accommodate churn, designers are creating spaces to allow many different
furniture layouts so companies can easily reconfigure without adding power or taking
down walls, two expensive options when office moves happen several times a year.
Interior Construction, Codes, and Regulations Knowledge Areas [Value = 329]

lighting fixture and lamp selection, application, and specifications [34]
schedules [15]
acoustics [11]

© February 2006
75
6.3 Design
Design involves aspects of design thinking, the implementation of the design process, and
some of the specific tasks in the process. Designers understand the effect of the physical
manifestation of design on people. During the design process, the specialized knowledge utilized
by interior designers is seen through the phases of the design process, across numerous building
types including hospitals, schools, residences, and offices. Interior designers, knowledgeable in
human behavior and human factors, have the expertise to combine users’ needs with design
theory to create spaces that meet project requirements. Effective communication abilities are at
the core of making this happen. Following are selected examples that document the design KAs
and their affect on human behavior.
Busch (2004) suggested that interior designers keep the functional and aesthetic needs
of people at the core of their work, placing human sustainability (human needs)
before other goals. Good interior design is judged by how it combines form and
function, creating a built environment that goes beyond solely aesthetic impact.
The Hippodrome restoration project was reported on by Forgey (2004). It is a step in
revitalizing Baltimore’s east side, formerly a vibrant retail and entertainment district.
Three old and one new building have been linked together. The interior provides
more gathering places, more accessibility to other parts of the theater, and improved
circulation. In the auditorium, many of the interior features that existed from the 1914
design by Thomas Lamb were restored and the use of color, architectural detailing,
and lighting focus on more warm and comforting feelings in the space. In addition,
although almost half of the surfaces are new, the transition from new to old is
seamless.

© February 2006
76
Researchers at Herman Miller, Inc. (2002) found that many employers are struggling
to implement team work processes into their businesses. However, many facilities are
designed to support individuals and individual work efforts. Physical space must
support collaborative team efforts. Designers are providing companies with spaces
that are flexible and movable so information and ideas may be passed quickly and
efficiently throughout a team. Spaces that accommodate quiet individual work while
providing open areas for teams to congregate to discuss business openly and casually
work best for encouraging collaboration within that team. Shared spaces between
teams such as coffee break areas, lounge areas, and restrooms also help spread ideas
from one team to another. Facility design strategies also include assigned meeting or
project space, group scheduled meeting space, co-located teams, shared special
purpose areas, and virtual teams.
Rewi (2004b) reported that the ways changing human needs affect spatial layout for
interior design influence flexibility, mobility, and adaptability. Many forward-
thinking designers are evaluating the traditional ways that residences are divided and
are finding that perhaps there are better, more efficient ways to use space. For
example, many designers question whether a formal dining room makes sense in
contemporary society or if walls could be moveable partitions, making them more
adaptable. Designing interior spaces to meet the changing needs of the users is
paramount in interior design practice today.
The physical and social environment can support creativity in the workplace.
Creativity in the workplace is important because it can increase company
competitiveness and flexibility. In a study by Vithayathawornwong, Danko, and

© February 2006
77
Tolbert (2003), dynamism in the workplace was found to be the most important
influence on creativity in the workplace. Layout, spatial arrangement, and degree of
enclosure contributed to a sense of dynamism in the workplace. Other factors such as
non-work spaces, space for privacy and personalization, open door policies, and
access to communication technologies facilitated a creative environment.
Jackson (2004) found that designers can create environments that aid in reducing
major chronic health concerns facing America’s society today, especially those
affiliated with aging such as depression, diabetes, obesity, osteoporosis, and
depression. Two key treatments for these health issues with low side effects and low
costs are exercise and social engagement. Stairways can be designed to be attractive
to building inhabitants encouraging more people to use stairs rather than elevators.
Climbing 10 flights of stairs per day can burn 1.5 lbs. per year and protect the body
against osteoporosis. More areas for social contact can help reduce depression
through more frequent social and professional engagement. Walking areas in the
home, office buildings, and neighborhoods promote regular exercise opportunities
outside of the gym.
In a study of two cultures, Lawton and Kallai (2002) investigated the wayfinding
strategies of young adults in the United States and Hungary. Women preferred to use
landmarks, and men preferred to use cardinal directions for wayfinding. Landmarks
and other route-based aids were preferred for wayfinding by women experiencing
wayfinding anxiety. American women reported more wayfinding anxiety then
Hungarian women, and women overall reported more than men. Men reported a
greater sense of safety than women in the built environment.

© February 2006
78
Changes in the workforce such as the imminent retirement of baby-boomers, smaller
collaborative teams, and increased diversity will lead to changes in the way
workstations and entire offices are designed, according to Meill (2004). Spaces with
fewer cubicles, smaller conference rooms, and a greater number of group meeting
facilities are being considered. Interior designers are integral to enabling smooth
transitions as companies adjust to a shift in employee demographics, decentralized
work environments, an increase in home office telecommuters, and globalization.
A longitudinal study completed by Meyers, Anderson, Miller, Shipp, and Hoenig
(2002) evaluated the experiences of wheelchair users in a variety of settings.
Wheelchair users had the hardest time accessing drugstores, friends’ or relatives’
houses, restaurants, recreational facilities, and work places. Factors inhibiting
accessibility included ramps that were steep, weather, door pressure, lack of curbs,
inaccessible bathrooms, no parking, obstructed travel, and narrow aisles. Wheelchair
users that had lived with their impairment longer were better able to overcome
obstacles.
It has been found that light affects human health by alleviating seasonal affective
disorder (SAD), improving sleep, improving performance of night shift workers,
activating the circadian system, and regulating melatonin. Prestwood (2004)
suggested that changes in the lighting design profession may include a shift from
vision-based systems to circadian cycle based lighting systems. These lighting
decisions are made by interior designers and affect people’s health, safety, and
welfare.

© February 2006
79
Choosing an appropriate light source for a particular application involves close
examination of the user’s needs, new or existing architectural features, lamp sources,
and luminaire sources (Smith, 2002). Lighting affects how humans see and perceive
space, ultimately determining the success of the interior design. Excessive heat loads,
poorly planned emergency lighting, and photodegradation are risks caused by
inappropriate lighting solutions. Educated designers use knowledge and resources to
create lighting designs that enhance interiors and provide safe egress for all
occupants. Proper lighting affects people’s safety by making objects and pathways
visible. It affects people’s health by distributing proper wavelengths and providing
adequate illumination for task performance. Lighting affects people’s welfare by
improving the visual quality of the environment.
Libby (2003) reported that incorporating daylighting into three Oregon schools had a
dramatic effect on student performance, attention spans, and the need for disciplinary
actions. Each classroom is filled with natural light and corridors and public spaces are
almost entirely lit without electricity. The use of daylighting has cut the operating
expenses by 51% by utilizing natural site resources for heating and cooling systems
as well as irrigation for sports fields. Designers used sustainable design principles to
achieve a low-cost, quality school solution.
Cool daylighting is an approach seeking to increase human health, satisfaction,
comfort, and performance as well as other superior economic benefits to the building
owner (Ternoery, 2004). By controlling exposure to daylight, designers can influence
various health and performance factors in humans. In the 1980s, absenteeism dropped
as a result of more exposure to daylight. Observations have been made indicating

© February 2006
80
there is increased human performance without direct exposure, but with the degree of
transparency. Keeping daylight to a maximum of 5% exposure with the full spectrum
requires the use of spectrally neutral glass. Transparency is a concept that allows a
high degree of indirect light to reach interior spaces by manipulating viewpaths
through the placement of windows, window treatments, interior finishes, and lights.
The result allows people to eliminate eye strain while experiencing the day from
inside the building. To accomplish this, designers must work together with the entire
design team to form an integrated solution.
People have psychological and biological responses to different colors (Calmenson,
2000). Designers need to understand project and client goals to determine how to use
color to meet these goals. Humans react to color through biological response, the
collective unconscious, conscious symbolism, cultural influences, styles and trends,
and personal relationships. Color can be used to direct attention and provide focus in
the built environment. A study by Camgoz, Yener, and Guvenc (2003) found that
bright, saturated colors attracted the most attention; men and women responded
similarly to the same color combinations. Simultaneous contrast, when two colors
placed beside each other look different when apart, was observed during testing.
Design Knowledge Areas [Value = 256]

textiles) [34]
aesthetics [22]
design concept [16]
design(s) [15]

© February 2006
81
function [13]
sketching [9]
color concept (selection, application) [6]
6.4 Products and Materials
This category of KAs is sometimes considered the heart of interior design practice as
building products, materials, and finishes; furnishings, fixtures, and equipment; and their
attributes, properties, selection, specification, cost, application, installation, performance, and
maintenance are experienced on an intimate level by the inhabitants and owners of the interior
space. Appropriate product and material selections and specifications involve compliance with
codes, life safety, building standards, bidding processes, sustainability guidelines, and human
needs, such as accessibility. Also, as the literature indicates, products and materials are no longer
an issue of first cost, but life cycle cost, which is emerging as a driving factor in the interior
designer’s knowledge of and work in this arena. Aesthetics and meaning of place still contribute
to decision-making in terms of products and materials; however, sustainability, energy
efficiency, and recycling are top-of-mind issues in the 21st-century that are driving home the
importance of how we make the built environment. These KAs have taken on increased
importance for the interior design profession and the public.
Belfoure (2000) conveyed that the interior of a new business complex, Montgomery
Park, will use recycled materials for furnishings and ceilings, including 100%

© February 2006
82
recycled carpet and to conserve energy, sensors will control lighting balanced by
available daylight. In addition, demolition debris will be salvaged or recycled as well.
According to Bonda (2001), the new Greenpeace headquarters in Washington, DC,
designed by Envision Design, is a beautiful and environmentally-conscious design.
The material and energy differences between open- and closed-office plans were
analyzed. The designers found that the open plan saved significant amounts of
energy, materials, and money. The open plan also increased communication and
relationships between employees. This new headquarters reflected environmental
sustainability through its PVC-free base (except for electrical wiring), FSC certified
wood, recycled content steel structure (96% recycled content), the use of light sensors
and solar panels, window access for all, privacy areas, and total accessibility.
Employee well-being, satisfaction, and performance were goals met by the design.
For Environmental Defense headquarters in Washington, DC, Envision Design
provided a healthy environment with daylight for all employees on a tight schedule
and budget. Energy use was minimized by use of natural light and photoelectric
controls; materials and furnishings were selected for durability, FSC-certified
hardwoods were used, and very low VOC concentrations were achievable via use of
formaldehyde-free wheat and strawboard. Overall, the outcome was a sustainable,
productive, and healthy environment (Bonda, 2002).
Childs (2003) found that green buildings are proving they are more economical to
operate over several years. Many higher “first costs” associated with designing and
constructing green buildings are far outweighed by the environmental, well-being,
and economical benefits they provide. While efficient HVAC systems may cost more

© February 2006
83
initially, they require less ductwork, maintenance, and energy to provide a
comfortable, healthy environment. Additionally, green design contributes to increased
occupant health, therefore, cutting costs further, as people comprise 92% of total
lifetime building costs.
Moussatche and Languel (2002) found that the biggest life cycle costs savings for a
building can be achieved with interior materials. Sustainable buildings must use
materials and furnishings with low life-cycle costs; however, current life cycle
assessment tools do not adequately consider maintenance, custodial, repair, and
replacement costs. A study found a correlation between low initial cost materials and
higher life cycle costs. The Service Life Cycle Cost (SLCC) method includes the
building service life, inflation rate, discount factor, operations and maintenance costs,
capital cost, system service life, and salvage value to estimate the life cycle costs of
materials and furnishings.
Floor material specifications are critical to health and safety. Slippery floors in
restaurants can result in falls and injuries, especially around the sink area, as found
through testing of quarry tile slip resistance (Chang, Cotnam, & Matz, 2002). It was
also found that carpet texture and pattern affects the walking time and stability of
people with Alzheimer’s disease. According to Perritt, McCone, and McCune (2003),
this population walked faster on carpeting with low amounts of contrast in the pattern
and small design motifs; more pile texture or larger patterns caused them to walk
slower. When specifying carpeting, designers identify durability issues of a product
from wear prediction testing and modeling, as was illustrated through an experiment
on wool carpeting (Liu, Tandon, & Wood, 2002).

© February 2006
84
Green building practices can be applied to all building types. A college residential
and learning facility plans to reduce energy and water consumption by 75% under the
national average and engages each resident in an aggressive recycling program. A
residential construction project reduces use of wood and concrete. High-rise buildings
reduce energy consumption by utilizing photovoltaic products. Keegan (2003) found
that designers are specifying sustainable materials, integrating daylighting, and
collaborating with other design professionals in their practice of green design.
Residential energy use is of concern for designers of manufactured homes, which are
becoming increasingly common. Yet the materials used for construction of this type
of housing are known sources of VOCs. As relayed by Hodgson, Beal, and McIlvaine
(2002), an experiment found that plywood sub floors, uncoated particleboard in
cabinet cases and doors, and exposed particleboard on the undersides of countertops
were the major VOC sources in this type of housing.
Residents of the Colorado Court Buildings in Santa Monica, CA, feel they are
healthier and breathe easier in the 44 studio apartments of this affordable green
building. The apartments are listed as affordable because of the reduction of energy
use—nearly $10,000 a year. The building features formaldehyde-free solid cabinets,
linoleum flooring, blown-in wall insulation made of recycled newsprint, recycling
stations, and energy efficient appliances and windows (Price-Robinson, 2003).
Health can be influenced by product and material specification and maintenance.
Sharp and Walker (2003) found that most of the college dormitory kitchens they
studied visually appeared clean, yet microbiological tests showed all the kitchens
were contaminated with bacteria, including the disease causing bacteria coliform (i.e.,

© February 2006
85
related to or of E. coli). Cleaning cloths and sinks contained the highest levels of
bacteria. Materials, products, and finishes in communal kitchens (especially on door
handles, work surfaces, and sinks) can either prevent or promote bacterial growth.
Lipner (2004) found that designers of the Boulder Community Foothills Hospital, the
nation’s first LEED-accredited hospital, researched every material going into the
building to choose the safest, most durable products with the most environmental
benefits. To help offset the use of some non-sustainable materials such as
wallcoverings, they were installed with low-emitting products and adhesives.
Building materials can make an aesthetic impression. Paddock (2002) reports that the
Equinox restaurant complex in Singapore uses floor-to-ceiling windows that
emphasize the view from 70-stories up. It features views of the Singapore skyline, a
three-story teak and rice-paper lantern inspired by Ming dynasty designs, Murano
crystal from Venice hanging from the ceilings, and a wall of mother-of-pearl.
Durability, maintenance, sustainability, and aesthetics are of concern when specifying
textiles. Wu, Wang, and Wang (2003), found that the quality of yarn affects textile
performance and appearance. In an experiment, the physical properties of wool and
polyethylene terephthalic polyester (PET; recycled content) composite yarns were
tested. Wool/PET composite yarns did not stretch or break as much as wool/polyester
yarns. The composite yarns were also less hairy and uneven than wool/polyester
yarns. Higgins, Anand, Holmes, Hall, and Underly (2003), found in an experiment
that tested woven cotton fabric’s stability after washing with detergent, that shrinkage
of the fabric increased with each laundry cycle. Wrinkle-resistant finishes worked

© February 2006
86
during the first few washes but became less effective after more laundering cycles.
Detergent decreased fabric mass and slightly increased shrinkage in woven cottons.
As it was reported by Vettraino (2003), injuries are common from poorly designed
workstations (primarily musculoskeletal disorders such as tendonitis, carpal tunnel,
and low-back pain) and can be very costly in workman’s compensation costs and loss
of productivity. Poor workstation design can cause poor posture and lead to bone
remodeling, which can cause osteoarthritis and degenerative joint disease. At Merrill
Lynch, proper ergonomic design of workstations and training employees in their use
reduced workman’s compensation claims for soft tissue injuries by 95% within four
years, increasing productivity and employee retention.
Designers provide economic benefit to clients by specifying pre-owned office
furniture, confirming its importance as a good, long term investment, and allowing
for better budget control. They are adept at blending pre-owned with new furniture to
give their clients functional and aesthetically pleasing solutions (Powell, 2004d).
Children are also affected by products and materials in the interior. Classroom
furniture is not always appropriately sized for the majority of students, frequently
resulting in poor posture. Students reported back pain when they had to sit in place
for more than an hour. Upper back and neck pain resulted when students didn’t move
frequently, and neck pain was common in taller students (Murphy, Buckle, & Stubbs,
2004). Furthermore, in a study of primary students from Greece by Panagiotopoulou
and Papanckolaou (2004), it was determined that students’ desks were generally too
high and chairs were too high and deep, causing poor posture. Some students reported
back and leg pain; older students reported more pain than younger students.

© February 2006
87
Specification and use of equipment in a healthcare setting can influence health and
safety of patients and staff. Ore (2003) found that injuries resulting from manually
moving or restraining a patient resulted in high compensation costs. Injuries among
disability services workers included back injuries while assisting the client with
bathing and dressing, repetitive movements, transporting heavy objects, and
aggressive patient behavior. Also, as reported in an experiment by Smith, Sommerich,
Mirka, and George (2002), it was found that the use of prisms and video monitors did
improve the comfort of dental hygienists as an alternative method for viewing teeth
during dental work, perhaps helping to reduce the incidence of musculosketal
disorders (MSDs).
Thompson (2003) found revenue and efficiency can be maximized in restaurants by
determining the probability of the size and duration of parties and specifying a table
mix that matches capacity and demand. Ability to combine tables is optimized by
using mixed table sizes.
Products and Materials Knowledge Areas [Value = 235]

specifications [20]
fixtures (location, specifications) [14]
furnishings [14]
cabinetry [13]
equipment documents (location, specifications) [13]
furniture documents (location, specifications) [13]
schedules [5]

© February 2006
88
6.5 Professional Practice
Professional practice is a category that includes the content of many KAs including the
practice of business itself. These KAs contribute to the public's health, safety, and welfare
through contract administration, accounting procedures, budgeting, cost estimating, and project
management. These protocols protect clients’ fiscal, physical, and human resources and assure
them of timely delivery of a well-designed project. In addition, interior designers have
knowledge of the profession, are knowledgeable about professional organizations, and maintain
a code of ethics—obvious strategies to support client welfare. The following documentation
shows that the profession’s business strategies include knowledge about research and evidence-
based design as well as collaboration are cornerstones of professional practice.
As a component of their business practice, interior designers use best practice
concepts to save money, time, and create the best environment possible (Foti, 2004).
Best practices do not stifle creativity; instead they provide a basis of quality and value
by which the designer can build the concept as they examine client needs and
cultural/regional fit. Industry benchmarks as well as risk management inform
essential best practices and help the firm’s knowledge grow in terms of research and
internal process.
Long (2002) contends that designers are faced with many difficult ethical decisions,
ranging in scale from minimal impact to affecting hundreds or even thousands of
people. Decision making processes vary greatly, and several models and philosophies
have been developed to help individuals work though ethical evaluation and
consideration. There are rarely right or wrong solutions in ethical dilemmas, and each
possible decision must be carefully weighed to determine impact, legal consequences,

© February 2006
89
and long-term effect. Professional interior design organizations and many design
firms have their own code of ethics that can be referenced when difficult decisions
need to be made.
The interior design profession is beginning to change from “residential” and
“commercial” design to a context of designing for “living” and “working”
environments. These distinctions have become blurred because people work in
various types of environments including homes, and residential environments are not
just single-family homes, but include facilities in which people live that are regulated
by non-residential codes. As emphasis is being placed on functional changes. Nugent
(2002) suggested that to support their business and clients, interior designers look to
research and demographics to better design for people’s health, safety, and welfare,
and support societal needs.
Designers must continually update their knowledge to best serve clients and their
business. Powell (2004a) suggested that part of the overall thrust of designers’
professional practice is their ability to evaluate clients’ needs and desires during the
programming phase of the design process, yet many clients do not know how to
effectively use their facilities. The work environment affects people’s
communication, performance, employee retention, and functions as a social context
for employees. Powell further suggested that designers in business use statistics and
reasoning to inform clients about how their facilities and workspaces should be
reapportioned to respond to the company’s values and work. Designers understand
the relationship between changes in the work environment that truly respond to the

© February 2006
90
company’s form and work processes that are quantifiable and can help improve the
overall quality of life for workers.
Weinberg (2004a) says that interior designers often act as consultants for clients and
have begun blending branding with design. Continuing education and collaboration
among allied professional organizations and professionals will help advance the
profession of interior design. Interior design projects are increasingly fast track and
often involve extensive effort spent getting to know clients. These tasks are business
strategies used to be certain the firm is meeting the client’s needs.
An aspect of the ever-changing design business environment is the use of evidence-
based design to solve client problems (Ross, 2003). Evidence-based design supports
the link between healthcare facility design and increased health promotion and patient
satisfaction while reducing infections, nursing errors, and patient falls. These results
have an important impact on hospital spending for first costs and operation costs,
allowing evidence-based design to be realistically utilized for new construction and
remodels. This type of design can also be applied to non-healthcare design making
work environments more attractive, comfortable, and functional. Evidence-based
design is a movement that emphasizes use of past data to design for the future.
Evidence-based design is a strategy that professional interior designers are embracing
for all aspects of their businesses. Ulrich, Quan, Zimring, Joseph, and Choudhary
(2004) reviewed over 600 pieces of literature that support the role of the physical
environment in hospital staff health and safety and patient outcomes. They found four
major areas where the physical environment is linked to patient, staff, and visitor
well-being. These four areas included: reducing staff stress and fatigue and increasing

© February 2006
91
effectiveness; improving patient safety; reducing stress and improving outcomes; and
improving overall healthcare quality. The researchers recommended that evidence-
based design (EBD), a method of using sound research to make design decisions,
could be used in conjunction with evidence-based medicine to improve the hospital
experience.
Design practice is embracing research as a means to better serve the client. User
response to a designed space is something that a designer cannot control, making user
participation in the design process important. Responses to a designed environment
shape users’ interpretations and meaning assigned to the space (Siu, 2003). Designs
that incorporate customization, flexibility, user feedback, and empirical research may
be more successful in responding to user needs.
Design business growth may be in the area of understanding how to design for people
with disabilities such as mental retardation, cognitive disabilities, and brain-related
limitations, which affect an estimated 2.13 million Americans (Pallat, 2004).
Designers are knowledgeable about the seven principles of universal design for the
design of public and private spaces. Further, designers complete research and form
alliances with medical and psychological associations to improve the connection with
interior design for those with mental and cognitive disabilities. Designers are
cognizant of designing for people with physical disabilities and prepare their
businesses to develop design support for individuals with cognitive disabilities.
Watkins (2004) reported that technology and population demographics create the
need for design disciplines to work together and use research to help solve design
problems. Interdisciplinary research creates a bridge between science and interior

© February 2006
92
design. Scientific research has informed interior designers of ways to create better,
healthier buildings such as the Federal Reserve Bank in Minneapolis and the Seattle
Justice Center. There has been significant change in housing for older people based
on research that studied aging-in-place and assisted-living environments. Other
advances in interior design using scientific research include wayfinding and
ergonomic offices. All of these research advances help designers focus on user
satisfaction.
Professional Practice Knowledge Areas [Value = 233]

ethics [10]
6.6 Communication
Communication by interior designers requires knowledge of oral, written, and graphic
methods. Throughout the design process, interior designers must be able to ask clients the right
questions, listen to their responses, and create visual images and written documents that reflect
their design solutions as they apply to the client’s needs. For example, in written and graphic
form, they must assure all participants in the design process that codes, standards, and
regulations have been met and the specifications and budget are accurate and complete.
Additionally, designers are continuously educating their clients about the value of design

© February 2006
93
solutions, products, materials, and new systems. Interior designers carry forward all
communication required in the business of managing and administering the project. Through
knowledgeable communication, they affect the client’s and users’ well-being as represented in
the final design and ensure that scheduling and fiscal aspects of the project are understood.
Interior designers also work to create a tone of collaboration between all parties, including the
client, users, allied professionals, contractors, and building officials.
More tools are available almost daily that enhance the interior designer’s opportunity
to communicate with clients and with other design practitioners. Al-Kodmany (2001)
found that even Geographic Information Systems (GIS) are becoming more available
to represent plans, and therefore increase community involvement in design and
planning. Community members can be involved early in the planning process, where
they can look at the GIS plans, designers’ renderings, and models to help visualize
ideas. However, computer systems as sophisticated as GIS can have high equipment
costs, programs can be misused, and computer illiterate community members can be
alienated by the technology. It is often appropriate to rely on hand drawings and
sketches to present preliminary solutions and options. Communicating with the client
can be done more informally this way, and they don’t feel as though the design is
already determined, but is more fluid.
Anderson (2002) suggested that designers need to integrate human figures in
drawings to convey to the client how a space may be used and for a sense of scale,
depth, size, and expression. Inclusion of human figures in drawings can illustrate the
interaction of the human body with the designed environment. Custom figure

© February 2006
94
drawings, rather than stock clip-art, can create a more relevant and meaningful
depiction of a space.
Interior designers are building awareness among their clients of the integral role
sustainable design plays in their design solutions. Designers are challenged to find
ways of making sustainable materials more affordable because most clients are not
willing to pay more for green design. Designers are becoming the educators and
communicators about this important issue in the design profession (Weinberg,
2003b). Interior designers work closely with manufacturers, and this relationship is an
opportunity to further communicate effectively with other design-related people.
Foti (2003) reported that interior design is growing in interest around the world. In
countries such as Russia, China, New Zealand, and Asia, the public’s understanding
of the influence workplace design has on productivity and their interest in aesthetics
is increasing. Residential design clients can be substantially served by strengths of the
profession around color, building materials, furnishings, and dedication to
collaboration with other members of the design team. Again, it is the role of the
interior designer to communicate to clients, whether residential or commercial, about
the importance of the holistic approach interior designers take to design spaces that
support the user’s needs.
A mock-up is a communication tool used by office designers to generate a physical
three-dimensional entity of potential furnishings for their clients, which allows clients
to distinguish between two comparable products and to determine which one best
matches their financial and aesthetic needs (Powell, 2003a). It also allows clients to
visualize the functionality of the product in their space. Designers offer this service
© February 2006
95
only in cases where it is necessary to determine optimum ergonomics and equipment
configurations, and the budget allows it. Designers also make sure the mock-ups are
manufactured to specification so clients can see exactly what they will be buying.
Guidelines are available to help designers tie mock-ups into the bidding process.
Interior designers are ready for one of the most influential developments in the office
industry, wireless broadband technology (Russell, 2003). This allows designers as
well as their clients to communicate via battery-powered laptops and provides instant
Internet access. This technology will lead to total flexibility and liberation for
workers. They will no longer have to be in an office or on the phone to be working.
As a result, the design industry is shifting to more client-driven projects where the
clients require performance-based solutions to achieve a competitive advantage. The
scope of future interior design projects will then include various non-traditional
design communication services such as strategic planning and occupancy and change
management.
Communication Knowledge Areas [Value = 109]

drawings [19]
study models [10]
sketches [8]
metric system [1]

© February 2006
96
7.0 Implications for Further Work
In the short term, the funders will make this report public, perhaps via a Web site, and
disseminate knowledge of its publication. They will ask for both formal and informal feedback,
perhaps springing from some of the questions asked by the Panel of Experts. The funders’
objective is to make this report accessible so that dialogue can occur that will facilitate the
profession’s movement forward with its BOK.
The media needs to be made aware of this study and the systematic, scholarly method
used to define the interior design profession’s BOK. Additionally, the media and design
community need to be educated on the importance of defining a BOK for any profession. As
recently as June 2005, Metropolis published commentaries (Interior design education…) related
to the perceived non-existence of a body of knowledge for the interior design profession.
Dialogue within the profession will be the first step in educating practitioners regarding the
importance of their BOK to the existence of their profession, for without a body of knowledge,
there is no profession (Abbott, 1988).
The first two studies (Guerin & Martin, 2001; Martin & Guerin, 2005) that
comprehensively defined the interior design profession’s BOK are a beginning; the abstract
knowledge of interior design’s professional jurisdiction has been identified for this point in time.
It is time to consider how some of the limitations of these studies can be accommodated. It is
time to move the BOK from a two-dimensional list of KAs to a three-dimensional concept of
abstract knowledge.
It may be an appropriate step to consider Poldma’s (2003) concern that current work is
too pragmatic, and it is time to investigate the theoretical and philosophical basis of practice,

© February 2006
97
which may also help to uncover that which may not yet be recognized as our foundation, but can
be identified. Marshall-Baker’s (2003) investigation of related disciplinary theories is an
appropriate viewpoint from which to deepen our understanding of the conceptual nature of our
BOK. A problem uncovered by the Panel of Experts is that practitioners do not use theoretical
terms (language) as they engage in practice; therefore, theory is not being reinforced in practice.
Yet, this study and others before it identify theory as the underpinning of many design decisions.
However, theory vocabulary is not practice-oriented, therefore it goes unused. On the other hand,
design researchers must base their investigations on theory to be able to contribute to theory
development and the building of the BOK. There is a need to continue to teach theory via
education in ways that show students how to apply it to design practice, and for researchers to
write about theory development and application in practitioner-friendly language so it can be
used in practice, elevating both practitioners’ knowledge and their clients’. Also, it is imperative
that researchers focus on areas of keen interest to practitioners, e.g., recovery rates in healthcare
settings, productivity in the workplace, or learning enhancement in school settings. This will gain
the attention and collaboration of practitioners in the development of theory.
An issue that is striking within this study is the dichotomy between the analysis of
content and the documentation of the body of knowledge in terms of sustainable design. It is
immediately apparent that the literature (see sections 6.0 and 11.0) has abundant evidence that
sustainable design is an integral part of interior design practice and that the public is well aware
of the issue and the impact of the built environment. However, sustainable/green design has
earned limited value in the BOK based on KAs (i.e., “environmental factors, issues,
requirements” [10, includes sustainability, IAQ, energy conservation]; “sustainable resources”
[1]). FIDER identified sustainability as an emerging issue and has added it to their upcoming

© February 2006
98
standards, but at this time, the entities’ documents that comprise the career cycle do not often
identify sustainable design in their literature, subsequently the inconsistency between the BOK
and its documentation.
This may be the result of the BOK data collection, which does not extend through
continuing education. This is a clear limitation of this study and may account for the low value
weighting earned by sustainability and other KAs such as “wayfinding/signage” or “decorative
elements selection and application.” These KAs exhibit low value scores, but are clearly a focus
of interior design practice and are the subjects of continuing education. As with any profession,
continuing education is part of the career cycle that keeps practitioners current and, in fact, is
required for continuation of certification/registration/licensing in the majority of jurisdictions
that regulate interior design (ASID, 2005). This study needs to be extended to include the KAs of
the mature interior designer via continuing education, an important part of professional
development and growth of abstract knowledge.
These issues highlight two basic, though critical needs of the profession: how the
definition and documentation of the BOK can stay current and how entities can/should change
focus and language within their documents. The first issue is one of logistics; the entities’
documents were at least three years old, and most are only updated on a three- to five-year
reoccurring basis. Additionally, the data these documents were created from can be five- to
seven-years old (e.g., NCIDQ Examination Guide is based on the Job Analysis). This cannot be
helped perhaps, but it does continue the ‘rear view mirror’ look presented in this BOK study.
The second issue can be more easily addressed. It has to do with the language used by the
entities in their documents; documents seen and used not only by interior design professionals,
but future interior designers, legislators, the public, and members of allied professions. Creation

© February 2006
99
of consistent and current language by the entities is imperative for the profession. Confusion is
the outcome when we speak of “furnishings, fixtures, and equipment” also as “furniture, fixtures,
and equipment” and “furniture,” “furnishings,” “fixtures,” and “equipment,” both together in
different combinations and separately within the same document. Often this language issue
apparently carries over into the language used in legislation—further enhancing confusion about
“what interior designers do.”
A future goal could also be for the profession to gain further clarity of KAs in reference
to defining those unique to interior design versus those shared with allied professions. Lacy
(personal communication, February 5, 2006) suggests a two-dimensional typology where “One
dimension contains the substantive abstract knowledge of the field, and the second dimension
includes the tools that are used by the fields, such as communication, research, strategic
planning, etc.”
Finally, we believe that the other issue that could further enrich and clarify this study’s
findings is the input from a larger group of mature designers. We realize that the entities’
documents are based on practitioner input, but how do we get the mature designers’ BOK
included? Their knowledge includes continuing education and a richness and depth of KAs that
are not known by designers in their early years of practice—those best addressed in this study.
The input of the Panel of Experts (see Appendix C) was an excellent beginning, but it must be
augmented with data from a larger group of mature designers.

© February 2006
100
8.0 Conclusions
This study, The Interior Design Profession’s Body of Knowledge: Its Definition and
Documentation 2005 Edition, is the result of 15 months of scholarly investigation into the
profession’s body of knowledge (BOK). The KAs comprising the abstract knowledge that
identifies the jurisdictional boundaries of the interior design profession were also examined. The
result was documented evidence that the KAs occur within the profession and are evident in the
built environment and to the public.
We identified the components of the career cycle (i.e., education, experience,
examination, and regulation) and have utilized the documents of the entities (FIDER, NCIDQ,
and regulatory jurisdictions) that control those activities during the career cycle. From that
documentation, we conducted an analysis of content of the language each uses to define their
activity/role in the career cycle. That language (terminology) identifies the KAs that comprise
the knowledge gained at each stage of the career cycle; all four stages’ KAs were combined
taking into consideration the cumulative value added from the knowledge implied at each stage.
The end result was the KAs that define the interior design profession’s BOK as well as the
relative value of each KA within the whole. In addition, the KAs were then grouped into
categories that represent themes of knowledge, which were modified and validated by a Panel of
Experts, along with the method used. That panel also served as a sounding board to identify how
their professional and personal knowledge and experiences compared to the definition of the
BOK; limitations of the process; advice for the entities that created the foundation documents;
possible uses for the BOK; and implications of the BOK for the profession and the public.

© February 2006
101
In this study, we identified 96 KAs and organized them within six thematic categories
(with associated KA values of each) and three groups that reflected the rank ordering of
importance: Group A. Human Environment Needs (334) and Interior Construction, Codes, and
Regulations (329); Group B. Design (256), Products and Materials (235) and Professional
Practice (233); and Group C. Communication (109). It was evident from these values and Panel
of Expert’s views that the interior design profession ‘owns’ the knowledge embodied in the
Human Environment Needs category.
Simultaneously, we conducted a search of refereed journals, trade press, and popular
press to identify sources to document that interior designers practice utilizes the KAs identified
through the analysis of content; the definition of the interior design profession. These sources
also serve to document the public’s awareness of the practice of interior design and its effects on
the built environment and its inhabitants.
Certainly there were limitations of this study, principally the internal reliability of coding
that occurs when only two coders are used, although is the researchers’ aim was not to determine
significance of any finding, but to determine an overview of specific content. Also, we have
identified that continuing education is an aspect of the career cycle that must be included in any
future examination of the profession’s BOK; no one disputes the importance of that component
of the career cycle. How does a study of this kind access the KAs of the mature designer, who
have 10 or more years of experience and/or education and experience in other professions?
However, this is indeed a good start at defining and documenting the interior design
profession’s BOK, and this study alone is part of what must be done to help identify and claim
the jurisdiction that constitutes the profession. We hope that this study will be considered by the
entities in terms of approach and language. We also believe that, as intended, this study will stir

© February 2006
102
dialogue, and perhaps even controversy; however, those are positive aspects in the development
and maintenance of a profession (Abbott, 1988). Through exchange, discussion, and debate the
profession can determine emerging KAs and clarify existing ones.
Additionally, this study can be used by legislative coalitions to educate allied
practitioners, the public, and the legislature about the profession’s BOK. This study offers
concrete evidence of interior design’s abstract knowledge, its jurisdiction as a profession. This
study also offers a focus for educators to continue to integrate theory into the education of future
interior designers that builds on and supports the KAs of the BOK. It enables researchers to
address arenas of interest to practitioners regarding design and human behavior that continues to
build theory. The BOK also provides a focus for industry’s support; one that will aid the
profession’s development of abstract knowledge—the foundation of its jurisdiction.
Ultimately, we expect that through dissemination of the BOK all stakeholders of the
interior design profession will take on the challenge of developing new knowledge, expanding
the BOK, and supporting theory development. We also hope that others will continue the task of
defining and documenting the BOK in the near future.
Many thanks to the collaboration of the funders: ASID, FIDER, IDC, IIDA, and NCIDQ.
Their collective vision is crucial to the future of the profession.

© February 2006
103
9.0 References
Abbott, A. (1988). The system of professions: An essay for the division of expert labor.
Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Abrams, L., & Curran, L. (2004). Between women: Gender and social work in historical
perspective. Social Service Review, 78(3), 429-446.
American Society of Interior Designers (ASID). (2005). Legislation. Retrieved 08/17/05

from http://www.asid.org/legislation/
American Society of Landscape Architects (ASLA). (2004, October 28). Landscape

architecture body of knowledge (LABOK). Retrieved 01/12/05 from
http://www.asla.org/nonmembers/education/laBOK_study.htm
Bame, S., & Wells, W. (1995). Acoustical design features associated with noise level in
health facilities: The case of dialysis facilities. Journal of Interior Design, 21(2), 1-14.
Central Oregon Community College. (2005). Behaviorism. Retrieved 08/03/05 from

http://web.cocc.edu/cbuell/theories/behaviorism.htm
Demirbilek, O., & Sener, B. (2003). Product design, semantics and emotional response.
Ergonomics, 45(13/14), 1346-1360.
Eshelman, P., & Evans, G. (2002). Home again: Environmental predictors of place
attachment and self-esteem for new retirement community residents. Journal of Interior Design,
28(1): 3-9.
Federal Publications, Inc., (1998-2005). National Building Code of Canada. Retrieved

08/10/05 from http://www.fedpubs.com/subject/housing/natbuilding.htm
Foundation for Interior Design Education Research (FIDER). (2002). FIDER professional
standards 2002. Grand Rapids, MI: Author.
Graham, T., & Roberts, D. (2000). Qualitative overview of some important factors affecting
the egress of people in hotel fires. International Journal of Hospitality Management, 19(1), 79-
87.
Guerin, D., & Martin, C. (2004). The career cycle approach to defining the interior design
profession’s body of knowledge. Journal of Interior Design, 30(2), 1-22.
Guerin, D., & Martin, C. (2001). The interior design profession’s body of knowledge: Its
definition and documentation. Toronto: Association of Registered Interior Designers of Ontario.

© February 2006
104
Gunther, M., & Raile Alligood, M. (2002). A discipline-specific determination of high
quality nursing care. Journal of Advanced Nursing, 38(4), 353-359.
Harwood, B. (2003, May). Update on the common body of knowledge in interior design.
Paper presented at the Body of Knowledge Conference, Washington, DC (n.p.).
Heil, D., & Mathis. S. (2002). Characterizing free-living light exposure using a wrist-worn
light monitor. Applied Ergonomics, 33(4), 357-363.
Human Focused Design Centre. (2002, September 17). Designing products and systems for
effective, safe, and enjoyable use. Retrieved 08/08/05 from
http://www.lboro.ac.uk/research/esri/hfdc/index.htm
Interior design education: Let the debate begin. (2005, June). Metropolis. Retrieved 06/01/05
from http://rd.bcentral.com/?ID=2914403&s=57954531
International Code Council. (2005). Codes, standards & code references. Retrieved 08/10/05
from http://www.iccsafe.org/e/category.html
Klinkhamer, S. (2003, May). Research material for distribution to the attendees of the May
2003 conference on body of knowledge research. Paper presented at the Body of Knowledge
Kolleeny, J. (2003). Designing for well-being: Environments that enhance the quality of life.
Architectural Record, 191(11), 1-19.
Leclercq, S. (1999). Prevention of same level falls: A more global appreciation of this type of
accident. Journal of Safety Research, 30(2), 103-112.
Mackenzie, K., & Peters, M. (2000). Handedness, hand roles, and hand injuries at work.
Journal of Safety Research, 31(4), 221-227.
Marshall-Baker, A. (2003, May). Executive summary. Body of knowledge forum. Paper

presented at the Body of Knowledge Conference, Washington, DC (n.p.).
Martin, C. (1998). Professionalization: Architecture, interior decoration, and interior design

as defined by Abbott. Unpublished master’s thesis, University of Minnesota, St. Paul.
McKevitt, C., Redfern, J., La-Placa, V., & Wolfe. (2003). Defining and using quality of life:
A survey of health care professionals. Clinical Rehabilitation, 17, 865-870.
McLain, D. (1995). Responses to health and safety risk in the work environment. Academy of
Management Journal, 38(6), 1726-1743.

© February 2006
105
Miller, A., & Maxwell, L. (2003). Exploring the role of home design in fostering family
interaction: The use of programming methods in research. Journal of Interior Design, 29(1, 2),
50-65.
National Council for Interior Design Qualification (NCIDQ). (2004a). NCIDQ examination
guide, 3rd edition. Washington DC: Author.
National Council for Interior Design Qualification (NCIDQ). (2004b). Interior design
experience program (IDEP) manual and log. Washington DC: Author.
Ng, Y.-K. (2003). From preference to happiness: Towards a more complete welfare
economics. Social Choice and Welfare, 20, 307-350.
Noronen, L., & Wikstrom-Grotell, C. (1999). Towards a paradigm-oriented approach in

physiotherapy. Physiotherapy Theory and Practice, 15, 175-184.
Officeinsight. (2004, March 8). Eleanor Brydone ASID’s Designer of Distinction 2003.
Officeinsight, 1-2.
Poldma, T. (2003, May). Executive summary of doctoral thesis and abstract: An

investigation of learning and teaching processes in an interior design class: An interpretative
and contextual inquiry. Paper presented at the Body of Knowledge Conference, Washington, DC
(n.p.).
Rogert’s II: The New Thesaurus, Third Edition. (2004). Houghton Mifflin Company.
[Electronic version]. Retrieved 20 January 2005 from
http://www.yourdictionary.com/ahd/thes/w/w1696200.html
Smith, L. (2003). ASID update: Interior design and the public welfare. Interiors & Sources,
10(8), p. 54.
Smith, M. (1997). Psychological aspects of working with video display terminals (VDTs)
and employee physical and mental health. Ergonomics, 40(10), 1002-1015.
Takahashi, K., Sasaki, H., Saito, T., Hosokawa, T., Kurasaki, M., & Saito, K. (2001).
Combined effects of working environmental conditions in VDT work. Ergonomics, 44(5), 562-
570.
The American Heritage Dictionary of the English Language, Fourth Edition. (2000).
Houghton Mifflin. [Electronic version]. Retrieved 20 January 2005 from
http://www.yourdictionary.com/ahd/w/w0084400.html
Thompson, J. (2003, May). Interior design body of knowledge summit: Summary of

research/scholarship and key issues for discussion. Paper presented at the Body of Knowledge

© February 2006
106
WHO Definition of Health. (1948). World Health Organization. Retrieved 08/08/05 from
http://www.who.int/about/definition/en/print.html
Weigand, J., & Harmon-Vaughn, B. (2003). Defining a body of knowledge. Interiors &
Sources, 10(7), p. 64-65.
Williamson, Montgomery, & Bonnell. (1998). The practice of landscape architecture: A

study of the activities and knowledge areas for the licensed landscape architect. Washington DC:
Council of Landscape Architecture Registration Board.
Wikipedia. (2005a, June 12). Safety. Retrieved 08/08/05 from

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Safety
Wikipedia. (2005b, August 2). Ergonomics. Retrieved on 08/08/05 from

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ergonomics
Zeisel, J. (2000). Environmental design effects on Alzheimer symptoms in long term care
residences. World Hospitals and Health Services, 36(3), 27-31.
Authors’ Note
The authors wish to thank the collaboration of organizations that funded this study:
ASID, FIDER, IDC, IIDA, and NCIDQ. Their collective belief in the importance of this study of
the interior design profession’s body of knowledge is indicative of their commitment to and
understanding of the interior design profession today and where it needs to go in the future—no
matter their varied missions. Additionally, we would like to note that this project was shepherded
with a high degree of organization and excellent communication by Kayem Dunn, FIDER’s
Executive Director. Also, the Panel of Experts was instrumental in the outcome of this study, as
they served for an entire pre-NeoCon weekend to validate our process and findings and offer
insights and wisdom. A finer, more qualified group of experts would be hard to find. And, we
would also like to offer our appreciation to Kate Bukoski, Ph.D. candidate, University of
Minnesota, who worked tirelessly as abstract writer and editor, electronic file creator, and
tremendous helper whenever asked. Heartfelt thanks to you all.

© February 2006
107
10.0 Appendices
Appendix A. 2001 BOK by Categories and KAs (Unweighted)
Appendix B. Coalition of Funders of Body of Knowledge Project (2005 Edition)
Appendix C. Panel of Experts
Appendix D. Interior Design Definitions of the Regulated Jurisdictions
Appendix E. Organizations as Identified in the Literature
Appendix F. Glossary of Terms
Appendix G. Researchers’ Abbreviated Vita

© February 2006
108
Appendix A. 2001 BOK by Categories and KAs (Unweighted)
[Reprinted with permission from The Interior Design Profession’s Body of Knowledge: Its
Definition and Documentation. © 2001 by ARIDO/Guerin & Martin, p. 25-27.]
Codes
code requirements/ regulations/standards and analysis
fire codes/requirements/ratings/and life safety principles
Communication
bidding/bidding procedures
CAD/CADD
client contact/client and contractor meetings
client/user interviews
communication skills (oral/written/graphic)
concept sketches/drawings
contact with trade representatives/resources
contract administration
contract agreement/management
drawing/drafting
marketing
presentations (oral/written/graphic), media (wet/dry)
signage/wayfinding
Design
2D & 3D design (modeling)
aesthetics
color
conceptualization/visualization
creative design
design analysis
design concept
design development
design process
design theory
detailing
elements of design
historical context (art/architecture/design/furniture)
lighting/lighting plans
principles of design
problem identification/solving
programming
schematic design
sustainable/green design
space planning (circulation/adjacencies)
spatial composition/articulation
universal design
© February 2006
109
Furnishings, Fixtures, and Equipment (FF&E)
decorative elements/accessories/art (selection/application)
finish plans/schedules
furnishings, fixtures, & equipment (FF&E) layouts and schedules
furnishings (selection/specifications/performance)
installation (methods/scheduling/supervision)
procurement/purchasing documents
textiles (design/selection/technology)
Human Needs
analysis (of data)
barrier-free design/accessibility
environmental health/indoor air quality (IAQ)
function/functional requirements
global perspective (cultural/political/economic/social)
human behavior (psychological and sociological factors) built environment interrelationship
human factors (ergonomics/anthropometrics/proxemics)
needs/requirements/issues (users/clients)
post-occupancy evaluations (POE)
research/research methods
Interior Building Construction

acoustics
case goods/millwork design
construction observation/punch list
contract/construction documents
demolition plans
electrical/power plans
energy management
interior construction building systems/components/methods (non-load bearing)
lighting (application/calculation/specifications/theory)
materials (finishes/technology/performance/maintenance)
mechanical systems (HVAC/plumbing)
metric system applications
power/technology/data/communications
reflected ceiling plan
schedules
security/security systems
site (inspection/survey/documentation)
specifications (interior building materials)

© February 2006
110
Professional Practice
accounting procedures
budgeting
business practices/technology
certification/licensing and/or registration requirements
code of ethics
community and public service
cost estimating
history of the profession and professional organizations
project management
strategic planning

© February 2006
111
Appendix B. Coalition of Funders of Body of Knowledge Project (2005 Edition)

608 Massachusetts Avenue NE
Washington, DC 20002-6006
202-546-3480
www.asid.org

146 Monroe Center NW, Suite 1318
Grand Rapids, MI 49503-2822
616-458-0400
www.fider.org

260 King Street East, Suite 414
Toronto, Ontario
Canada M5A 1K3
416-594-9310
www.interiordesigncanada.org

13-500 Merchandise Mart
Chicago, IL 60654-1104
312-467-1950
www.iida.org

1200 18th Street NW, Suite 1001
Washington, DC 20036-2506
202-721-0220
www.ncidq.org

© February 2006
112
Appendix C. Panel of Experts
Name, Title, and Firm Name, Title, and Firm

Nancy Blossom, FIDEC, IIDA Carol Jones, FIDIBC, FIDC, FIIDA
Director and Chair Principal
Interdisciplinary Design Institute Kasian Architecture Interior Design and
Washington State University Planning, Ltd.
Spokane, WA Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada
Bruce James Brigham, FASID, ISP, IES Alan W. Mack, ASID

Principal Principal
Retail Clarity Consulting Proteus Group
Otates, Nayarit, Mexico Chicago, IL
Shashi Caan, IIDA Kimberly A. Marks, ASID, IIDA

Principal President
Shashi Caan Collective The Marks Design Group
New York, NY San Antonio, TX
Director of the Interior Design B.F.A. Program
Parsons School of Design
New York, NY
Laura de la Fuente, IIDA Ernest (Ernie) Rhoads, ASID

Partner Interior Design Coordinator/Manager
Plasmatic Concepts Engineering & Construction Services
San Francisco CA MultiCare Health System
Tacoma, WA
Carrie Fitzpatrick, IIDA Peter Triantafyllos, ASID

Project Manager, Associate President/CEO
Solomon Cordwell Buenz & Associates, Inc. Triantafyllos Design
Chicago, IL Woodland Hills, CA
Beth Harmon-Vaughan, FIIDA, LEED AP Donna Vining, FASID, RID, CAPS

Director of Interior Design President
Leo A. Daly Vining Design Associates, Inc.
Phoenix, AZ Houston, TX
Cary Johnson, FIIDA Allison Carll White, FIIDA, FIDEC

Principal Professor
The Environments Group School of Interior Design
Chicago, IL University of Kentucky
Lexington, KY

© February 2006
113
Appendix D. Interior Design Definitions of the Regulated Jurisdictions
The following 32 jurisdictions in North America regulate the title and/or practice of
interior design. However, only 26 of them regulate the definition of interior design. The
definition used by each of these jurisdictions was identified and used in the analysis of content
process of this study, which was completed by March 2005. They are quoted here.
Alabama
The performance of, or offering to perform, services for a fee or other compensation, directly or
indirectly, to another person, or to a partnership, corporation, or other legal entity, in connection
with the design, utilization, furnishing, or fabrication of elements in interior spaces in buildings,
homes, and related structures. These services include, but are not limited to, the following:
programming the functional requirements for interior spaces; planning interior spaces; preparing
analyses of user needs for interior spaces; preparing designs, drawings, and specifications for
selection, use, location, color, and finishes of interior walls, materials, equipment, furnishings,
furniture, and personal property; administering contracts for fabrication, procurement, or
installation in connection with reflected ceiling plans, space utilization, furnishings, or the
fabrication of nonstructural elements within and surrounding interior spaces of buildings.
Alberta
Interior design means that portion of the practice of architecture that is limited to
(i) giving advice or preparing designs, plans, drawings, detail drawings, specifications or graphic
representations respecting (A) interior finishes in a building, (B) fixed or loose furnishings,
equipment or fixtures for use in a building, or (C) partitioning in a building that is used to
subdivide a floor area; (ii) the administering of construction contracts, inspection of work and
assessment of the performance of work, and the quality of materials related to the work described
in subclause (i).
Arkansas
The Registered Interior Designer is a design professional who is qualified by education,
experience and examination as authorized by an authority. In general, a registered interior
designer performs services including preparation of working drawings and documents relative to
non-load bearing interior construction, materials, finishes, space planning, furnishings, fixtures,
and equipment. Except as provided herein, interior design services do not include services that
constitute the practice of architecture as defined in Arkansas Architectural Act; Arkansas Code
Annotated 17-14-101 or the practice of engineering as defined in Arkansas Engineering Act;
Arkansas Code Annotated 17-27-101.
British Columbia
Interior designers consult with clients to determine needs, preferences and safety requirements,
formulate preliminary design concepts, develop and present final design recommendations, and
prepare working drawings and specifications for non-load-bearing interior construction,
materials, finishes, space planning, furnishings, fixtures and equipment. They also collaborate
with professional services of other licensed practitioners in technical areas of mechanical or

© February 2006
114
electrical design. They prepare and administer bids and contract documents, and they review and
evaluate design solutions during implementation and upon completion
California
The term “interior design” as used in this Chapter and these Administrative Rules and
Regulations shall be defined as the: A) analysis of a client's needs, goals, and life and safety
requirements; B) integration of findings with knowledge; C) formulation of preliminary design
concepts that are appropriate, functional and aesthetic; D) development and presentation of final
design recommendations through appropriate presentation media; E) preparation of working
drawings, plans and specifications for non-structural, non-seismic interior construction,
materials, finishes, space planning, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment, that are of sufficient
complexity so as to require the skills of a licensed contractor; F) coordination with professional
services of other licensed practitioners as required for regulatory approval; G) preparation and
administration of construction and furnishing bids and contract documents on behalf of a client;
H) review and evaluation of design solutions after project completion.
Colorado
Concerning the authority of interior designers that meet certain qualifications to prepare interior
design documents for filing for purposes of obtaining building permits…Nothing in this article
shall be construed to prevent an interior designer from preparing interior design documents and
specifications for interior finishes and nonstructural elements within and surrounding interior
spaces of a building or structure of any size, height, and occupancy and filing such documents
and specifications for the purpose of obtaining approval for a building permit provided by law
from the appropriate city, city and county, or regional building authority, which may approve or
reject any such filing in the same manner as for other professions.
Connecticut
Interior designer means a person qualified by education, experience and examination who (A)
identifies, researches and creatively solves problems pertaining to the function and quality of the
interior environment; and (B) performs services relative to interior spaces, including
programming, design analysis, space planning and aesthetics, using specialized knowledge of
non-load-bearing interior construction, building systems and components, building codes,
equipment, materials and furnishings; and (C) prepares plans and specifications for non-load-
bearing interior construction, materials, finishes, space planning, reflected ceiling plans,
furnishings, fixtures and equipment relative to the design of interior spaces in order to enhance
and protect the health, safety and welfare of the public.
Florida
“Interior design” means designs, consultations, studies, drawings, specifications, and
administration of design construction contracts relating to nonstructural interior elements of a
building or structure. “Interior design” includes, but is not limited to, reflected ceiling plans,
space planning, furnishings, and the fabrication of nonstructural elements within and surrounding
interior spaces of buildings. “Interior design” specifically excludes the design of or the
responsibility for architectural and engineering work, except for specification of fixtures and
their location within interior spaces. As used in this subsection, “architectural and engineering
interior construction relating to the building systems” includes, but is not limited to, construction

© February 2006
115
of structural, mechanical, plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, ventilating, electrical, or vertical
transportation systems, or construction which materially affects lifesafety systems pertaining to
firesafety protection such as fire-rated separations between interior spaces, fire-rated vertical
shafts in multistory structures, fire-rated protection of structural elements, smoke evacuation and
compartmentalization, emergency ingress or egress systems, and emergency alarm systems.
Georgia
‘Registered interior designer’ means a person who is registered under Article 2 of this chapter as
being qualified by education, experience, and examination to use the title ‘registered interior
designer’ in the State of Georgia and as further defined in Code Section 43-4-30. Nothing in this
paragraph or in this article shall be construed as prohibiting or restricting the practice or
activities of an interior decorator or individual offering interior decorating services, including,
but not limited to, selection of surface materials, window treatments, wall coverings, paints, floor
coverings, and lighting fixtures.
As used in this article, the term ‘registered interior designer’ means a person registered under this
article as being qualified by education, experience, and examination to use the title ‘registered
interior designer.’ In general, an interior designer performs services including preparation of
documents relative to nonload-bearing interior construction, furnishings, fixtures, and
equipment. (43-4-30)
Illinois
The profession of interior design, within the meaning and intent of this Act, refers to persons
qualified by education, experience and examination, who administer contracts for fabrication,
procurement, or installation in the implementation of designs, drawings, and specifications for
any interior design project and offer or furnish professional services, such as consultations,
studies, drawings, and specifications in connection with the location of lighting fixtures, lamps
and specifications of ceiling finishes as shown in reflected ceiling plans, space planning,
furnishings, or the fabrication of non-loadbearing structural elements within and surrounding
interior spaces of buildings but specifically excluding mechanical and electrical systems, except
for specifications of fixtures and their location within interior spaces.
Kentucky
N/A
Louisiana
Interior design means designs, consultations, studies, drawings, specifications, and the
administration of design construction contracts relating to nonstructural interior elements of a
building or structure. Interior design includes but is not limited to space planning, finishes,
furnishings, and the design for fabrication of nonstructural elements within and surrounding
interior spaces of buildings…and specification of fixtures and their location within interior
spaces.
Practice of interior design means the rendering of services to enhance the quality and function of
an interior area of a structure designed for human habitation or occupancy. The term includes: (a)
an analysis of a client’s needs and goals for an interior area of a structure designed for human

© February 2006
116
habitation or occupancy and the requirements for safety relating to that area; (b) the formulation
of preliminary designs for an interior area designed for human habitation or occupancy that are
appropriate, functional, and esthetic; (c) the development and presentation of final designs that
are appropriate for the alteration or construction of an interior area of a structure designed for
human habitation or occupancy; (d) the collaboration with licensed professionals in preparation
of contract documents for the alteration or construction of an interior area of a structure designed
for human habitation or occupancy, including specifications for partitions, materials, finishes,
furniture, fixtures, and equipment; (e) the collaboration with licensed professionals in the
completion of a project for the alteration or construction of an interior area of a structure
designed for human habitation or occupancy; (f) the preparation of administration of bids or
contracts as the agent of a client; and (g) the review and evaluation of problems relating to the
design of a project for the alteration or construction of an area designed for human habitation or
occupancy during the alteration or construction and upon completion of the alteration or
construction.
Maine
Interior design services means services that do not require the services of a licensed architect or
engineer and that involve the preparation of working drawings, plans and specifications relative
to building elements that are not necessary for the structural stability and mechanical and
electrical integrity of the construction.
Manitoba
“Interior design” or “the practice of interior design” means representing oneself as a professional
interior designer while carrying out the practice of those functions which have as their object the
design of interior space.
Maryland
“Interior design services” means rendering or offering to render services for a fee or other
valuable consideration, in the preparation and administration of interior design documents
(including drawings, schedules and specifications) which pertain to the planning and design of
interior spaces including furnishings, layouts, fixtures, cabinetry, lighting fixtures, finishes,
materials, and interior construction not materially related to or materially affecting the building
systems, all of which shall comply with applicable laws, codes, regulations, and standards. The
scope of work described herein shall not be construed as authorizing the planning and design of
engineering and architectural interior construction as related to the building systems, including
structural, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning or mechanical systems and
shall not be construed as authorizing the practice of architecture or engineering as defined in
Title 3 or Title 14 of this article. The interior design plans as described above are not to be
construed as those architectural plans which may be required to be filed with any county or
municipality.
Minnesota
“Certified interior designer” means a person who is certified under section 326.10, to use the title
certified interior designer and who provides services in connection with the design of public
interior spaces, including preparation of documents relative to non-load-bearing interior
construction, space planning, finish materials, and furnishings.

© February 2006
117
Missouri
“Registered interior designer”, [is] a design professional who provides services including
preparation of documents and specifications relative to nonload-bearing interior construction,
furniture, finishes, fixtures and equipment and who meets the criteria of education, experience
and examination as provided in sections 324.400 to 324.439.
Nevada
Practice as a “registered interior designer” means the rendering, by a person registered pursuant
to subsection 2 of NRS 623.180, of services to enhance the quality and function of an interior
area of a structure designed for human habitation or occupancy. The term includes: 1) an analysis
of: (a) a client’s needs and goals for an interior area of a structure designed for human habitation
or occupancy; and (b) the requirements for safety relating to that area; 2) the formulation of
preliminary designs for an interior area designed for human habitation or occupancy that are
appropriate, functional and esthetic; 3) the development and presentation of final designs that are
appropriate for the alteration or construction of an interior area of a structure designed for human
habitation or occupancy; 4) the preparation of contract documents for the alteration or
construction of an interior area of a structure designed for human habitation or occupancy,
including specifications for partitions, materials, finishes, furniture, fixtures and equipment; 5)
the collaboration in the completion of a project for the alteration or construction of an interior
area of a structure designed for human habitation or occupancy with professional engineers or
architects who are registered pursuant to the provisions of title 54 of NRS; 6) the preparation and
administration of bids or contracts as the agent of a client; and 7) the review and evaluation of
problems relating to the design of a project for the alteration or construction of an area designed
for human habitation or occupancy during the alteration or construction and upon completion of
the alteration or construction.
New Brunswick
N/A
New Jersey
“Interior design services” means rendering or offering to render services, for a fee or other
valuable consideration, in the preparation and administration of interior design documents,
including, but not limited to, drawings, schedules and specifications which pertain to the design
intent and planning of interior spaces, including furnishings, layouts, non-load bearing partitions,
fixtures, cabinetry, lighting location and type, outlet location and type, switch location and type,
finishes, materials and interior construction not materially related to or materially affecting the
building systems, in accordance with applicable laws, codes, regulations and standards.
New Mexico
“Interior design” means services that do not necessarily require performance by an architect,
such as administering contracts for fabrication, procurement or installation in the implementation
of designs, drawings and specifications for any interior design project and consultations, studies,
drawings and specifications in connection with reflected ceiling plans, space utilization,
furnishings or the fabrication of nonstructural elements within and surrounding interior spaces of
buildings but specifically excluding mechanical and electrical systems, except for specifications
of fixtures and their location within interior spaces.

© February 2006
118
New York
For the purposes of this article, the practice of interior design is defined as rendering or offering
to render services for a fee or other valuable consideration, in the preparation and administration
of interior design documents (including drawings, schedules and specifications) which pertain to
the planning and design of interior spaces including furnishings, layouts, fixtures, cabinetry,
lighting, finishes, materials, and interior construction not materially related to or materially
affecting the building systems, all of which shall comply with applicable laws, codes,
regulations, and standards.
Nova Scotia
“Practice of interior design” means providing or offering to provide, for a fee, commission or
hope of reward, design services in relation to the non-structural construction of and non-
structural alterations to the interior area of a structure designed for human habitation and
includes: (i) analyzing the intended use of the interior area of a structure, the life-safety
requirements and applicable codes; (ii) developing preliminary and final designs for the
alteration or construction of an interior area of a structure; (iii) preparing and filing with the
authority having jurisdiction for the purpose of obtaining a building permit, technical
submissions for non-structural interior construction, materials, finishes, space planning, reflected
ceiling plans, furnishings, fixtures and equipment; (iv) consulting and collaborating with licensed
design professionals; (v) preparing and administering bids and contract documents; and (vi)
reviewing and evaluating the implementation of projects while in progress and upon completion.
Ontario
N/A
Puerto Rico
Interior designer is that person who through a formal education in a school of decoration,
recognized by the Department of Education or University duly accredited in the teaching of this
art, may perform interior design work using not only the visual elements, but also the elements
dealing with construction, which are form and volume. The interior designer has to be prepared
to make preliminary designs, drawings, and sketches to show the client in a clear way the
conception of the idea.
Quebec
N/A
Saskatchewan
N/A
Tennessee
N/A
Texas
“Interior design” means the: (A) identification, research, or development of a creative solution to
a problem relating to the function or quality of an interior environment; (B) performance of a
service relating to an interior space, including programming, design analysis, space planning of

© February 2006
119
non-load-bearing interior construction, and application of aesthetic principles, by using
specialized knowledge of interior construction, building codes, equipment, materials, or
furnishings; or (C) preparation of an interior design plan, specification, or related document
about the design of a non-load-bearing interior space. (4) “Interior designer” means a person
registered under this subtitle to practice interior design.
Virginia
“Interior design” by a certified interior designer means any service rendered wherein the
principles and methodology of interior design are applied in connection with the identification,
research, and creative solution of problems pertaining to the function and quality of the interior
environment. Such services relative to interior spaces shall include the preparation of documents
for nonload-bearing interior construction, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment in order to
enhance and protect the health, safety, and welfare of the public.
Washington, DC
“Interior design” means providing or offering to provide consultations, preliminary studies,
drawings, specifications, or any related service for the design analysis, programming, space
planning or aesthetic planning of the interior of buildings, using specialized knowledge of
interior construction, building systems and components, building codes, fire and safety codes,
equipment, materials, and furnishings, in a manner that will protect and enhance the health,
safety and welfare of the public whether one or all of these services are performed either in
person or as the directing head of an organization.
Wisconsin
“Interior design” means the design of interior spaces in conformity with public health, safety and
welfare requirements, including the preparation of documents relating to space planning, finish
materials, furnishings, fixtures and equipment and the preparation of documents relating to
interior construction that does not substantially affect the mechanical or structural systems of a
building. “Interior design” does not include services that constitute the practice of architecture or
the practice of professional engineering.

© February 2006
120
Appendix E. Organizations as Identified in the Literature
Testing Bodies and Codes

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM)
Council of Landscape Architectural Registration Boards (CLARB)
International Building Code (IBC)
International Fire Code (IFC)
International Mechanical Code (IMC)
International Residential Code (IRC)
National Building Code of Canada (NBC)
National Fire Code of Canada (NFC)
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
Regulatory Agencies or Legislation

Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Department of Energy (DOE)
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
Government Services Administration (GSA)
International Code Council (ICC)
National Safety Council (NSC)
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
Research Agencies or Projects

Buffalo Organization for Social and Technological Innovation (BOSTI)
Forest Stewardship Council (FSC)
LEEDTM (Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design) Green Building Rating System
Pebble Project (developed by the Center for Health Design; CHD)
United States Green Building Council (USGBC)
Professional Organizations
American Institute of Architects (AIA)
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
American Society of Landscape Architects (ASLA)
Association of Higher Education Facilities Officers (APPA)
Association of Independent Colleges of Art and Design (AICAD)
Association of Registered Interior Designers of Ontario (ARIDO)
Building Owners and Managers Association International (BOMA)
Illuminating Engineering Society (IES)

© February 2006
121
Institute of Store Planners (ISP)
Interior Design Educators Council (IDEC)
Interior Design Institute of British Columbia (IDIBC)
International Facility Management Association (IFMA)

© February 2006
122
Appendix F. Glossary of Terms
Specialized Terms Definition
Body of Knowledge The specialized knowledge a profession requires to achieve and

(BOK) maintain its purpose; its jurisdiction.
Career Additive Method of weighting knowledge areas to reflect cumulative knowledge

Method gained during the practitioner’s Career Cycle.
Category Grouping of related knowledge areas; based on a theme.
Analysis of Content Systematic method of data collection from the content of written
documents. Keywords are identified, listed, and analyzed for similarity,
occurrence, and/or change over time.
InformeDesign® Web site with searchable database of design and human behavior
research at (www.informedesign.umn.edu).
Knowledge Area (KA) Several keywords are collapsed based on their similarity, e.g., space
planning and planning of space were collapsed to create a term that
reflects the specialized knowledge used by interior designers.
Weighting The process of determining the influence a specific KA has on the

practice of interior design; the level of importance attached to
specialized knowledge. Determined via a rational, systematic approach,
not opinion.
Acronym Term
GIS geographic information system

HVAC heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning
IAQ indoor air quality
LEED AP Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design Accredited
Professional
MCS multiple chemical sensitivity
MSD musculoskeletal disorder
PVC polyvinyl chloride
SBS sick building syndrome
VDT video display terminal
VOC volatile organic compound

© February 2006
123
Appendix G. Researchers’ Abbreviated Vita
EDUCATION
Doctor of Philosophy, (Design, Housing, and Apparel), University of Minnesota, St. Paul, MN,
1999
Master of Arts (DHA) with a Minor in Architecture, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, MN,
1998
Bachelor of Fine Arts (Interior Design). Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA,
1978
ACADEMIC POSITIONS HELD

2005 – pres. Assistant Professor, Dept. of DHA, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, MN
2001 – pres. Director, InformeDesign®, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, MN
2000 – 2001 Lecturer, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, MN
1995 – 1999 Teaching Assistant/Autonomous, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, MN
1983 & 1995 Instructor, Dakota County Technical College, Rosemount, MN
DESIGN POSITIONS HELD

1987 – 1995 Associate and Director of Interior Design, Wold Architects and Engineers, Inc.,
St. Paul, MN
1982 - 1986 Associate Project Manager, Ellerbe Becket, Inc., Minneapolis, MN
1983 – 1985 Senior Project Designer, Pink Companies, Inc., Minneapolis, MN
1980 – 1982 Senior Designer, Hammel, Green, & Abrahamson (HGA), Minneapolis, MN
1978 – 1979 Interior Designer, Dickey Kodet Architects, Minneapolis, MN
SIGNIFICANT PUBLICATIONS/PRESENTATIONS:
Martin, C., & Guerin, D. (2004). Using research to inform design solutions. Proceedings of the
International Facility Management Association, World Workplace, Conference and Expo.
Salt Lake City, UT: International Facility Management Association (Co-author).
Martin, C. (2004, August). TV design myths. Midwest Home & Garden, 159-163. (Currently
posted on NCIDQ’s Web site)
Guerin, D., & Martin, C. (© 2001, US and Canada). The interior design professions’ body of
knowledge: Its definition and documentation. Toronto: Association of Registered Interior
Designers of Canada. (Co-author.)
Martin, C. (2001). The public’s opinion of architecture, interior decoration, and interior design.
Juried paper presentation, Interior Design Educators Council (IDEC), International
Conference: Chicago, IL.

© February 2006
124
GRANTS
Martin, C., & Guerin, D. (2004-2005). Defining and documenting the body of knowledge
of the interior design profession, 2005 Edition, $17,925. Funded by a consortium of FIDER,
ASID, IDC, IIDA, and NCIDQ.
Guerin, D., & Martin, C. (2001-2006). Development of InformeDesign®: A clearinghouse
for design and human behavior research. $1.39 million. Funded by ASID.
Guerin, D., & Martin, C. (2000-2001). Planning for InformeDesign®: A clearinghouse for
design and human behavior research. $45,000. Funded by ASID.
AWARDS
2004 Excellence in Outreach and Engagement Award, College of Human Ecology,
UMN
2003 American Society of Interior Designers’ Presidential Award
2003 NCIDQ, Certificate of Appreciation for Outstanding Service
1996 & 1997 IIDA Foundation/Lester Johnson Endowed Graduate Fellowship ($5,000)
1996 IIDA Foundation/Paul Brayton Designs Professional Fellowship ($4,000)
1994 AIA/Minnesota, Honor Award, St. Paul City Hall/Ramsey County Courthouse,
Project Designer
PROFESSIONAL MEMBERSHIPS AND SERVICE

Governor Appointment (two terms; 2000-2008) to the State of Minnesota Board of Architecture,
Engineering, Land Surveying, Landscape Architecture, Geoscience, and Interior Design
(AELSLAGID)
• Certified Interior Designer Board Member (Certification Number CO1051); NCIDQ
Certificate Holder (#2216)
• Rules (Enforcement and Law) committee member, 2000-present, chair, 2001
• Board Delegate to NCIDQ, 2000-2005

• Model Language Committee, chair 2005, member 2004
• Definition of Interior Design Task Force, 2003-2004
• Nomination Committee, 2003
• Policy and Procedures Committee, 2002

• Board of Visitors, 2001 – present
International Interior Design Association (IIDA); professional member, 1995 - present

• Northland Chapter, Director of Education & Research Forum (1996-1997)
• Northland Chapter, Candidacy Research Committee (1996)
Institute of Business Designers (IBD); professional member, 1979-1995

• National Membership Drive, Chair, 1992
• Minnesota Chapter
o Past President, 1994-1995; President, 1992-1994; National Director, 1990-1992
o Charter Trustee for the Minnesota Chapter, 1982
© February 2006
125
American Society of Interior Designers (ASID); professional member, 1979-1984,
2002 – present
®
• ASID National Spokesperson on Education, Research, and InformeDesign , 2004 – present
Minnesota Interior Design Legislative Action Committee (MIDLAC)

• Steering Committee, Member, 2002 – present
International Facility Management Association (IFMA); professional member,

2002 – present
• Minneapolis/St. Paul Chapter Member, 2002 – present
RESEARCH FOCUS
Dr. Martin focuses her scholarship on the history of the interior design profession and the
public’s opinion of the professions of architecture and interior design, use of evidence-based
research in practice, and the development of the interior design profession’s body of knowledge.
She is also co-creator and director of InformeDesign®.

© February 2006
126
EDUCATION
Doctor of Philosophy, Energy Conscious Interior Design, Michigan State University, 1988
Master of Arts, Interior Design, Michigan State University, 1978
Bachelor of Science, Interior Design, Michigan State University, 1970
ACADEMIC POSITIONS HELD

1996 – present Professor, Department of Design, Housing, and Apparel, University of Minnesota,
St. Paul, MN
1999 – 2000 Interim Associate Dean, College of Human Ecology, University of Minnesota, St.
Paul, MN
1995 – 2005 Program Chair or Co-Chair of Interior Design, University of Minnesota, St. Paul,
MN
1995 – 1998 Director of Undergraduate Studies, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, MN
1990 – 1996 Associate Professor, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, MN, tenured 1990
1978 – 1990 Assistant Professor and Program Coordinator, Department of Family and
Consumer Sciences, Miami University, Oxford, OH, tenured 1983
DESIGN POSITIONS HELD

1978 – 1990 Interior Designer and President, Inside Solar Inc., Oxford, OH
1970 - 1978 Interior Designer, Jacobson’s Design Studio, Michigan
SIGNIFICANT PUBLICATIONS/PRESENTATIONS
Jones, L., Guerin, D., & Ginthner, D. (2004). A case study of an environmentally responsible
interior environment. E-Journal of Interior Design. (Co-author.)
Guerin, D., & Asher Thompson, J. (2004). Interior design education in the 21st-century: An
educational transformation. Journal of Interior Design. (Co-author.)
Ham, T., Guerin, D., & Scott, S. (2004). A cross-cultural comparison of preference for visual
attributes in interior environments: America and China. Journal of Interior Design, 30(1).
(Co-author.)
Waston, S., Guerin, D., & Ginthner, D. (2003). Educators and practice: How to stay current.
Journal of Interior Design, 29(1 & 2), 97-103. (Contributing author.)
Park, Y., & Guerin, D. (2002). Meaning and preference of interior color palettes among four
cultural groups. Journal of Interior Design, 28(1), 27-39. (Co-author.)
Guerin, D., & Martin, C. (2001). The interior design professions’ body of knowledge: Its
definition and documentation. Toronto: Association of Registered Interior Designers of
Canada. (Co-author.)
GRANTS
Martin, C., & Guerin, D. (2004-2005). Defining and documenting the body of knowledge
of the interior design profession, 2005 Edition, $17,925. Funded by a consortium of FIDER,
ASID, IIDA, IDC, NCIDQ.

© February 2006
127
Guerin, D., & Martin, C. (2001-2006). InformeDesign®: A clearinghouse for design and
human behavior research. $1.39 million. Funded by the American Society of Interior Designers.
Guerin, D. (2004-2007). Human Performance and Design, Funded by the McKnight
Foundation, $15,000.
AWARDS
2004 Senior Teaching Fellow, University of Minnesota
2004 Excellence in Outreach and Engagement Award, College of Human Ecology, UMN
2003 Louis Tregue/NCIDQ Award for Outstanding Contribution to Interior Design Practice
2003 American Society of Interior Designers’ Presidential Award
2002 Michael Tatum Excellence in Education, IIDA
1998 Morse-Alumni Distinguished Professor, University of Minnesota
PROFESSIONAL MEMBERSHIPS AND SERVICE

Academy of Distinguished Teachers, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, MN, 1999 Present
• Twin Cities Steering Committee

• Accreditation Board of Visitors, 1989 – 1994, 2002 – present
• FIDER, Research Council, 2004-2007
• FIDER, Research Committee, 1986 -1991

• IDEP Committee, Member, 2001 - present
• NCIDQ, Certification Task Force, Chair, 2000
• NCIDQ, Certificate Holder, #012175
• NCIDQ, Panel of Experts, 1998-1999, 2002-2003
• NCIDQ, Liaison from Interior Design Educators Council, 1999- 2002
Interior Design Educators Council (IDEC)

• Fellow, 1999
• Corporate member 1982 – present
• IDEC, Editor, Journal of Interior Design, 1995 – 1998
• IDEC, Chair, Midwest Region, 1990 -1992
IDEC Foundation, Board Member, 2000-2006

• President, 2004-2005
• Vice President and Secretary, 2002-2004
RESEACH FOCUS
Dr. Guerin focuses her scholarship on human performance issues as they are related to interior
design, the effect of culture on design, emphasizing international cultures, and the development
of the interior design profession’s body of knowledge. She is also co-creator and coordinator of
InformeDesign®.

© February 2006
128
11.0 Annotated Bibliography: Documentation of the Body of Knowledge
1. Adelson, F. (2002, August 4). Design that is literally accessible. The New York Times.
Retrieved August 9, 2004, from http://www.newyorktimes.com
Keywords: accessibility, housing, residential, universal design
Abstract: Twenty-nine interior designers participated in the design of a demonstration
house created for universal design, focusing on features for the elderly. Some of the
features included sloped entries, wider doors and hallways, slip resistant flooring,
minimal thresholds, casement windows, varied work space heights, curbless showers,
easy-to-grip lever hardware, offset plumbing control faucets, and grab bars that fit with
the design. The housing examples also included elevators and front-panel controls on all
appliances. These designs allow people to age in place and provide ease and comfort in
living. This house will serve as a prototype for newer housing units in locations like the
Carolina Gardens.
2. Aguilar, D. (2002). Identity and daily space in two municipalities in Mexico City.
Environment and Behavior, 34(1), 111-121.
Keywords: community/neighborhood, culture/ethnicity, design process, identity and
status, planning and policy, quality of life, wayfinding/signage, well-being
Abstract: A study looked at the influence of city landmarks, local buildings, and public
spaces in Mexico City low-income neighborhoods on residents’ identity and pride. City
landmarks helped residents establish a sense of direction and location. Residents formed
a sense of identity and pride by comparing their environment to other communities and
through individual feelings. Public spaces, renovation of existing historic landmarks, and
inclusion of community members in the design process can help build a sense of
community and pride.
3. Ain, S. (2004, January 25). In Centereach, a striking library. The New York Times.
Retrieved August 20, 2004, from http:// www.newyorktimes.com
Keywords: community/neighborhood, library, public facilities
Abstract: The Middle Country Public Library in Centereach, Long Island, has created a
new space, the children’s room, based on the importance of a welcoming and warm
atmosphere. Their new children’s room, 18,000 square feet of the first floor, focuses on
being a creative and interactive place for children to learn. The design of the new library
reflects its programs and connections to the community. It houses other community
resources including a business resource center, career counseling area, and a teen center.

© February 2006
129
4. Al-Kodmany, K. (2001). Bridging the gap between technical and local knowledge: Tools
for promoting community-based planning and design. Journal of Architectural and
Planning Research, 18(2), 110-130.
Keywords: communication, community/neighborhood, conceptualization/visualization,
planning and policy, revitalization/urban renewal
Abstract: Visual communication tools can be used for facilitating community
involvement in design and planning. Geographic Information Systems (GIS) are
becoming increasingly popular as a way of visually representing plans. Community
members can be involved early in the planning process, where they can look at the GIS
plans, artists’ renderings, and models to help visualize ideas. GIS can organize images
and retrieve, store, and display relevant data visually. GIS can have high equipment costs,
programs can be misused, and computer illiterate community members can be alienated
by the technology.
5. Anderson, A. (2002). On the human figure in architectural representation. Journal of

Architectural Education, 55(4), 238-246.
Keywords: communication, concept sketches/drawings
Abstract: Integrating human figures in architectural drawings is important in conveying
how a space may be used, and for a sense of scale, depth, size, and expression. Inclusion
of human figures in drawings can illustrate the interaction of the human body with the
designed environment. Custom figural drawings rather than stock clip-art can create a
more relevant and meaningful depiction of a space.
6. Arzua, L. (2004, July 18). Raising a barn for art; Vision for Franklin Park Theater
depends on bond. The Washington Post. Retrieved on July 20, 2004, from
http://www.washingtonpost.com
Keywords: accessibility, community/neighborhood, green/sustainable design,
renovation/restoration, theater
Abstract: A $1.4 million bond proposal might be added to the November 2nd-ballot
regarding the construction of the Franklin Park and Visual Arts center in Purcellville on
the East coast, focusing on accessible design. Two barns from the 19th-century that
burned in 1997 will be reconstructed to house a new visual arts center with a 300-seat
stage, art exhibit spaces, and a stage underlaid with cork for dancers. Although much
work has already been done with almost $2 million in grants, donations, and sweat
equity, these new funds will sponsor electricity, ventilation, carpeting, lighting, and fire
suppression. The facility already has over 2,000 solar panels installed to assist with green
power. The focus on accessible design will incorporate wheelchair accessibility, services
for hearing-impaired, and seating for disabled patrons in all areas of the theater, including
access to the stage and support areas such as dressing rooms.
© February 2006
130
7. Associates III. (2003). Turning green: A guide to becoming a green design firm.
Washington, DC: American Society of Interior Designers.
Keywords: collaboration, energy, environmental, green/sustainable design, health,
volatile organic compounds (VOC), specifications, recycled materials
Abstract: Becoming a green design firm affects the way you work, the materials in your
office space, and materials and construction practices chosen for projects. There are
several easy steps to becoming greener. This includes a close examination of products,
lighting, and recycling capabilities in the office; changing fixed specifications to include
greener materials and construction methods; and educating coworkers, clients, and
manufactures about environmentally-friendly design principles. Being a green design
firm also requires continual education and research to stay current on new products and
practices.
8. Baker, B. (2002, July 16). Old age in brave new settings; Maverick nursing home
approaches a daring goal: Patient satisfaction. The Washington Post. Retrieved July
30, 2004, from http://www.washingtonpost.com
Keywords: employee recruitment and retention, nursing home, patient satisfaction,
renovation/restoration
Abstract: Over 40% of Americans will reside in a nursing home during their lifetimes.
For residents of the Providence Mount St. Vincent nursing home in Seattle, pets,
children, solariums, libraries, and computers are all easily accessible because of the focus
on resident-direct care. Residents experience a variety of interior and exterior settings in
the newly designed facility. The center was redesigned into ‘neighborhoods’ that house
two-dozen residents each and also contains a new daycare facility for staff children. The
redesign of this and many other newer facilities such as Levindale Hebrew Geriatric
Center in Baltimore, create a less institutional design feel and strengthen relationships
between residents and staff. In addition, staff turnover is measurably less with such
facilities – only 20% at the Live Oak Living Center in El Sobrante, CA, versus the more
than 100% national annual average. Effects of these trend-setting, home-like facilities on
the Americans currently living in 17,000 nursing homes is resident satisfaction with
diminished medical issues such as bedsores, falls, and incontinence.
9. Bartholemew, R., Richards, L., Jin, B., & Chung, J. (2004, June). Security solutionists.
Interiors & Sources, 60-62.
Keywords: health, safety, and welfare, hotel, office, public facilities, retail, safety and
security
Abstract: In addition to fire safety and structural integrity issues, interior designers are
involved in designing secure spaces to keep people safe in public places, referred to as
“soft targets,” such as shopping centers, offices, hotels, and restaurants. To date, many
© February 2006
131
facilities are not adequately prepared for a terrorist attack for fear that security measures
will undermine the experience of the space. In reality, there are many new security
techniques that allow a designer to create a secure but pleasant environment. Interior
designers stay informed of new security technologies, especially when designing open-
access commercial environments. Suggestions for approaches have been published by the
National Safety Council and others, as improving security can add value to the space.
10. Belfoure, C. (2000, October 22). From Baltimore warehouse to giant office building.
The New York Times. Retrieved August 9, 2004, from http://www.newyorktimes.com
Keywords: energy, environmental health, green/sustainable design, lighting, recycled
materials
Abstract: Using a green approach, an old Montgomery Ward’s warehouse in Baltimore
will be transformed into a new office building that will have jobs for over 5,000 workers.
The new business complex, Montgomery Park, is a green project. The interior of the
complex will use recycled materials for furnishings and ceilings, including 100%
recycled carpet. To conserve energy, the lighting will be adjusted by sensors based on the
amount of natural light that is available through reglazed windows. In addition,
demolition debris will be salvaged or recycled as well. Many other green features will be
included, such as a partially green roof, and much of the original warehouse will be
reused.
11. Blanchard, E., & Graves, E. (2002). Polycarboxylic acids for flame resistant
cotton/polyester carpeting. Textile Research Journal, 72(1), 39-43.
Keywords: codes and building standards, flooring, health, safety, and welfare, textile
selection, specifications, and performance
Abstract: An experiment showed that flame-retardant treatments containing
polycarboxylic acid and phosphorous-based catalysts were less toxic than carpet
treatments containing formaldehyde. Many factors including the fiber content and
chemical treatment influence the effectiveness of flame-resistant chemical treatments.
Flame-retardant treatments for carpet help reduce the chemicals and fumes emitted if
carpets catch on fire.
12. Blanco, F., & Travieso, D. (2003). Haptic exploration and mental estimation of distances
on a fictitious island: From mind's eye to mind's hand. Journal of Visual Impairment
and Blindness, 97(5), n.p.
Keywords: orientation/wayfinding, sensory responses, special populations, visual
impairments/blindness, wayfinding/signage
Abstract: Visually-impaired and sighted subjects used tactile exploration of a scale
model to estimate distances. Blind subjects explored the model the fastest and accurately
© February 2006
132
replaced objects with the fewest number of attempts, but took the longest to estimate
distances. Blind subjects used a representation tool, such as a geometric shape, to
estimate distance, compared to low-vision and blindfolded-sighted subjects who used
mental images.
13. Bonda, P. (2001, January/February). Treehuggers with style. Interiors & Sources, 54-61.
Keywords: accessibility, energy, green/sustainable design, health effects, indoor air
quality (IAQ), office, performance, recycled materials, satisfaction, well-being
Abstract: The new Greenpeace headquarters in Washington, DC, was designed by
Envision Design (an architectural and interior design firm). They created a beautiful and
environmentally-conscious design reflecting Greenpeace’s values. Envision Design
accomplished this by studying the material and energy difference between open and
closed office plans and found that the open plan saved significant amounts of energy,
materials, and money. The open plan also increased communication and relationships
between employees. Other ways the new headquarters reflected environmental
sustainability included its PVC-free base (except for electrical wiring), Forest
Stewardship Council certified wood, recycled content steel structure (96% recycled
content), a butane-running refrigerator, the use of light sensors and solar panels, window
access for all, privacy areas, and total accessibility. Employee well-being, satisfaction,
and performance were goals met by the design.
14. Bonda, P. (2002, May). Pure and simple. Interiors & Sources, 56-60.
Keywords: daylighting, green/sustainable design, health effects, life cycle analysis/costs,
office, performance, programming, well-being
Abstract: The goals of the design of a new Washington, DC, office for Environmental
Defense were to reflect the entity’s mission, provide a daylight view for all employees, be
healthy for staff and the environment, and fit a tight schedule and budget. The new
headquarters had minimal impact on the site and ecosystem by encouraging biking to
work with shower rooms in the building. The design minimized energy use by utilizing
natural light and heat gain and using photoelectric controls. The materials and furnishings
were chosen for durability, and many were reused and recycled materials. The Forest
Stewardship Council certified all hardwood used. The office also has very low VOC
concentrations, using formaldehyde-free wheat and strawboard. The architecture and
interior design firm of Envision Design achieved a sustainable, productive, and healthy
environment.
15. Bonda, P. (2003, April). The nature of work. Interiors & Sources, 29-33.
Keywords: office, performance, research and analysis, space planning

© February 2006
133
Abstract: The General Services Administration (GSA) Public Buildings Service’s
“Workplace 20•20” research program is gathering data on workspace and productivity.
Over 22 projects (business environments) will be monitored and measured. The study
uses an Adaptable Workplace Hub where many environmental conditions are tested on
GSA staff. The intended result is a database of information about workplace design. This
study exemplifies the use of observation as a standard planning procedure for office
design and involves research partners from academia, design firms, and government
organizations.
16. Bonda, P. (2004, April). Taking care of its own. Interiors & Sources, 32-36.
Keywords: energy, green/sustainable design, indoor air quality (IAQ), materials
selection and specification, office, programming
Abstract: The World Wildlife Fund’s (WWF) headquarters in Washington, DC, was
renovated utilizing the most sustainable practices available, reflecting the WWF’s
mission. The acoustical tiles were made of recycled content and old tiles were sent to
Armstrong for recycling; all wood was Forest Stewardship Council certified; carpeting
was made of recycled fiber content and low VOC backing; drywall was 100% recycled
content; and countertops were made of recycled bottles and milk jugs. The WWF uses
wind power for 10% of their electricity generation, and other improvements in lighting
control and components are anticipated to save energy by 20%, over time. Waste was
carefully tracked through chain of custody documentation. Not only has the design
achieved excellence in sustainable design practice, it is also comfortable and pleasing for
WWF employees.
17. Bourdeau, L., & Chebat, J. (2003). The effects of signage and location of works of art on
recall of titles and paintings in art galleries. Environment and Behavior, 35(2), 203-
222.
Keywords: cognition/perception, museum, sensory responses, space planning,
wayfinding/signage
Abstract: A visitor’s museum experience is influenced by the characteristics of the
building, works of art, and their ability to navigate the space. The design of a museum
and location of works of art have a psychological influence on museum visitors that can
affect the recall of information about the artwork. When visitors first enter an exhibition
space they are learning about the space, in the middle they pay more attention to the
artwork, and at the end they experience cognitive fatigue. Works of art can serve as
reference points for visitors, and visitors may be distracted by signage and maps placed
throughout an exhibition.

© February 2006
134
18. Brawley, B., & Taylor, M. (2003, March). Designing for senior care environments, Part
2. Interiors & Sources, 64-67.
Keywords: assisted living, environmental health, flooring, health, indoor air quality
(IAQ), nursing home
Abstract: Designers create emotional security for seniors through the design of senior
care facilities that reflect a home-like atmosphere. There are key factors designers
consider when specifying flooring for senior care facilities. They include indoor air
quality (IAQ), infection, and odor control. IAQ includes preventing dust, allergen, and
volatile organic compounds (VOCs) from entering the space. Infection and mold
prevention are controlled via carpet backing, selection, installation, and maintenance
instructions. Designers provide this information. Odor control is being addressed by new
products and must be specified by the designer.
19. Brennan, A., Chugh, J., & Kline, T. (2002). Traditional versus open office design: A
longitudinal field study. Environment and Behavior, 34(3), 279-299.
Keywords: office, performance, preference/attitude, privacy, programming, space
planning
Abstract: Open offices became popular through the idea that they could increase
communication and productivity. A field study indicated that open office plans present
many challenges, including prohibiting confidential conversations and decreased privacy.
Office workers were less satisfied with the new open office plan and indicated that the
transition from traditional office design to open office design was difficult.
20. Broadway, B. (2003, January 5). Churches turn up volume with fancy sound systems.
The Washington Post. Retrieved August 11, 2004, from
Keywords: acoustics, audiovisual, multimedia, religious facility
Abstract: Evangelical and Pentecostal churches were among the first to utilize advanced
audiovisual technologies to modernize their worship services and make sure all
worshipers have equal ability to see and hear services. Although Orthodox and
Conservative Jewish synagogues prohibit the use of electronic equipment during their
services, other denominations are using sound systems with high-performance speakers,
microphones, and wall-size projection screens to avoid sound distortion and vision
impairments for worshipers. These features provide more opportunity for active
participation in worship. In addition, the religious facilities are able to send shut-ins,
college students, and military personnel videotapes of the church services they were
unable to attend.

© February 2006
135
21. Brody, S. (2003). Implementing the principles of ecosystem management through local
land use planning. Population and Environment, 24(6), 511-539.
Keywords: conservation, ecosystem management, green/sustainable design, planning and
policy
Abstract: The natural environment must be properly managed to maintain habitat and
species diversity and prosperity. A case study found that local land use plans in Florida
did not contain effective ecosystem management. Resource inventory, use of Geographic
Information Systems, incentive-based policies, public awareness, and collaboration can
improve ecosystem management. Concise plans with measurable targets are essential for
ecosystem management plans.
22. Bryant, K. (2001, October 18). They’re moving on up; As baby boomers advance in age,
spiffy new housing options are catering to their changing needs and desires. Los
Angeles Times. Retrieved August 11, 2004, from http:// www.latimes.com
Keywords: accessibility, baby boomers, design elements, housing, privacy, technology,
universal design
Abstract: With the 76 million baby boomers (28% of the US population) reaching 50
years and older, many are moving into new senior housing with design elements that
satisfy their housing needs regarding open entertainment spaces (great room) and privacy
(from overnight guests). Popular features requested in senor housing include universal
design features such as skid-proof tile, adjustable closet rods, door levers, roll-out
shelves, wider doors, and direct 911-dialing. Many feature the latest technology including
security cameras, satellite TVs, and equipment for part-time work at home. Housing also
features less carpeting and more hard/resilient flooring because it is easier to maintain
and is allergy free.
23. Buckley, J., Schneider, M., & Shang, Y. (2004). The effects of school facility quality on
teacher retention in urban school districts. Washington, DC: National Clearinghouse
for Educational Facilities.
Keywords: acoustics, daylighting, educational facility/school, health, safety, and welfare,
lighting, planning and policy, programming, renovation/restoration, social needs and
factors
Abstract: It is paramount to understand the reasons why teachers quit and how they
might be induced to stay, specifically focusing on the effects of school facility quality.
The results of a study indicated that school facility quality significantly impacted a
teacher’s decision to keep working at a school. Facility quality had a greater impact
(almost two-thirds greater) on teachers’ decisions to stay than their salaries. The
influence of school design and quality on teacher retention is important as qualified
teacher retention is a problem in many schools, especially in urban school districts.
© February 2006
136
Facility quality affects teachers’ ability to teach, their morale, and their health and safety.
Design can affect indoor air quality, thermal comfort, classroom lighting, noise levels,
daylighting, and acoustics.
24. Burnett, L. (2004, June). The not-so-simple office life. Contract, 88-89.
Keywords: color, corporate culture, employee recruitment and retention, environmental
control, hotel, lighting, office, performance, psychological needs/responses
Abstract: Corporations did not account for employees’ psychological needs, and poor
productivity was the outcome. The way people feel about their workspace directly affects
performance. Interior designers must consider factors such as employee personality,
corporate culture, personal environmental control, privacy, and economic factors when
designing offices. Since we receive 80% of our information from the environment,
providing lighting that helps people focus on their work, colors that create positive
moods, and comfortable temperatures can increase employee satisfaction, productivity,
and performance.
25. Busch, J. (2004, June). Defining good design. Contract, 22.

Keywords: aesthetics, design concept, function/performance, green/sustainable design,
human needs
Abstract: Interior designers keep the functional and aesthetic needs of people at the core
of their work, placing human sustainability (human needs) before other goals. Good
interior design is judged by how it combines form and function, creating a built
environment that goes beyond solely aesthetic impact.
26. Cairns, G. (2002). Aesthetics, morality and power: Design as espoused freedom and
implicit control. Human Relations, 55(7), 799-820.
Keywords: environmental control, office, research and analysis, social interaction
Abstract: The social environment heavily influences the physical environment, and the
physical environment acts as a setting for social interaction. A referenced position paper
discussed workplace design and the organizational environment, pointing out that there
are contradictory interpretations of the workplace. Historically, built environment studies
focused on the social environment, although recently research has begun to focus on
empowering workers through environmental control.
27. Calmenson, D. (2000, October). The language of color. Interiors & Sources, 47-51, 53-56.
Keywords: color, human behavior, sensory responses, well-being

© February 2006
137
Abstract: People have psychological and biological responses to different colors.
Designers need to understand project and client goals to determine how to use color to
meet these goals. Humans react to color through biological response, the collective
unconscious, conscious symbolism, cultural influences, styles and trends, and personal
relationships.
28. Calmenson, D. (2001, January). Hacienda hospital. Interiors & Sources, 84-90.
Keywords: accessibility, community/neighborhood, culture/ethnicity, health, healthcare
facilities, social needs and factors, space planning
Abstract: Mercy Health Center in Laredo, TX, provides for the medical and social needs
of the community. The Center uses water features to soothe and cultural influences to
reflect the Mexican heritage of the region. The Center focused on patient-visitor
accessibility. Pinwheel patterned units maximize the number of beds that the hospital can
accommodate while adding efficiency for the staff. The rooms support patient and family
through a three-zone system, with one zone each for patients, caregivers, and family.
29. Calmenson, D. (2003, October). Natural healing. Interiors & Sources, 38-43.
Keywords: health effects, healthcare facilities, productivity, programming, quality of life,
wayfinding/signage
Abstract: For the McKay-Dee Hospital Center in Ogden, UT, the design team created a
healing environment through the use of a task force and careful creative planning.
Horizontal integration and an atrium as a landmark improved wayfinding in the facility.
Each patient room incorporated a sofa bed and chair so that visitors can spend the night.
To design a comfortable and nurturing healing environment for the patients and staff, the
design team focused on sensitivity to the spiritual and natural beauty of Utah, engaging
patients and families in a participatory environment, and supporting patients’ choices and
control of their environment. They emphasized wayfinding, durable and maintainable
materials, space planning for ease and community, and family support in furniture
specification and layout.
30. Camgöz, N., Yener, C., & Güvenc, D. (2003). Effects of hue, saturation, and brightness:
Part 2: Attention. Color Research and Application, 29(1), 20-28.
Keywords: cognition/perception, color, preference/attitude
Abstract: Color can be used to direct attention and provide focus in the built
environment. A study found that bright, saturated colors attracted the most attention; men
and women responded similarly to the same color combinations. Simultaneous contrast,
when two colors placed beside each other look different when apart, was observed during
testing.

© February 2006
138
31. Chang, W., Cotnam, J., & Matz, S. (2002). Field evaluation of two commonly used
slipmeters. Applied Ergonomics, 34 (1), 51-60.
Keywords: cleaning and maintenance, flooring, hospitality/restaurants, research and
analysis, safety and security
Abstract: Slippery floors in restaurants can result in falls and injuries. An experiment
determined that the Brumgraber Mark II was more effective at testing quarry tile floor
slipperiness than the English XL. Grease buildup on the measurement equipment could
reduce the accuracy of the readings. Using a large area of tiles for testing and a minimal
number of measurements per tile improved testing procedures. Measurements varied
among tiles of the same type. The sink area was the most slippery.
32. Childs, K. (2003). The economics of green design: Can we afford to ignore it?. ASID
ICON, 5, 33-34.
Keywords: cost, energy, green/sustainable design, health, LEEDTM
Abstract: Green buildings are proving they are more economical to operate over several
years. Many higher “first costs” associated with designing and constructing green
buildings are far outweighed by the environmental, well-being, and economical benefits
they provide. LEED-accredited buildings are outfitted with the most efficient HVAC
systems available, which drive long-term operating costs down. While efficient systems
may cost more initially, they require less duct work, maintenance, and energy to provide
a comfortable, healthy environment. Additionally, personnel costs equal 92% of the total
lifetime building costs. Green design contributes to increased occupant health, therefore,
cutting costs further.
33. Clay, R. (2004). In the open: How design can protect privacy - Expert Insights.
Keywords: acoustics, HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act),
privacy, space planning
Abstract: Increased use of information technology gives people access to private
information. Creating spaces for privacy requires close consideration of several
environmental factors, including sound masking, space planning, computer monitor
layout, viewing angles, and material ratings. Designing for privacy is multifaceted.
Providing visual and/or acoustical privacy varies greatly, and one may supersede the
other. Data privacy is a fairly new consideration. Careful evaluation of all privacy needs
during a project will ensure functional and usable space. Seven principles of designing
for privacy are identified through a review of literature, interviews, and case studies.
34. Costello, K. (2003, Fall). White hot ice cold. Perspective, 41-44.

© February 2006
139
Keywords: environmental control, health effects, heating, ventilation, and air
conditioning systems (HVAC), indoor air quality (IAQ)
Abstract: There are new methods for controlling indoor temperature and air quality that
are more efficient. These methods of environmental control can save energy and money,
increase performance, and protect occupant health. It is the designers’ responsibility to
integrate the controls for these systems into the design solution.
35. Costello, K. (2004, Summer). Calm waters. Perspective, 44-47.

Keywords: bathroom, health effects, mechanical systems, quality of life, residential,
sensory responses, well-being
Abstract: Water is therapeutic as it can detoxify and calm a person; therefore, many
interior designers are incorporating creative use of water in bathrooms. Working with
mechanical engineers, interior designers create a refuge by using water to help soothe the
stress and tension of the day for their client with spa-like bathrooms.
36. Custovic, A., Murray, C., Gore, R., & Woodcock, A. (2002). Controlling indoor
allergens. Annals of Allergy, Asthma, and Immunology, 88(5), 432-442.
Keywords: allergies/asthma, environmental health, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment
(FF&E), mold and mildew, residential
Abstract: Controlling allergens in the home can help diminish the symptoms of asthma.
Wood and vinyl flooring have much fewer allergens than carpeting. Wood and linoleum
flooring help reduce the presence of allergens such as dust mites and fungi. Low
humidity, air conditioning, and avoiding wallpaper help control mold. Impermeable
upholstery on beds and furnishings helps diminish dust mites. Individual allergy cases
should be treated independently; similarly, each allergen has unique properties that must
be addressed.
37. Deane, D. (2001, October 27). Cooking up a new kitchen; At a 2-day design class, the
proof is in the pudding – and the appliances and fixtures. The Washington Post.
Retrieved August 11, 2004, from http://www.washingtonpost.com
Keywords: accessibility, kitchen, universal design
Abstract: At Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, a two-day kitchen
design class presents new concepts in appliances, cabinets, countertops, lighting, floors,
and accessible issues related to age. Students tour and then cook in five model kitchens to
get the experience of using various features. One of the kitchens was the “universal”
kitchen that is designed for advancing ages with wheelchair accessibility. Experiences in

© February 2006
140
that kitchen include use of a pair of plastic eye glasses that show how people with various
eyesight problems might see and work in the space.
38. de Klerk, H., & Ampousah, L. (2002 ). The physically disabled South African female
consumer's problems in purchasing clothing. International Journal of Consumer
Studies, 26(2), 93-101.
Keywords: accessibility, function/performance, guest/shopper, quality of life, retail,
space planning, universal design, well-being
Abstract: Comfortable, appropriate, well-fitting clothing can positively affect the self-
esteem of women. Observations and interviews with South African women with physical
disabilities who were shopping for clothes found that the women had troubles accessing
shops because there weren’t adequate lifts or parking lots. The women had trouble
reaching clothing racks and fitting rooms were generally not accessible. The women had
trouble finding clothing in the appropriate style that fit; chain stores were preferred for
clothes shopping.
39. Deng, S., & Burnett, J. (2002). Water use in hotels in Hong Kong. International Journal
of Hospitality Management, 21(1), 57-66.
Keywords: green/sustainable design, hotel, water conservation
Abstract: The reduction of hotels’ water use can result in cost savings and water
conservation. A study of Hong-Kong hotels found that the laundry used the largest
amount of water and then guestrooms and the kitchens. Water use peaked twice a day,
during the morning and evening corresponding to guests’ washing activities. Water
conservation and management strategies such as gray water recycling, flow regulating
devices, and sub-meters can help reduce water use.
40. Dietsch, D. (2001, February 22). Universal design is no barrier to style. The Washington
Post. Retrieved July 20, 2004, from http://www.washingtonpost.com
Keywords: accessibility, Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), residential, universal
design
Abstract: After much searching, the first quadriplegic to serve in Congress, Jim
Langevin (D-R.I.), found an apartment in Foggy Bottom’s Columbia Plaza in
Washington, DC, that was accessible. Only three percent of Americans own homes that
have accessibility features, whereas 54 million are disabled, and only 29% of disabled
Americans (18-64 years of age) work (National Organization on Disability). Residential
adaptations are scarce, as the ADA only applies to public spaces and not to personal
residences. Besides expanding doorways for wheelchairs, adding shower stalls, and
adjusting heights of kitchen cabinets and appliances, other features can be designed to
make accessibility functional and aesthetically pleasing. This will be crucial to allow
© February 2006
141
persons who become disabled to live independently. It is estimated that between the ages
of 35-65 years, one out of ten persons will be disabled for a minimum of three months.
That ratio increases to one out of seven that a disability for five years or longer will occur
before age 65 (National Safety Council). Housing adjustments can be components of
universal design that make the environment workable for all people. A case-by-case
approach to accessible design works best.
41. Dujardin, T. (2003). Producing a healthy house. ASID ICON, 5, 18-19.

Keywords: allergies/asthma, environmental health, heating, ventilation, and air
conditioning systems (HVAC), indoor air quality (IAQ), multiple chemical sensitivity
(MCS)
Abstract: Creating a healthy home starts with the indoor air quality. Many factors affect
indoor air quality including air purifiers, insulation, paint, furniture, and floor and wall
coverings. Choosing low-emitting products often does not cost more and can be
incorporated into any project. Healthy homes can help control allergies and MCS
(multiple chemical sensitivity).
42. Dunbar, J. (2003). Finding opportunities: Public structures in need of renovation. ASID
ICON, 5, 12-17.
Keywords: aesthetics, durability,“First Impressions” program, GSA (General Services
Administration), materials selection and specification, public facilities,
renovation/restoration
Abstract: The Federal Government owns over one million square feet of real estate.
Renovation, remodeling, restoration, or rehabilitation administered by GSA of almost
every space is or will be underway in the coming years, with the work a collaboration of
design teams. Interior designers are taking part in the “First Impressions” program aimed
to make public entry and lobby spaces in government buildings more functional and
aesthetically pleasing as prescribed by the US Department of the Interior standards.
43. Emerson, T. (2000, June 5). Coffee, tea… or tennis? Newsweek. Retrieved January 18,
2005, from http://www.newsweek.com
Keywords: airplane design, technology, transportation
Abstract: The design of the new Airbus A3XX airplane will be the first superjumbo
class plane to hit the market. The A3XX will cost $60 million more than the Boeing 747
and is 150 tons heavier. Some of the planned features of the new airplane, being dubbed
the “flying cruise ship,” include less landing noise, wind levels at or below the current
747, space for 555 passengers, luxury sleeper cabins, tennis courts, casinos, nursery care
space, massage rooms, a business center, and restaurant franchises. Many airports, like
the Chek Lap Kok Airport in Hong Kong, already have extra terminal space to unload
© February 2006
142
passengers and bigger slots to unload wider and longer planes. The first A3XX airplane
could begin it inaugural flight by 2005.
44. Engvall, K., Norrby, C., & Norback, D. (2003). Ocular, nasal, dermal and respiratory
symptoms in relation to heating, ventilation, energy conservation, and
reconstruction of older multi-family houses. Indoor Air, 13(3), 206-211.
Keywords: energy, environmental health, health effects, mechanical systems, quality of
life, well-being
Abstract: Increasing energy efficiency may decrease indoor air quality by creating a
tighter building envelope with less ventilation. A study of older multi-family housing
found that mechanical ventilation systems are healthy for occupants, as well as natural
gas or electric heating systems. Wood heating, heat pump systems, and direct electric
radiators increased negative health symptoms (eye and throat irritation, fatigue, cough).
Homes that underwent renovation, such as replacing or sealing windows, new siding, or
adding insulation, showed more sick building syndrome symptoms than the buildings that
weren’t renovated.
45. Eshelman, P., & Evans, G. (2002). Home again: Environmental predictors of place
attachment and self-esteem for new retirement community residents. Journal of
Interior Design, 28(1), 3-9.
Keywords: aesthetics, assisted living, meaning and symbolism, personalization,
programming, quality of life, senior/elderly, well-being
Abstract: Place attachment can help new residents in a continuing care retirement
community (CCRC) build self-esteem and increase daily functioning. A study found that
residents develop place attachment from both functional aspects of the space and self-
esteem aspects (having a lived-in, homey environment). Residents’ emotional needs can
be met by personalization of spaces with niches or exhibit areas, picture molding, and
generous lighting.
46. Evans, G., & Stecker, R. (2004). Motivational consequences of environmental stress.
Journal of Environmental Psychology, 24, 45-54.
Keywords: building materials, finishes, and systems, crowding, environmental control,
environmental health, health effects, performance, productivity, sensory responses, stress
Abstract: A review of literature on environmental stress and motivation determined that
as a person experiences environmental stress (noise, bad odors, traffic, crowding) their
motivation, performance, and ability to learn decreases. Unexpected environmental
stressors cause even greater annoyance to people than expected stressors. Personal
characteristics (age, gender, sense of control) may influence tolerance for stress.

© February 2006
143
47. Evans, G., Saltzman, H., & Cooperman, J. (2001). Housing quality and children’s
socioemotional health. Environment and Behavior, 33(3), 389-399.
Keywords: child development and learning, crowding, environmental control,
psychological needs/responses, quality of life, well-being
Abstract: Housing quality can affect the psychological well being of children. In an
experiment, children in higher quality homes were happier overall, had fewer behavioral
problems, and scored higher on tests. Those living in poor-quality housing had a limited
amount of control over their environment and expressed feelings of helplessness. Mothers
of children in poor-quality housing exhibited increased stress levels.
48. Forgey, B. (2004, February 7). A theater’s return engagement; Hippodrome restoration
is next stage in Baltimore’s revival. The Washington Post. Retrieved July 20, 2004,
from http://www.washingtonpost.com
Keywords: color, comfort, detailing, entertainment, lighting, renovation/restoration,
space planning
Abstract: The Hippodrome restoration is a step in revitalizing Baltimore’s east side,
formerly the vibrant retail and entertainment district. Three old and one new building
have been linked together. The interior provides more gathering places, more
accessibility to other parts of the theater, and improved circulation. In the auditorium,
many of the interior features that existed from the 1914 design by Thomas Lamb were
restored and the use of color, architectural detailing, and lighting focus on more warm
and comforting feelings in the space. In addition, although almost half of the surfaces are
new, the transition from new to old is seamless.
49. Foti, R. (2003, Fall). Crossroads. Perspective, 8-13.

Keywords: collaboration, color, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E), materials
selection and specification, productivity, residential, value added
Abstract: Interior design is growing in interest around the world. In countries such as
Russia, China, New Zealand, and Asia, the public’s understanding of the influence
workplace design has on productivity and the interest in aesthetics are increasing. Interior
design professionals must educate clients, whether residential or commercial, about the
importance of the holistic approach interior designers take to design spaces that support
the user’s needs. Residential design clients can be substantially served by strengths of the
profession around color, building materials, furnishings, and dedication to collaboration
with other members of the design team.
50. Foti, R. (2004, Winter). In search of excellence. Perspective, 22-26

© February 2006
144
Keywords: best practices, professional development, professional practice, risk
management
Abstract: Interior designers use best practice concepts to save money, time, and create
the best environment possible. Best practices do not stifle creativity; instead they provide
a basis of quality and value by which designers can build the concept as they examine
client needs and cultural/regional fit. Defining best practices can be subjective, as
designers keep context and client perspective in mind, as well as risk management
concerns. Industry benchmarks and risk management inform essential best practices and
help the firm’s knowledge grow in terms of research and internal processes.
51. Francis, M. (2002). Village Homes: A case study in community design. Landscape
Journal, 21(1), 23-41.
Keywords: design concept, energy, planning and policy, quality of life, well-being
Abstract: Village Homes, a unique development in Davis, CA, used communally-owned
agricultural areas, passive and active solar design, and open common areas to create a
sense of community and achieve energy savings. Attractive landscaping, common areas,
and recreational paths were cited as successful aspects of the community, while parking,
underused areas, and non-residents picking fruit were problems. Residents who
participated in the agricultural co-op were more satisfied with the community than those
who did not. Village Homes decreased energy costs by about one-third by using energy
saving design.
52. Fredman, C. (2003, December). Design for healing. 360 e-zine. Retrieved December 8,
2004, from http://steelcase.com
Keywords: daylighting, evidence-based design, healthcare facilities, satisfaction
Abstract: Designers are practicing evidence-based design to create healing environments
that help people become well faster and retain current staff at hospitals and clinics.
Warmer environments with natural light, carpet, and single rooms help care facilities
attract patients and cut costs associated with poorly designed spaces. Soothing colors,
artwork, gardens, water features, and eco-friendly materials have shown to improve
patient and staff satisfaction. Redesigning patient rooms to accommodate a variety of
illnesses and handicaps increases safety for consumers and employees alike.
53. Freeman, N., Schneider, D., & McGarvey, P. (2003). Household exposure factors,
asthma, and school absenteeism in a predominantly Hispanic community. Journal of
Exposure Analysis and Environmental Epidemiology, 13(3), 169-176.
Keywords: allergies/asthma, children, culture/ethnicity, environmental health, quality of
life, sensory responses

© February 2006
145
Abstract: Environmental factors can trigger asthma. Among subgroups of Hispanic
children, school absenteeism was associated with asthma. The occurrence of asthma and
absenteeism differed between Hispanic subgroups; Puerto Rican asthmatic children were
exposed to the most environmental asthma triggers. Puerto Rican and African American
children reported more asthma than Mexican children.
54. Freudenheim, S. (2001, May 23). Welcome to hospital land; Disney puts its mark on a
pediatric facility’s waiting room. Los Angeles Times. Retrieved August 9, 2004, from
http://www.latimes.com
Keywords: artwork, children, collaboration, color, culture/ethnicity, design concept,
healthcare facilities, well-being
Abstract: At Children’s Hospital Los Angeles, the $67 million Marion and John E.
Anderson Building creates interactive features within the interior of the hospital waiting
room to present a more comfortable, friendly, stimulating, and inviting atmosphere. The
new design features interactive computers, an aquarium with a submerged observatory, a
mini-library area staffed by volunteer readers, and a 260-foot long illustrative mural
designed by Disney, but created by children from 56 Los Angeles area schools. The staff
at Children’s Hospital Los Angeles hopes the redesign will support a more healing
experience for their diverse patient population.
55. Fulberg, P. (2003). Using sonic branding in the retail environment: An easy and
effective way to create consumer brand loyalty while enhancing the in-store
experience. Journal of Consumer Behaviour, 3(2), 193-198.
Keywords: acoustics, design concept, music, retail, sensory responses
Abstract: Music can be used to enhance the retail environment. Music can motivate
consumers to make purchases by communicating on the conscious and subconscious
levels. Music can create brand triggers and can be used in brand theaters to demonstrate
the brand’s characteristics.
56. Galadza, S. (2004a, June). Meeting needs. Contract, 64-65.

Keywords: aesthetics, communication, conference rooms, ergonomics,
function/performance, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E), technology
Abstract: Due to the high cost of real estate, it is important that a conference room is
adaptable for many uses such as training or teaming spaces therefore cutting down on the
total square footage needed in an office. In response to this need, designers focus on
versatility, technological capabilities, and ergonomics when specifying conference room
furniture. Concealable technology and expandable tables can make conference rooms
more functional however, aesthetics must not override the users’ ability to easily access

© February 2006
146
the technology. Based on the users’ needs, the space, and the budget, designers will
determine whether standard or custom furnishings are required and specify appropriately.
57. Galadza, S. (2004b, July). Moroccan fusion. Contract, 36-39.

Keywords: acoustics, budgeting, design concept, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment
(FF&E), historical renovation/restoration, lighting, privacy
Abstract: Combining a landmark gothic church with a successful business was achieved
in a VIP New York club. Client privacy and comfort were the focus of the interior in
tandem with the need to keep the exterior historically accurate. A landmark specialist
worked with the design to complete restructuring of some floors and windows. To create
a sense of exclusiveness and privacy for the successful club, the designers used lighting
specifically developed to make guests feel comfortable and create a sense of intimacy.
Colors were unexpected yet subtle. Distinct areas were created in the space to cater to
different clients and create different atmospheres within the club. Carefully chosen
furniture made the guests comfortable and enhanced their privacy.
58. Galadza, S. (2004c, July). Old world modern. Contract, 50-52.

Keywords: brand identity, color, design concept, materials selection and specification,
retail, space planning
Abstract: LaEstanciaArgentina in Coral Gables, Florida, is an upscale grocery store and
café that combines old world city market and Latin American concepts. This efficient
layout allows people to easily navigate the multi-segmented space. The high-performance
lighting and specifically designed service areas with unique color and material selections
make the shopping experience enjoyable. The owner credits the retail food shop’s success
to creative interior design that is both functional and aesthetically pleasing, and supports
branding.
59. Giles-Corti, B., & Donovan, R. (2002). The relative influence of individual, social, and
physical environment determinants of physical activity. Social Science and Medicine,
54(12), 1793-1812.
Keywords: fitness center/health club, health, landscape design, parks and recreation,
public facilities, strategic planning
Abstract: A study found that individual factors, social factors, and the physical
environment influence the amount of physical activity people engage in. Vigorous
exercisers used recreational facilities near their home, while moderate exercisers
primarily exercised at home and sometimes at nearby facilities. Both informal (parks,
trails, gardens) and formal (health clubs and gyms) facilities are venues for exercise.

© February 2006
147
60. Gosling, S., Ko, S., Mannarelli, T., & Morris, M. (2002). A room with a cue: Personality
judgments based on offices and bedrooms. Journal of Personality and Social
Psychology, 82(3), 379-398.
Keywords: design and aesthetics, meaning and symbolism, personalization
Abstract: In a study, people made personality judgments based on environmental cues
and evidence of certain behaviors. Assessments of an occupant’s personality varied
between home and work environments. Conscientious occupants generally had clean,
organized environments, while extroverted occupants generally had cheerful, colorful
environments. Stereotypes were used in making judgments, especially when few
environmental cues were available.
61. Goya, L. (2004, September). Savvy designers create the place, not just the space. ASID
ICON, 6, 26-31.
Keywords: community/neighborhood, decision making, housing, revitalization/urban
renewal
Abstract: Designers are using their problem solving abilities to analyze situations for the
betterment of local downtown communities. Convincing people to move downtown and
revitalize run-down historic neighborhoods is a design challenge many designers face.
This change is in response to a culture change in American urbanization views over the
last ten years. Transforming buildings and creating spaces people desire is having a major
economic impact on urban communities around the country such as in Milwaukee, WI,
and San Diego, CA. Redevelopment led by designers creates lucrative opportunities for
communities and cities.
62. Gray, D., Gould, M., & Bickenbach, J. (2003). Environmental barriers and disabilities.
Journal of Architectural and Planning Research, 20(1), 29-37.
Keywords: accessibility, planning and policy, programming, quality of life, universal
design, wayfinding/signage, well-being
Abstract: Accessible, barrier-free design could impact 14.2 million physically-impaired
Americans who use canes and wheelchairs. A study found that accessibility for housing
and transportation systems could be improved, and that people with mobility impairments
faced more barriers than designers and architects may realize.
63. Griscom, A. (2002, September 19). Plugged into the sun; A solar house in Loudoun
County functions like a laboratory, but lives like a home. The Washington Post.
Retrieved July 30, 2004, from http://www.washingtonpost.com
Keywords: community/neighborhood, energy, green/sustainable design, residential

© February 2006
148
Abstract: A colonial-style home in Loudoun County, VA, comes close to being a “zero
energy” home, though its green design exceeds that model. The design of this self-
sufficient home includes roof-top photovoltaic solar panels, energy efficient appliances,
and movement-sensor controlled compact fluorescent lamps. By 2010, the Department of
Energy wants to reduce energy use by 50% in the 18 million homes to be built in
America.
64. Haas, S. (2004). Optimizing residential acoustics. ASID ICON, 6, 32-34, 37.
Keywords: acoustics, aesthetics, finishes, retrofit
Abstract: Acoustics are becoming a major concern in residential design. This is true
whether the residence is a large, single-family home or a loft in a multifamily
development. Acoustic issues are due to audio/visual equipment, increased glazing, and
general openness of the space. Designers are planning very large homes with several
unique spaces such as workout studios, home theatres, music rooms, and ballrooms to
include special acoustical treatments that are virtually invisible in the end result. If
separating spaces that conflict acoustically is not possible, sound controlling and noise
reducing measures are necessary. Educating clients so acoustical specialists are brought
into the project at an early stage is key in creating a home that is comfortable and
acoustically appropriate, as acoustical outcomes can be planned.
65. Hale, S. (2001, May 13). Office design; Execs embrace wide-open spaces; Lavatories at
work becoming rest and relaxation rooms. Los Angeles Times. Retrieved August 9,
2004, from http://www.latimes.com
Keywords: bathroom, communication, office, performance, relaxation, stress
Abstract: Following the trend of increased size and amenities in the home bathroom,
corporate bathroom environments might also see some changes similar to the “fainting
rooms” of the 1920s and 1930s. Since many employees find the bathroom a stress-free
haven, corporations are changing the way bathrooms are designed by making them a
relaxing environment through the addition of lounges or lounge-type features. Employees
use these restrooms as a place to relieve stress, have a time-out, or as a place to discuss
problems/issues with peers and managers away from the ambient noise of the open office
environment. This allows employees to be more energetic and productive during the
work day.
66. Hanington, B. (2003). Methods in the making: A perspective on the state of human
research in design. Design Issues, 19(4), 9-18.
Keywords: design process, programming, research and analysis, social needs and
factors, user needs

© February 2006
149
Abstract: User or human-centered design employs research to meet human needs, and
participatory design deeply involves users in design development. Traditional research
methods used by designers include market research, interviews, and focus groups.
Innovative methods such as design workshops and visual studies are also being used.
Attention to the needs of users can help improve the outcomes of designed environments.
67. Hansen, M. (2004, Winter). Lighting designers infuse imagination with technology to go
past sheer physical needs and enrich the living environment. Perspective, 36-40.
Keywords: aesthetics, function/performance, lighting, quality of life , research and
analysis, well-being
Abstract: Lighting designers contribute to enhancing both human emotional and
functional needs. Lighting design is both an art and a science and is integral to residential
and commercial design. Lighting designers can achieve significant energy savings,
change the pace at which people move through space, emphasize materials, and develop
brightness intensities for all interior surfaces. Research is important when choosing
lighting systems because studies have shown that different lighting patterns and
intensities can create different moods. Innovative lighting can be cost efficient, while
saving energy and enhancing atmosphere.
68. Hanson, J. (2003). Space in the home: Morphology and meaning in the home life of
older people. In Proceedings of Environmental Design Research Association (EDRA)
Conference. Edmond, Canada.
Keywords: privacy, psychological needs/responses, senior/elderly, space planning
Abstract: A study conducted in the UK provided valuable insight as to the way the aging
population ‘designs’ their interior environment. Regardless of social or economic status,
older people consistently filled their environment with cherished possessions that told the
story of their lives and enriched their daily experiences with fond memories that affirmed
their functionality and social importance. In addition, the layout of their living spaces
consistently provided separate zones for private (dressing, sleeping, grooming) and social
activities (entertaining guests, dining, tv) – even if they lived alone. Moving to sheltered
living demanded a compression of belongings but yet they tried to imitate a life as close
to the one they had in earlier years within a smaller, more controllable space. Designers
of housing for the elderly should zone spaces for various needs and provide display areas
for meaningful belongings to enhance the quality of life and not diminish the elderly as
social beings. Well designed housing can help older people achieve the twin goals of
remaining both independent from and interdependent with others.

© February 2006
150
69. Haq, S., & Zimring, C. (2003). Just down the road a piece: The development of
topological knowledge of building layouts. Environment and Behavior, 35(1), 132-
160.
Keywords: behavior and operations, cognition/perception, healthcare facilities,
orientation/wayfinding, programming, safety and security, space planning
Abstract: When wayfinding, people use environmental cognition to understand their
movements. In an experiment, open exploration helped subjects create a cognitive map of
the space they were in. Intersections were more important than corridors for finding their
way. Subjects directed to find a particular location were able to understand the building
configuration better than those without direction.
70. Haworth. (2004). Carefully designed space is a prerequisite for collaborative learning.
Retrieved December 6, 2004, from http://haworth.com
Keywords: meaning and symbolism, programming, social needs and factors, user needs,
workplace
Abstract: Spaces designed for collaborative learning allow users to create meaning
within the context of their work environment. Collaborative learning requires a long-term
exchange of ideas where they can be implemented and tested to determine how to learn
from the ideas and from one another. This type of environment should be integrated into
work settings to encourage informal collaboration so ideas are shared among several
people, not just people present at a meeting. Designers are creating environments with the
necessary “tools” such as furniture, supplies, and technology and allowing the users to
“finish” the space by organizing themselves in a way that best supports how they interact.
Designing collaborative spaces that create associational meaning allows learning from
best practices, creating space for collaborative learning and designing for exposure of
thinking.
71. Hawthorne, C. (2004, January). Patient-centered hospital design takes its cue from the
retail world. Metropolis, 98-99.
Keywords: healthcare facilities, privacy, user needs
Abstract: Designers are approaching a new hospital design in Indiana much like they
would a retail space. Competition is forcing the hospital to be completely consumer- and
patient-centered. Additions of new areas such as therapy spaces and individual waiting
rooms allow patients to temporarily get away from the hospital environment and provide
private areas for small to large families to gather while a loved-one undergoes surgery or
recovers. Improving hospital environments also increases functionality for employees.
Storage and communication alcoves along corridors and nurse workstations for “heads
down” work help communicate an organized, well functioning environment. Designers
must design to anticipate users’ needs.
© February 2006
151
72. Hawthorne, C. (2004, January). Stanford reimagines the college lecture hall. Metropolis,
80-82, 119.
Keywords: educational facility/school, layout, space planning, technology, user needs
Abstract: Designers of a Stanford University classroom building took a new approach to
creating learning spaces. Existing classroom space and student activities were closely
observed to define students’ and instructors’ behaviors. The new, large classrooms have a
“front porch,” which helps alleviate bottle-neck traffic and facilitates student gatherings
before and after class. The new space accommodates students’ “work anywhere”
approach to learning so laptop users can access power and the Internet from almost
anywhere in the building. Individual classrooms are laid out for maximum flexibility for
seating, teaching, and computer use.
73. Haynes, R., Reading, R., & Gale, S. (2003). Household and neighborhood risks for
injury to 5-14 year old children. Social Science and Medicine, 57(4), 625-636.
Keywords: children, codes and building standards, health, community/neighborhood,
quality of life, safety and security, well-being
Abstract: The leading cause of death for children in developed countries is unintentional
injuries. Environmental factors such as poor quality housing and socio-cultural factors
such as family attitudes about child supervision were related to the occurrence of
childhood injuries. Childhood injuries occurred in the home, at school, at play, and in the
street. Some children did not get medical attention for their injuries.
74. Haytko, D., & Baker, J. (2004). It's all at the mall: Exploring adolescent girls'
experiences. Journal of Retailing, 80(1), 67-83.
Keywords: adolescent/teenager, gender, preference/attitude, safety and security,
mall/shopping center, retail, social interaction, space planning
Abstract: Malls are a prominent place for adolescent girls to socialize. A study found
that comfort, safety, retail mix, accessibility, and atmosphere influenced adolescent girls’
experiences of malls. Mall preferences varied among adolescent girls according to school
grade (middle, junior, or high school) and trend consciousness, not age. Adolescent girls
comprise a large portion of visitors to malls, although they tend to make more purchases
when accompanied by a parent.
75. Heil, D., & Mathis, S. (2002). Characterizing free-living light exposure using a wrist-
worn light monitor. Applied Ergonomics, 33(4), 357-363.
Keywords: health, lighting, sensory responses, workplace
Abstract: Exposure to light can influence people’s circadian rhythms. A study found that
workers received most of their exposure to light in the workplace. Workers were exposed
© February 2006
152
to moderate (101 to 500 lux) light levels at work and low (10 to 100 lux) light levels at
home.
76. Herman Miller, Inc. (2001a). Cross performance at work. Retrieved November 29, 2004,
from http://hermanmiller.com
Keywords: anthropometrics, ergonomics, VDT (video display terminal), workplace, user
needs
Abstract: The number of tasks performed by an office worker is increasing and
providing a chair to accommodate many different activities has helped reduce the number
of work related injuries. Since bodies come in all sizes, chairs are being designed in
multiple sizes with intuitive adjustments to fine tune the fit. Chairs also need to move
with the worker, supporting and correcting posture throughout the day in a variety of
body positions. Designers must consider the changing physical size of people; their tasks
and workspaces; and their safety, health, and comfort.
77. Herman Miller, Inc. (2001b). Lighting in the workplace: New priorities. Retrieved
November 29, 2004, from http://hermanmiller.com
Keywords: daylighting, environmental control, lighting, productivity, VDT (video display
terminal), user needs
Abstract: Office lighting effectiveness is subjective and changing. Though many
different light sources combined can result in an environment conducive to office related
tasks, it is often user adjustability that prevents eye and muscle strain. Office lighting
should incorporate daylighting, general lighting, task lighting, and accent lighting and
should be evaluated on a case-by-case situation. Spaces for computer related tasks should
reduce the level of general lighting and supplement with task lighting for activities away
from the VDT. Inappropriate lighting at office workers’ computer workstations can cause
eyestrain. Forty-seven percent of employees felt that eyestrain was the most serious
office health hazard. Lighting is affected by worker health, computers, the aging work
force, legislative trends, energy costs, ecological concerns, and productivity.
78. Herman Miller, Inc. (2002). Making teamwork work: Designing spaces that support
collaborative efforts. Retrieved November 29, 2004, from http://hermanmiller.com
Keywords: collaboration, mobile furniture, space planning, teamwork, workplace
Abstract: Many employers are struggling to implement team work processes into their
businesses. However, many facilities are designed to support individuals and individual
work efforts. Physical space must support collaborative team efforts. Designers are
providing companies with spaces that are flexible and movable so information and ideas
may be passed quickly and efficiently throughout a team. Spaces that accommodate quiet
individual work while providing open areas for teams to congregate to discuss business
© February 2006
153
openly and casually work best for encouraging collaboration within the team. Shared
spaces between teams such as coffee break areas, lounge areas, and restrooms also help
spread ideas from one team to another. Facility design strategies also include assigned
meeting or project space, group scheduled meeting space, collocated teams, shared
special purpose areas, and virtual teams.
79. Herman Miller, Inc. (2003a). It’s here somewhere: The effects of storage methods on job
performance. Retrieved December 3, 2004, from http://hermanmiller.com
Keywords: performance, storage, user needs, workplace
Abstract: Offices in work environments are decreasing in size (about 10% decrease in
five years). In reduced spaces, managing, organizing, and storing paper in a work station
affects job performance. Office workers are termed “filers,” those who put active papers
or projects into storage; or “pilers,” those who create piles of active papers or projects for
visual reference and ease of accessibility. All work environments should allow for three
types of storage: archival, intermediate, and active. Computers have increasingly been a
viable storage solution; many companies have networks in which files can be stored and
accessed easily by many people. Designers can improve storage and work performance
by flexible computer placement, supporting knowledge work, evaluating storage needs,
rethinking collecting strategies, and supporting active storage.
80. Herman Miller, Inc. (2003b). New directions in call center design: Demanding challenges
for a complex workplace. Retrieved November 29, 2004, from
http://hermanmiller.com
Keywords: call center, ergonomics, space planning, technology, workplace
Abstract: Call centers are often the first and only personal contact a company has with
its consumers. Design, ergonomics, and technology are transforming traditionally
unpleasant call centers into powerful showpieces not only for display, but to attract and
retain intelligent workers. Workstation power and data connections are carefully planned
for frequent reconfiguration and expansion. Ergonomics, lighting, and acoustics are also
primary considerations for successful call center design.
81. Herman Miller, Inc. (2003c). The impact of churn: Managing workplace assets.
Retrieved November 29, 2004, from http://hermanmiller.com
Keywords: churn, downsizing, space planning, strategic planning, workplace
Abstract: Churn, or moving employees around within a work environment, is increasing;
forcing business owners and companies to strategically plan for continuous moves,
technology rewiring, and employee down time. Furniture type can greatly influence the
rate and ease of churn by providing easier access to data and power wires, intuitive panel
attachment solutions, and interchangeable parts and pieces. Designers are creating spaces
© February 2006
154
to accommodate many different furniture layouts so companies can easily reconfigure
without adding power or taking down walls, two expensive options when office moves
happen several times a year. Reasons for churn include downsizing, corporate
restructuring, project team formation, and growth.
82. Herman Miller, Inc. (2003d). Three-dimensional branding: Using space as a medium for
the message. Retrieved November 29, 2004, from http://hermanmiller.com
Keywords: brand identity, marketing, workplace
Abstract: Branding has long been an important business strategy for many companies to
set their service or products apart from the competition. Incorporating and carrying a
brand into those work environments that create the services or products is known as
three-dimensional branding. Space, or the place business is conducted, is too costly to not
use it to help create the image or brand. The design of that space can be a method for
visibly showing the brand. This includes visual cues such as architecture and experiences
such as personal contact or physical activity that are consistent with the company’s
mission. Conveying a brand through physical space is often easier than through
traditional marketing strategies as it requires the consumer to take a brief look versus
read, watch, or listen.
83. Herman Miller, Inc. (2003e). Work force diversity: What it means for the office.
Retrieved November 29, 2004, from http://hermanmiller.com
Keywords:, diversity, ergonomics, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E),
generation, personalization, user needs
Abstract: Work environments are becoming more diverse and will continue in this
direction in the future. Increased age, race, gender, and nationality diversity are
influences in how work environments are shaped, designed, and managed. Women
workers will exceed 48% of the workforce by 2050. Workers over 55 years of age will
increase to 20% (from 13%) by 2020; 80% will continue to work past age 65. Hispanic
Americans (increase to 24%), African Americans (increase to 14%), and Asian
Americans (increase to 11%) will have nearly doubled their numbers by 2050.
Differences in body size account for another major factor, and as a result, furniture
manufacturers have started to produce the same furniture in three different sizes. To
support diversity in the work environment, managers are providing more user adjustable
furniture and allowing employees to personalize their workspaces.
84. Herman Miller, Inc. (2004a). A view of the changing campus: How learning
environments can support changes in higher education. Retrieved November 29,
2004, from http://hermanmiller.com
Keywords: educational facility/school, multitasking, technology
© February 2006
155
Abstract: The definition and design of college learning environments is changing
through the use of varied teaching practices, heavy technology use, and group interaction.
Colleges and universities are building new facilities and renovating historical buildings to
attract, retain, and provide the best learning environments possible. Lounge areas, coffee
shops, computer labs, research space, and faculty offices are considered new learning
environments and are supported by the use of mobile and adjustable furniture. These
spaces are equipped with wireless technology to accommodate laptop computers and
changing technological needs. Multiple learning styles, multitasking, student work habits,
and team learning are all issues that must be addressed by designers of today’s college
learning environments.
85. Herman Miller, Inc. (2004b). Third places: The social side of work. Retrieved December
3, 2004, from http://hermanmiller.com
Keywords: collaboration, communication, community/neighborhood, innovation, layout,
social needs and factors, workplace
Abstract: By 2005, 70% of knowledge workers’ time will be spent working
collaboratively. To stay ahead of competition, top business owners and leaders are
realizing social interaction among employees promotes collaboration and innovation in
the workplace, ultimately leading to implementation of new ideas and/or products.
Designers are integrating spaces to foster this type of communication. For example,
circulation space has evolved from simple, straight corridors to meandering paths with
lounge areas, break rooms, and small meeting areas interspersed to increase the
probability of impromptu conversations. This type of space allows for ease of
communication, providing workers with an environment that allows for short, informal
discussions without committing to long meetings.
86. Hertz, J. (2002). Authenticity, colonialism, and the struggle with modernity. Journal of
Architectural Education, 55(4), 220-227.
Keywords: culture/ethnicity, historical renovation/restoration, hotel, meaning and
symbolism, planning and policy
Abstract: Plans to replace Hotel La Concha in San Juan, Puerto Rico, and the political
and cultural controversy surrounding it were evaluated in a case study. The original Hotel
La Concha was designed by a local architect in the 1950s and was a Puerto Rican variant
of the Modern movement. Renovation plans reflect Spanish Revival, a colonial style
imported by American designers. The new design may ignore cultural and historical
traditions and instead reflect the colonial style of foreign conquerors.

© February 2006
156
87. Heslop, P., Smith, G., Metcalfe, C., Macleod, J., & Hart, C. (2002). Change in job
satisfaction, and its association with self-reported stress, cardiovascular risk factors
and mortality. Social Science and Medicine, 54(10), 1589-1599.
Keywords: health, employee recruitment and retention, quality of life, performance,
stress, workplace, well-being
Abstract: In an evaluation of the relationship between job satisfaction, stress, and
cardiovascular disease, people with higher job satisfaction reported lower stress levels.
However, a statistically significant relationship was not found between job satisfaction
and cardiovascular disease. People working in blue-collar jobs reported more job
satisfaction than white-collar workers. Women that were dissatisfied with their jobs had
higher diastolic blood pressure.
88. Hexom, L. (2002, Fall). Forum focus; Government: The link between design and
productivity. Perspective, 60-61.
Keywords: color, health, lighting, materials selection and specification, productivity,
well-being
Abstract: Designers understand how to create a space that supports its users and
ultimately increases their productivity. According to Navy personnel, interior design is
crucial to a well-functioning space. The proper balance of light, color, and materials
provides an environment that is conducive to the health and well-being of the building
occupants.
89. Hexom, L. (2004, Spring). Forum focus; Government. Perspective, 60.

Keywords: daylighting, government facilities, green/sustainable design, LEEDTM, safety
and security, workplace
Abstract: Major issues being addressed by government designers include green design
and Anti-Terrorist Force Protection criteria versus daylighting as a sustainable design
component, changing technology, and workplace mobility. Staff reduction is challenging
the profession as many government projects continue to be outsourced, influencing the
need for experienced government designers to educate less experienced designers
entering this specialization. Currently green design, through LEEDTM certification, is
mandated for all federal buildings (Executive Order 13123).
90. Higgins, A. (2002, September 12). Putting the outside in; in Tidewater Virginia, a
Georgetown couple creates a house around a garden. The Washington Post.
Retrieved July 30, 2004, from http://www.washingtonpost.com
Keywords: energy, green/sustainable design, landscape design, residential, space
planning
© February 2006
157
Abstract: In Tidewater, Virginia, a couple decided to create an environmentally
sustainable home that contains a central landscaped area enclosed with argon-filled glass
panels. The design includes a central atrium space that houses a garden, solar panels, and
a geothermal heating and cooling system that uses the atrium to trap the sun’s heat for
winter warmth. Many of the rooms are open to the atrium, such as the kitchen. The initial
price of the home was higher than that of traditional homes, but the energy surplus
generated from the home could help balance those higher initial costs.
91. Higgins, L., Anand, S., Holmes, D., Hall, M., & Underly, K. (2003). Effects of various
home laundering practices on the dimensional stability, wrinkling, and other
properties of plain woven cotton fabrics. Textile Research Journal, 73(4), 357-366.
Keywords: textile selection, specifications, and performance
Abstract: An experiment that tested woven cotton fabric’s stability after washing with
detergent found that shrinkage of the fabric increased with each laundry cycle. Wrinkle
resistant finishes worked during the first few washes but became less effective after more
laundering cycles. Detergent decreased fabric mass and slightly increased shrinkage in
woven cottons.
92. Hitchins, J., Morawska, D., Gilbert, D., & Jamriska, M. (2002). Dispersion of particles
from vehicle emission around high- and low-rise buildings. Indoor Air, 12(1), 64-71.
Keywords: environmental health, health, indoor air quality (IAQ), mechanical systems
Abstract: An experiment found that the location of air intakes and filters determine
indoor air quality in high-rise buildings. For low-rise buildings, pollution concentration
levels were the same in different locations around the exterior of the building. Pollution
levels were significantly lower at the top of a high-rise building compared to the lower
levels of the exterior.
93. Hockenberry, J. (2004, December). Design is universal. Metropolis, 126-131, 157, 159,
161.
Keywords: accessibility, kitchen, safety and security, universal design
Abstract: A designer’s innovative use of space, storage, and appliances transformed a
kitchen for a wheelchair user from virtually unusable space to one of ease and comfort
for everyday living. Splitting the kitchen into two major zones, cooking and cleaning,
helps accommodate more than one person working in the kitchen. Mobile storage units
that tuck under work surfaces during non-use allow easy and full access to counter top
surfaces, making meal preparation simple and safe.

© February 2006
158
94. Hodgson, A., Beal, D., & McIlvaine, J. (2002). Sources of formaldehyde, other
aldehydes and terpenes in a new manufactured house. Indoor Air, 12(4), 235-242.
Keywords: building materials, finishes, and systems, environmental health, fixtures
selection, specifications, and performance, flooring, health effects
Abstract: Manufactured homes are becoming increasingly common, yet the materials
used for construction of this type of housing are known sources of volatile organic
compounds (VOCs). An experiment found that plywood sub floors, uncoated
particleboard in cabinet cases and doors, and exposed particleboard on the undersides of
countertops were the major VOC sources.
95. Holusha, J. (2003, December 21). A tower designed to be environmentally friendly. The
New York Times. Retrieved August 20, 2004, from http://www.newyorktimes.com
Keywords: energy, green/sustainable design, LEEDTM, recycled materials, volatile
organic compounds (VOC)
Abstract: The Hearst Corporation Manhattan headquarters is being designed to achieve
LEED certification. With a 42-story stainless steel and glass tower, the building will
follow LEED standards for both the interior and exterior of the building. Senior facilities
management comments that no volatile organic compounds (VOC) will be given off.
Eighty-five percent of the material from the 1928 original headquarters has been
recycled. Other interior features that will reduce consumption include light and motion
sensors and use of recycled materials.
96. Hosey, L. (2001). Hidden lines: Gender, race and the body in graphic standards.
Journal of Architectural Education, 55(2), 101-112.
Keywords: concept sketches/drawings, drawing/drafting
Abstract: Architectural Graphic Standards uses average or normal, typically white and
male, human figure dimensions. Traditional depictions of the human figure may be
culturally biased and discriminatory. Drawings that include human figures should depict
a variety of body forms that reflect diversity in sex, race, age, nationality, occupation, and
socioeconomic conditions.
97. Houser, K., Tiller, D., Becker, C., & Mistrick, R. (2002). The subjective response to
linear fluorescent direct/indirect lighting systems. Lighting Research and
Technology, 34(3), 243-263.
Keywords: lighting, fixtures selection, specifications, and performance, performance,
preference/attitude, sensory responses
Abstract: Researchers found that indirect, pendant-mounted, fluorescent lighting made a
room feel larger and decreased shadows. Uplights were associated with indirect lighting,
© February 2006
159
and downlights were associated with direct lighting. Changes in lighting levels were
more apparent when the uplight/ceiling luminance component decreased.
98. Hsieh, Y., & Kline, S. (2003). The effects of music on room attendants' work
performance – An exploratory study. International Journal of Hospitality and
Tourism Administration, 4(3), 81-92.
Keywords: employee recruitment and retention, hotel, music, performance
Abstract: Many hotels have policies that prohibit housekeeping staff from listening to
music while working. In a study, Taiwanese hotel housekeeping staff enjoyed listening to
music while working, though it did not impact productivity. Housekeeping staff are often
under demanding time constraints and must balance many tasks at one time.
99. Hutton, A. (2002). The private adolescent: Privacy needs of adolescents in hospitals.
Journal of Pediatric Nursing, 17(1), 67-72.
Keywords: adolescent/teenager, healthcare facilities, patient satisfaction, privacy,
programming, social interaction, space planning, stress
Abstract: Patient input is very important, but often overlooked during the programming
of hospital space. Adolescents staying in adult hospital wards felt restricted by the norms
and policies of the ward. The stress and discomfort of adolescents staying in hospitals can
be reduced by providing patients with adequate privacy, including providing each
adolescent patient with a telephone, private restroom, and individual private space.
Adolescents need to stay in contact with their peers during hospital stays.
100. Hyllegard, K., Ogle, J., & Dunbar, B. (2003). Sustainability and historic
preservation in retail design: Integrating design into a model of the REI Denver
decision-making process. Journal of Interior Design, 29(1&2), 32-49.
Keywords: building materials, finishes, and systems, fixtures selection, specifications,
and performance, green/sustainable design, historical renovation/restoration, retail
Abstract: Sustainable design and historic preservation were integrated in the renovation
of a historic property for a new REI store in Colorado. Features such as underground
parking, displays of the historic building’s artifacts, reuse of materials recovered from
abandoned sites, abundant daylighting, and new materials with low environmental impact
increased the sustainability of the store.
101. Jackson, R. (2004). Prognosis poor: Surgery stat! In Proceedings of EnvironDesign

8. Minneapolis, MN.
Keywords: layout, psychological needs/responses, user needs, workplace

© February 2006
160
Abstract: Designers can create environments that aid in reducing major chronic health
concerns facing America’s society today, especially those affiliated with aging such as
depression, diabetes, obesity, osteoporosis, and depression. Two key treatments for these
health issues with low side effects and low costs are exercise and social engagement.
Stairways can be designed to be attractive to building inhabitants encouraging more
people to use stairs rather than elevators. Climbing 10 flights of stairs per day can burn
1.5 lbs. per year and protect the body against osteoporosis. More areas for social contact
can help reduce depression through more frequent social and professional engagement.
Walking areas in the home, office buildings, and neighborhoods promote regular exercise
opportunities outside of the gym.
102. James, K. (2001). "I just gotta have my own space!": The bedroom as a leisure site
for adolescent girls. Journal of Leisure Research, 33(1), 71.
Keywords: adolescent/teenager, environmental control, gender, privacy, residential,
space planning
Abstract: Environments such as bedrooms should promote well being and healthy
development for adolescent girls. In a study, adolescent girls used their bedrooms for
many purposes including relaxation, recreation, and as a retreat where they could have
privacy, safety, and control. Bedrooms were used for physical activity, such as dancing,
spending leisure time, and displaying emotions. Adolescent girls often used their
bedrooms for retreat because they could not leave their home for recreation.
103. Jamirska, M., Morawska, L., & Ensor, D. (2003). Control strategies for sub-
micrometer particles indoors: Model study of air filtration and ventilation. Indoor
Air, 13(2), 96-105.
Keywords: environmental health, health effects, mechanical systems, office, sensory
responses
Abstract: Indoor air pollution is largely the result of polluted outdoor air coming inside.
A mathematical model simulated indoor air quality in response to various ventilation and
filtration systems. The supply air filter had an efficiency of 90% and was best for
reducing fine-particle pollution concentrations indoors. Indoor air pollution can be
decreased by reducing the intake of outdoor air, monitoring outdoor air pollution, and
installing an appropriate ventilation system.
104. Jay, P. (2002). Review: Subjective criteria for lighting design. Lighting Research and
Technology, 34(2), 87-99.
Keywords: aesthetics, function/performance, lighting, preference/attitude
Abstract: Lighting design is often based on function criteria, yet aesthetic aspects of
lighting are important. Lighting order and coherence are important aspects of lighting
© February 2006
161
design. When considered in tandem, aesthetic and functional aspects of lighting can
create functional yet pleasing environments.
105. Johnson, C. (2002, March). The economics of good design. Interiors & Sources, 108-
109.
Keywords: aesthetics, cost, social needs and factors
Abstract: American design has evolved and now reflects “good design” for all social
levels. The market discovered the power of good design and has realized that its
development is not any more costly than poor design. Good design is economically
advantageous in many situations and is expected and respected by the American public.
106. Kahana, E., Lovegreen, L., Kahana, R., & Kahana, M. (2003). Person, environment,
and person-environment fit as influences on residential satisfaction of elders.
Environment and Behavior, 35(3), 434-453.
Keywords: housing, preference/attitude, quality of life, residential, senior/elderly, well-
being
Abstract: Residential satisfaction of the elderly is predicted by characteristics of the
person, environment, and the person-environment fit. Environmental characteristics
include physical amenities, aesthetics, safety, and level of interaction. Personal
characteristics include age, gender, race, education, and personality.
107. Kalb, C. (2000, January 31). Coping with the darkness. Newsweek. Retrieved
January 18, 2005, from http://www.newsweek.com
Keywords: assisted living, dementia/Alzheimer’s disease, residential
Abstract: Many new assisted-living facilities are changing their designed environments
in hopes of better serving their patients. Alzheimer’s units are incorporating arboretums,
domesticated pets, and circular paths to facilitate wandering. These features create
homier settings and provide support to those with the disease. Many facilities have
kitchens and laundry rooms so residents can complete tasks that make them feel
accomplished and dignified. Well designed lighting that removes shadows and reduces
the ‘sundowning’ effect (patients become agitated when the sun goes down) is one
component researchers have found to be helpful. Caregivers do not try to redirect the
patient to the current reality, which can cause frustration for the patient, but be more
understanding and accepting of the patient’s version of reality. These designed
environments are giving the longer-lived Alzheimer’s patients a better quality life.

© February 2006
162
108. Kaup, M. (2003). Reshaping behaviors in nursing homes by reshaping nursing home
architecture: A case study in the investigation of change. In Proceedings of EDRA
34. Minneapolis, MN.
Keywords: healthcare facilities, human behavior, privacy, psychological
needs/responses, space planning
Abstract: Care facilities built in the last half-century commonly focused on meeting code
requirements with little attention given to the feeling of the environment. A case study
conducted in the Midwest compared behavior of residents in a nursing facility and their
families before and after a remodel was completed. The belief that environments not only
define situations but also help people behave appropriately for those situations was the
premise for the study. In analyzing the hierarchy of space, privacy became a major focus.
Behaviors were noticeably different once the entrances to each resident’s room were
redesigned as home entrances with a door and door bell. An increase in social visits was
observed as a result of a more ‘home-like’ environment with the ability to control who
would be involved in interactions by separating groups between the public and private
rooms. Semi-public spaces were re-designed to be smaller to resemble a more familiar
household scale and to give a more comfortable feeling to residents, which increased
participation in activities held in these areas. Individual rooms were altered to allow
access to sleeping and bathing through a transitional corridor not used by the public, thus
maintaining a sense of dignity otherwise lost when using a public corridor while dressed
for sleeping or bathing. Designing for privacy enhanced social behavior and the daily
experience.
109. Kee, D., & Karwowski, W. (2003). Ranking systems for evaluation of joint and joint
motion stressfulness based on perceived discomforts. Applied Ergonomics, 34(2),
167-176.
Keywords: anthropometrics, ergonomics, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E),
health effects, programming, workstation design
Abstract: The perceived discomfort from joint motion was measured in an experiment to
create a ranking system for joint pain. Increased discomfort resulted from movement out
of neutral joint positions. Ranked from most to least discomfort were the hip, lower back,
ankle, shoulder and wrist, knee and neck, and elbow. Proper design of workspaces can
help reduce discomfort associated with joint pain.
110. Keegan, G. (2003, May). A variety of green. ASID ICON, 5, 25-27.

Keywords: energy, green/sustainable design, operating costs, recycled materials, water
conservation
Abstract: Green building practices can be applied to all building types. For example, a
college residential and learning facility plans to reduce energy and water consumption by
© February 2006
163
75% under the national average and engages each resident in an aggressive recycling
program. Another project reduces wood and concrete use in residential construction.
High-rise buildings can reduce energy consumption by utilizing some of its own energy
through the use of photovoltaics. Designers are specifying sustainable materials,
designing spaces to integrate daylighting, and collaborate with other design professional
in their practice of green design.
111. Keeler, M. (2004). Sustainability measures for long term occupant health. In
Proceedings of EnvironDesign 8. Minneapolis, MN.
Keywords: furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E), finishes, health, indoor air
quality (IAQ), performance, workplace
Abstract: Designers may affect indoor air quality by selecting proper building materials
as well as office furniture. Modular office systems, seating, plastic laminates, and wood
veneers are tested for carcinogens, reproductive toxins, and chemicals with chronic
reference exposure levels. VOCs given off by acoustical ceilings, carpet tile, and stone
flooring may have adverse affects on the IAQ as well. Good IAQ relates to increased
productivity and fewer health related issues for employees.
112. Ketcham, C., Seidler, R., Van Gemmert, A., & Stelmach, G. (2002). Age-related
kinematic differences as influenced by task difficulty, target size, and movement
amplitude. Journal of Gerontology: Psychological Sciences, 57B(1), P54-P64.
Keywords: accessibility, healthcare facilities, nursing home, senior/elderly
Abstract: An experiment evaluated the motor skills of aging adults. Aging adults use
shorter, jerky movements to complete tasks. The reasons for this are not understood.
Older adults are, however, accurate in their movements.
113. Ketteler, J. (2004, Spring). Taking control. Perspective, 38-42.

Keywords: collaboration, design team, heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems
HVAC), indoor air quality (IAQ), mechanical systems
Abstract: Interior designers must be involved early in the project process, working with
engineers, architects, and contractors to integrate HVAC systems into the overall design
solution. Raised floor technology is becoming increasingly popular because it can be
aesthetically pleasing, environmentally friendly, and functional. When used properly,
HVAC systems keep indoor air healthy. Designers must use the ASHRAE standards to
design for proper humidity level, ventilation, and overall air quality. Designers who are
involved in the mechanical processes of the building project are finding creative ways of
incorporating supply and exhaust paths that are attractive and functional.

© February 2006
164
114. Killeen, J., Evans, G., & Danko, S. (2003). The role of permanent student artwork in
students' sense of ownership in an elementary school. Environment and Behavior,
35(2), 250-263.
Keywords: child development and learning, design process, educational facility/school,
personalization, programming
Abstract: Children’s involvement in the learning process is a widespread concern. A
study found that the presence of permanent student artwork in schools increased student
ownership of the learning process. When students were involved in the design of the
school, they felt a sense of ownership that may enhance the learning process and increase
children’s academic success.
115. Kunkle, F. (2002, October 10). Arlington’s ‘green’ revolution; With rewards for
developers, county promoting building with environment in mind. The Washington
Post. Retrieved July 20, 2004, from http://www.washingtonpost.com
Keywords: conservation, energy, green/sustainable design, indoor air quality (IAQ),
recycled materials
Abstract: The Pentagon’s new Metro entrance, Aurora Hills Fire Station No. 5, the
Langston-Brown Community Center and School, the Walter Reed Center, and the
headquarters of the Navy League of the United States are the first set of buildings in
Arlington County expected to meet the USGBC green design building standards. The
buildings will incorporate the use of natural light, captured rainwater from the roof, and
locally grown/manufactured or low toxic recycled synthetic materials to reduce material
consumption and reduce energy use. If classified as green, buildings qualify to receive
“bonus-density,” which for the Navy League of the United States is almost half an extra
floor and about $350,000 in lease revenue a year. To be classified as green, a
combination of buildings must meet design, location, and construction specifications
described in the LEEDTM rating system.
116. Lankford, M., Zembower, T., Trick, W., Hacek, D., Noskin, G., & Peterson, L.
(2003). Influence of role models and hospital design on hand hygiene of health care
workers. Emerging Infectious Diseases, 9(2), 217-223.
Keywords: caregiver, fixtures selection, specifications, and performance, health, safety,
and welfare, healthcare facilities, programming
Abstract: A study investigated healthcare workers’ hand-washing practices and the
effects of role models’ behaviors. Increased access to sinks did not increase hand-
washing frequency. Negative (not hand washing) behaviors of senior staff (role models)
influenced other staff negatively, resulting in less hand washing. Timesaving methods of
hand washing, such as alcohol-based solution stations, may improve compliance rates.

© February 2006
165
117. Lawler III, E., & Finegold, D. (2000). Individualizing the organization: Past, present
and future. Organizational Dynamics, 29(1), 1-15.
Keywords: corporate culture, function/performance, office, performance, productivity,
space planning, user needs
Abstract: Businesses are increasingly trying to meet the diverse and varied needs of
employees. Individualized workstations and job design; on-site facilities for daycare,
fitness, and education; flexible work areas for multiple users; and non-traditional
employment contracts are among the ways businesses are changing to meet these diverse
needs.
118. Lawton, C., & Kallai, J. (2002). Gender differences in wayfinding strategies and
anxiety about wayfinding: A cross-cultural comparison. Sex Roles, 47(9&10), 389-
401.
Keywords: adolescent/teenager, cognition/perception, gender, safety and security,
wayfinding/signage
Abstract: The wayfinding strategies of young adults in the United States and Hungary
were investigated. Women preferred to use landmarks and men preferred to use cardinal
directions for wayfinding. Landmarks and other route-based aids were preferred for
wayfinding by women experiencing wayfinding anxiety. American women reported more
wayfinding anxiety than Hungarian women, and women overall reported more anxiety
than men. Men reported a greater sense of safety than women in the built environment.
119. Leland, J. (2002, April 18). Designers turn down the volume. The New York Times.
Retrieved on August 20, 2004, from http://www.newyorktimes.com
Keywords: relaxation, residential
Abstract: Large, spacious houses are moving toward the idea of a home as a “sanctuary
or retreat.” Many designers feel that people are searching for less in electronics and
plasma televisions and more in soft colors and comfortable spaces. The emphasis is on
clients’ needs and wants.
120. Lewis, R. (2001, April 21). The incredible lightness of using glass in buildings. The
Washington Post. Retrieved July 30, 2004, from http://www.washingtonpost.com
Keywords: aesthetics, materials selection and specification, safety and security
Abstract: The use of glass in commercial buildings has become popular for aesthetic and
practical purposes. Glass layers can be laminated together for additional strength and
security. It can also be etched, sandblasted, or fritted to provide patterns, shading, or
opacity. Glass is useful in design for its strength, density, transparency, and gossamer
qualities. It can be used in structures that require bullet-proof glass for protection/security
© February 2006
166
features such as in courthouses and federal buildings. Glass can provide these practical
features and still be aesthetically pleasing, unlike many other structures such as
barricades, barbed wire, and others. In addition, glass is best used for its environmentally-
friendly purposes, such as making buildings more efficient and using less of nature’s
scarce resources.
121. Lewis, R. (2001, December 15). Many architects are baffled by the problems of
acoustic design. The Washington Post. Retrieved August 9, 2004, from
Keywords: acoustics
Abstract: The acoustics of an interior should follow three basic acoustic objectives. First
is sound transmission between spaces. For example, some spaces must not have noise
coming from other spaces or traveling between spaces, such as in an opera house. Second
is reverberation quality within a space. Some spaces need to be quiet, hushed, and
acoustically muffled, while others need to be “acoustically ‘live’ and ‘reverberant,’” (p.
H.03). Third, is sound enhancement; certain sounds must be magnified and clarified so
they can be heard by all areas in the building. Interior materials have acoustic properties
that help meet these objectives. Both architects and interior designs make these decisions.
122. Lewis, R. (2002, January 26). Architects leave open the door to natural lighting as
an essential design element. The Washington Post. Retrieved August 9, 2004, from
Keywords: daylighting, energy, health, lighting, physiology, psychological
needs/responses
Abstract: Lighting is an element in design that can be used for ambiance, protection, and
energy. Since daylight affects humans both psychologically and physiologically, some
countries such as Germany require that workplaces have minimum daylight standards,
which promote good mental health and productivity. In the interior, workstations must be
within a few meters of a visible window. Designers consider daylighting in terms of
shade and shadow, material degradation, and human health. Management of natural light
and lighting systems is also considered.
123. Li, D., & Lam, J. (2003). An investigation of daylighting performance and energy
saving in a daylit corridor. Energy and Buildings, 35(4), 365-373.
Keywords: daylighting, electrical systems, energy, lighting
Abstract: Daylighting can be used to diminish electric lighting energy consumption and
provide the best light for interiors. Daylight controls linked to low-illuminance fixtures
(especially top-up daylight controls) saved energy by regulating the light according to

© February 2006
167
daylighting levels. The greatest cost savings due to daylighting were achieved between
11 a.m. and 5 p.m.
124. Libby, B. (2003, March). Light fantastic. Metropolis, 100-105, 134.

Keywords: daylighting, lighting, educational facility/school, green/sustainable design
Abstract: Incorporating daylighting into three Oregon schools has had a dramatic effect
on student performance, attention spans, and the need for disciplinary actions. Each
classroom is filled with natural light, and corridors and public spaces are almost entirely
lit without electricity. The use of daylighting has cut the operating expenses by 51%
through use of natural site resources for heating and cooling systems as well as irrigation
for sports fields. Designers used sustainable design principles to achieve a low-cost,
quality school solution.
125. Lipner, J. (2004). Making a hospital “green”. ASID ICON, 6, 20-22, 24.
Keywords: durability, green/sustainable design, healthcare facilities, indoor air quality
(IAQ), LEEDTM, volatile organic compounds (VOC)
Abstract: The Boulder Community Foothills Hospital is the nation’s first LEED-certified
hospital. Designers on the project researched every material going into the building to
choose the safest, most durable products with the most environmental benefits. To help
offset the use of some non-sustainable materials such as wallcoverings, they were
installed with low-emitting products and adhesives. Transparency of sustainable design
criteria was important in the planning and design process. The design team now uses
LEED criteria on all other projects.
126. Liu, H., Tandon, S., & Wood, E. (2002). Probability fracture mechanics of wear in
wool carpet. Textile Research Journal, 72(11), 954-958.
Keywords: carpeting/textiles, flooring, performance, research and analysis,
specifications
Abstract: Accurate wear prediction is an important concern for carpet manufacturers and
consumers. An experiment found that the wear of wool carpeting could be predicted
accurately using a modified version of Carnaby’s (1980) mathematical model. Broken-off
segments of carpet are removed during vacuuming and other carpet wear.
127. Livingston, H. (2004, April). Design matters in health-care facilities [Electronic

version]. AIArchitect, 1-3.
Keywords: evidence-based design, healthcare facilities, patient satisfaction, Pebble
Project

© February 2006
168
Abstract: The Center for Health Design (CHD) has developed the Pebble Project, a
research initiative to gather and analyze data from evidence-based design in healthcare
environments. Hospitals taking part in the Pebble Project have reported impressive
figures—reduced patient falls, higher patient satisfaction, lower nurse turn-over rates, and
lower in-hospital infections. Design criteria contribute to increased user satisfaction,
reduction of nursing turnover, and market share. These results will be compiled in a
congressional briefing, which will be used to market to major healthcare players and help
change current legislation.
128. Long, D. (2000, December). Ethics and the design professions. NCIDQ Continuing
Education Monograph Series.
Keywords: code of ethics, communication, design process, professional practice
Abstract: Designers are faced with many difficult ethical decisions, ranging in scale
from minimal impact to affecting hundreds or even thousands of people. Decision-
making processes vary greatly, and several models and philosophies have been developed
to help individuals work though ethical evaluation and consideration. There are rarely
right or wrong solutions in ethical dilemmas and each possible decision must be carefully
weighed to determine impact, legal consequences, and long-term effect. Professional
organizations and many design firms have their own code of ethics that can be referenced
when difficult decisions need to be made.
129. Lopez, A. (2003, Winter). Forum focus: Health care. Perspective, 52-53.
Keywords: aesthetics, durability, healthcare facilities, health effects, health, safety, and
welfare, maintenance, performance, safety and security, materials selection and
specification
Abstract: A study by the Vinyl Institute investigated interior designers’ selection and
specification of vinyl materials for healthcare facilities. Designers select vinyl flooring
for healthcare facilities primarily because of its appearance, durability, and ease of
maintenance. Other important factors were cost, infection control, safety, and life cycle
cost.
130. Marberry, S. (2002, March). A ripple turns into a wave. Interiors & Sources, 114-
115.
Keywords: healthcare facilities, Pebble Project, performance, satisfaction
Abstract: The Pebble Project documented examples of how healthcare facility design
has positively impacted healthcare quality and financial performance. Results indicated
that patients fell less (75%), were transferred less, and were more satisfied with their
experience. The study also found that costs per case lowered and pain medication

© February 2006
169
requirements decreased. Nursing staff attrition also decreased. The data showed
quantitatively that interior design can significantly impact quality of healthcare.
131. Martin, P. ( 2002). Sensations, bodies, and the "sprit of a place": Aesthetics in
residential organizations for the elderly. Human Relations, 55(7), 861-885.
Keywords: aesthetics, assisted living, psychological needs/responses, quality of life,
senior/elderly, well-being
Abstract: The aesthetic qualities of the environment of old people’s homes were
determined by beauty and appearance, as well as by smells, sounds, and touch. Old
people’s homes are living spaces for the residents, as well as workplaces for caretakers.
The action and attitudes of the caretakers affected the residents’ sense of independence,
dignity, and control.
132. Mazumdar, S., & Geis, G. (2002). Accessible buildings, architects, and the ADA law:
The MCI Center Sports Arena case. Journal of Architectural and Planning Research,
19(3), 195-217.
Keywords: accessibility, Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), arena, programming,
schematic design
Abstract: The Americans with Disability Act (ADA) regulations are designed to prevent
discrimination and provide equal opportunity for people with disabilities, and often
require give and take to accommodate the most people. The MCI Center Sports Arena
court case, related to ADA mediation, set a precedent for the arrangement, percentage of
seats, and legal liability for architects. People with disabilities must have access to
seating comparable in price, location, and lines of sight as compared to seating for people
without disabilities.
133. McCarthy, M. (2004). Healthy design. The Lancet, 364(9432), 405-406.

Keywords: evidence-based design, healthcare facilities, performance, well-being
Abstract: Evidence-based design can help nurses work more efficiently and provide a
more satisfying work environment. Single-patient rooms that are able to handle severe
illnesses can reduce the spread of infection between roommates and reduce costs
associated with patient transfers. Patients are also more likely to get uninterrupted sleep,
contributing to a faster recovery. De-centralized nursing stations allow nurses to spend
more time at bedsides, reducing the transit time between patient and nursing station.
Distractions such as gardens, artwork on the walls, and windows with natural views can
improve patient well-being. These design changes can increase building costs by 5%,
which can be recouped in savings during a hospital’s first year of operation.

© February 2006
170
134. Meill, A. (2004, May 10). Work design collaborative. Officeinsight, 8-10.
Keywords: employee recruitment and retention, ergonomics, home office, office,
technology, telecommuting, workplace
Abstract: Changes in the workforce such as the imminent retirement of baby-boomers,
smaller collaborative teams, and increased employee diversity will lead to changes in the
way workstations and entire offices are designed. Spaces with fewer cubicles, smaller
conference rooms, and a greater number of group meeting facilities are being considered.
Interior designers are integral to enabling smooth transitions as companies adjust to a
shift in employee demographics, decentralized work environments, an increase in home
office telecommuters, and globalization.
135. Mendler, S. (2002, Winter).LEED™: A roadmap for added value. Perspective, 42-
49.
Keywords: codes and building standards, comfort, green/sustainable design, energy,
LEED™, quality of life, well-being
Abstract: The Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED)TM Green
Building Rating System has had an impact on the interior design profession. Over half of
the LEED system is related to improved comfort, quality of life, and economic benefits.
The LEED rating system is important because it provides measurable standards that a
project can be judged against; and it promotes multidisciplinary collaboration for a
common goal and addresses human, social, and environmental needs. An example of a
successful LEED project is at Research Triangle Park, NC, where over a million dollars
in government money is saved each year because of increased energy efficiency.
136. Mentrup, L. (2003, Summer). Urban tech. Perspective, 10-14.

Keywords: comfort, electrical systems, lighting, productivity, sense of place, space
planning, technology, user needs
Abstract: Technology is advancing; designers incorporate technology within a space to
increase flexibility for the users. Spaces that allow the users to have control over their
surroundings encourage their sense of place and increase overall comfort and
productivity. Designing to accommodate technology requires an in-depth knowledge of
space planning, appropriate lighting, and electrical requirements.
137. Meyers, A., Anderson, J., Miller, D., Shipp, K., & Hoenig, H. (2002). Barriers,
facilitators, and access for wheelchair users: Substantive and methodological lessons
from a pilot study of environmental effects. Social Science and Medicine, 55(8),
1435-1446.
Keywords: accessibility, barrier free, quality of life, special populations, well-being
© February 2006
171
Abstract: A longitudinal study evaluated the experiences of wheelchair users in a variety
of settings. Wheelchair users had the hardest time accessing drugstores, friends’ or
relatives’ houses, restaurants, recreational facilities, and workplaces. Factors inhibiting
accessibility included ramps that were too steep, weather, door pressure, lack of curbs,
inaccessible bathrooms, no parking, obstructed travel, and narrow aisles. Wheelchair
users who had lived with their impairment longer were better able to overcome obstacles.
138. Moore, T., Carter, D., & Slater, A. (2003). Long-term patterns of use of occupant
controlled office lighting. Lighting Research and Technology, 35(1), 43-59.
Keywords: electrical systems, energy, environmental control, fixtures selection,
specifications, and performance, lighting, office, preference/attitude
Abstract: A study of the efficacy of occupant-controlled office lighting found that this
type of lighting could save significant amounts of energy (up to 46%). People often chose
light levels below recommended levels. Occupant-controlled lighting that includes
individual lamps for each user can better respond to diverse preferences for illuminance
levels.
139. Moos, G. (2002, January). Running the numbers. ASID ICON, 4, 32-35.
Keywords: baby boomers, culture/ethnicity, generation, healthcare facilities, US Census
Abstract: According to the 2000 US Census, the nation’s older and younger populations
are growing, and overall the country is becoming more diverse. As a result, baby
boomers may begin moving to smaller, nicer homes, and healthcare facilities aimed at
preventative medicine and wellness may be in more demand. The baby boomer’s
children, who entered college in record numbers, expect their collegiate living
environments to be bigger and nicer than what their parents had. Minorities are expected
to be one of the biggest growing groups in the first decade of the 21st-century. Housing
for these groups, which increasingly includes Hispanics, must respond to their cultural
needs and values such as multi-generational housing.
140. Mosher, D. (2004a, July). Bright lights, big city. Contract.

Keywords: decorative elements, design concept
Abstract: The unique international glamour of Stockholm’s The Hotel Restaurant (or
Hotellet) led to its success as Stockholm’s Bar of the Year 2004. The owner believed that
the interior design of the restaurant/bar, which blends the format and design of a
European hotel lobby with a bar, is of equal importance to the food and service. Interior
materials such as wood, wallpaper, mirrors, transparent steel curtains, and screened glass
created an environment inspired by Scandinavian, minimalist design.

© February 2006
172
141. Mosher, D. (2004b, July). How to specify systems furniture. Contract, 68, 70-73.
Keywords: acoustics, corporate culture, ergonomics, office, privacy, productivity, space
planning, technology, workplace, user needs
Abstract: Designers specify office systems furniture based on the client’s current and
long-term needs, the system’s ability to be adaptable to the company’s changing needs,
and the personal needs of workers for privacy and sense of personal space. Other
considerations include price, quality, technology, ergonomics, storage, flexibility for
reconfiguration, and ability to be retrofitted. In times when companies are merging and
acquisitions are commonplace, designers can specify systems furniture that allows a
company to undergo a smooth transition.
142. Moussatche, H., & Languel, J. (2002). Life cycle costing of interior materials for
Florida's schools. Journal of Interior Design, 28(2), 37-49.
Keywords: budgeting, building materials, finishes, and systems, educational
facility/school, green/sustainable design, life cycle analysis/costs
Abstract: Sustainable buildings must use materials and furnishings with low life-cycle
costs, however current life cycle assessment tools do not adequately consider
maintenance, custodial, repair, and replacement costs. A study found a correlation
between low initial cost materials and higher life cycle costs. The Service Life Cycle
Cost (SLCC) method includes the building service life, inflation rate, discount factor,
operations and maintenance costs, capital cost, system service life, and salvage value to
estimate the life cycle costs of materials and furnishings. The biggest life cycle costs
savings for a building can be achieved with interior materials.
143. Murphy, S., Buckle, P., & Stubbs, D. (2004). Classroom posture and self-reported
back and neck pain in schoolchildren. Applied Ergonomics, 35(2), 113-120.
Keywords: anthropometrics, children, educational facility/school, ergonomics,
furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E), health effects
Abstract: Classroom furniture is not always appropriately sized for the majority of
students, frequently resulting in poor posture. Students reported back pain when they had
to sit in place for more than an hour. Upper back and neck pain resulted when students
didn’t move frequently, and neck pain was common in taller students.
144. Nayar, J. (2004, July). Chain reaction. Contract, 46-49.

Keywords: corporate culture, office, hospitality/restaurants,
Abstract: The restaurant franchise Houlihans Inc. redesigned its corporate headquarters
into a low-cost interior environment that reflects the company’s core competencies and
its focus on food service. In the new corporate headquarters is a commercial kitchen, and
© February 2006
173
walls were removed to recreate an open space. Actual restaurant items such as tables
were used as wall focal points to reflect the business. Informal meeting areas are similar
to conference areas seen in actual Houlihans restaurants and help to emphasize the
business relationship.
145. Neal, J. (2003, September 28). Escape to the city; A stylish pied-terre above a
Georgetown mansion offers a luxurious welcome to the owner’s visiting children
and grandchildren. The Washington Post. Retrieved August 11, 2004, from
Keywords: children, privacy, residential, safety and security
Abstract: A large-scale residential interior was redesigned to accommodate a diverse age
range of users from children to their parents and grandparents. Several apartments were
redesigned to reflect the children’s activities, their safety, interaction, and privacy.
146. Nettleton, L., Sota, E., & Fitzgerald, S. (2004). Reuse of materials in a historic
building. In Proceedings of EnvironDesign 8. Minneapolis, MN.
Keywords: Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), ergonomics, environmental health,
finishes, historical renovation/restoration, lighting, safety and security
Abstract: The renovation of the Felician Sisters’ community required efficient re-use of
old materials blended with new to meet a very tight budget. In the process of restoring
windows, doors, cabinetry and furniture, new was blended with old; and the character of
a familiar home was salvaged. American With Disabilities Act (ADA) compliance was
considered for the aging group making life at home safer and more comfortable. Building
codes were met, and the floor plan was revised to bring bathrooms closer to bedrooms.
Hardware and handles were updated on doors and cabinetry to meet ADA requirements
and provide more security. Low emission materials were used wherever new materials
and finishes were required. Psychologically, the sisters felt comfortable and connected to
their familiar surroundings, and a historic building and many of its interior features were
redesigned for long-term use.
147. North, L. (2003, Fall). Designing for the future. Dimensions, 16-17.
Keywords: green/sustainable design, LEEDTM, USGBC (United States Green Building
Council)
Abstract: Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building
Rating System is currently being used in Canada. The LEED system, created by the
United States Green Building Council (USGBC), is used to aid in design and construction
and assesses the total environmental impact of a building and its construction. Interior
designers are taking a lead in green building design by obtaining certification, evaluating

© February 2006
174
materials for their sustainable impact, and serving as interior environmental consultants
to clients and other design professionals.
148. Nugent, B. (2002, March). Issues of our times. Interiors & Sources, 106-107.
Keywords: commercial design, health, safety, and welfare, research and analysis,
residential, well-being
Abstract: The interior design profession is beginning to change from “residential” and
“commercial” design to a context of designing for “living” and “working” environments.
These distinctions have become blurred because people work in various types of
environments including homes, and residential environments are not just single-family
homes, but include facilities in which people live that are regulated by non-residential
codes. Interior designers look to research and demographics to better design for people’s
health, safety, and welfare and support societal needs.
149. Nykiel, R. A. (2001). Technology, convenience and consumption. Journal of

Hospitality and Leisure Marketing, 7(4), 79-84.
Keywords: environmental control, performance, retail, technology
Abstract: Technology can improve the consumer experience. Including technology that
expedites the purchase process in retail settings can lead to greater sales. Technology
should be quick and easy to use and must be accessible to all types of users and abilities.
150. Officeinsight. (2004, March 8). Eleanor Brydone ASID’s Designer of Distinction
2003. Officeinsight, 1-2.
Keywords: healthcare facilities, quality of life, safety and security
Abstract: Eleanor Brydone designed the Toronto General Hospital with the real-world
needs of staff and patients in mind. In the design of the hospital, Ms. Brydone applied her
five fundamental amenities to ensure a healthy and vibrant workplace: access to clean,
fresh air; natural light; mobile and fluid workspaces; balance of collaborative, teamwork
spaces; and seamless technology integration. The design of the Toronto General Hospital
shows how interior design can improve the safety and efficiency of patient care.
151. Officeinsight. (2004, May 31). FM surveys indicate industry concerns. Officeinsight,
10, 12.
Keywords: facilities management, office, workplace
Abstract: Surveys by the International Facilities Management Association (IFMA), the
Building Owners and Managers Association International (BOMA), and the Association
of Higher Education Facilities Officers (APPA) showed that facilities managers are
© February 2006
175
concerned with issues such as outsourcing, changing workforce demographics, and
increased globalization. Other concerns included budget cuts or budget balancing issues,
security, technology integration, flexibility, and being understaffed.
152. Ore, T. (2003). Manual handling injury in a disability services setting. Applied
Ergonomics, 34(1), 89-94.
Keywords: accessibility, assisted living, healthcare facilities
Abstract: Injuries resulting from manually moving or restraining a patient result in high
compensation costs. Manual handling injuries among disability services workers include
back injuries while assisting the client with bathing and dressing. Repetitive movements,
transporting heavy objects, and aggressive patient behavior also result in injuries. Women
aged 25-29 and workers with less than 10 years of experience or with a low job level
experienced the most injuries.
153. Orfield, S., & Brand, J. (2004). Better sound solutions: Applying occupant and
building performance measurement and design to improve office acoustics.
Keywords: acoustics, employee recruitment and retention, environmental control, post-
occupancy evaluation (POE), pre-occupancy study, privacy
Abstract: Office environmental factors, whether perceived or actual, can affect the way
open plan office workers perceive job quality and satisfaction. Pre- and post-occupancy
studies determine positive or negative factors workers may not be aware exist. Visual
privacy is closely linked to office acoustics. Workers who feel they have poor acoustical
privacy may actually have little or no control of visual privacy. Deciphering these claims
and working closely with acousticians during their design process will create open plan
offices acoustically beneficial to the occupants and work tasks.
154. Orr, M. (2002, May). Why great design matters. Interiors & Sources, 40, 42-43.
Keywords: design concept, meaning and symbolism, programming
Abstract: Great design affects people’s lives by stimulating imagination and emotion. It
is a combination of something new and original while still respecting historical context.
Great design is described as occurring when the client allows the designer a certain
amount of creative freedom. In a building project, the design is the first and most
important step, and is the foundation for all decisions that follow; including construction
method and materials, interior space, massing and size, and human needs. Great design
can enhance people’s lives.

© February 2006
176
155. Owens, P. (2002). No teens allowed: The exclusion of adolescents from public spaces.
Landscape Journal, 21(1&2), 156-163.
Keywords: adolescent/teenager, child development and learning, design process, identity
and status, planning and policy, programming, public facilities, safety and security,
social interaction
Abstract: Public gathering places for teens are important for social interaction,
development, and self-esteem. A study found that many adolescents are excluded from
public spaces because of crime, loitering, and curfew laws. Seating that allows groups of
teens to interact comfortably, and allowing teens to provide input during design
programming can facilitate positive social interaction.
156. Paddock, R. (2002, September 11). Windows on the other side of the world; Above
Singapore, a bright reminder. Los Angeles Times. Retrieved August 9, 2004, from
http://www.latimes.com
Keywords: aesthetics, high-rise buildings, hospitality/restaurants
Abstract: The Equinox restaurant complex in Singapore uses floor-to-ceiling windows
that emphasize the view from 70-stories up. Equinox features views of the Singapore
skyline, a three-story teak and rice-paper lantern inspired by Ming dynasty designs,
Murano crystal from Venice hanging from the ceiling and what the owners call “the
largest mother-of-pearl wall in the world,” (p. H.1).
157. Pallat, B. (2003, July/August). Mold to behold. Interiors & Sources, 64-66.
Keywords: health, heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems (HVAC), indoor air
quality (IAQ), mold and mildew , quality of life, well-being
Abstract: Mold growth in interiors is due to unaddressed moisture issues. If unchecked,
these problems can cause severe health problems for building occupants from eye
irritation to breathing problems and can even affect heart and lung function. Designers
can help prevent mold growth by recommending an air-conditioner or dehumidifier
during summer months, mold inhibiting paints, exhaust fans in bathrooms, careful
handling of gypsum wallboard, and removal of contaminated materials. Preventing or
removing mold can decrease allergic and asthmatic symptoms and other serious
respiratory problems.
158. Pallat, B. (2004, April). Liberty, justice, and design-for-all. Interiors & Sources, 71-
73.
Keywords: accessibility, mental and cognitive disabilities, planning and policy, universal
design

© February 2006
177
Abstract: Disabilities such as mental retardation, cognitive disabilities, and brain related
limitations affect an estimated 2.13 million Americans. The seven principles of universal
design can be used to design public spaces, addressing more specific personalized issues
in private spaces. Further research and alliances with medical and psychological
associations are necessary to improve the connection with interior design for those with
mental and cognitive disabilities. Designers are cognizant of designing for people with
physical disabilities and need to develop a profile of design criteria for individuals with
cognitive disabilities for whom they design.
159. Panagiotopoulou, G., & Papanckolaou, A. (2004). Classroom furniture dimensions

and anthropometric measures in primary school. Applied Ergonomics, 35(2), 121-
128.
Keywords: anthropometrics, children, educational facility/school, ergonomics,
furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E), health effects
Abstract: In a study of primary students from Greece, it was determined that students’
desks were generally too high and chairs were too high and deep, causing poor posture.
Students reported back and leg pain; older students reported more pain than younger
students. However, most students reported being comfortable at their desks. Desk
clearance for students’ knees was appropriate for most of the children.
160. Paquette, C. (2001, December 9). Two new facilities for people with Alzheimer’s.
The New York Times. Retrieved August 9, 2004, from http://www.newyorktimes.com
Keywords: assisted living, dementia/Alzheimer’s disease, user needs
Abstract: In an effort to design facilities with a deeper understanding of the disease(s) of
the people it houses, architects and designers are focusing on creating spaces that follow
patterns of someone with the disease. One example is the Alzheimer’s assisted-living
facility, The Harbor House. It features a wandering loop and color-coordinated floors
based on care levels of the residents. For example, if a resident isn’t able to venture
outside as much, they will live on the floor that has earth tones and is a “village theme,”
bringing the outdoors to them. The emphasis in design has changed from the resident’s
room to the common spaces to encourage patients to interact.
161. Park, N., & Farr, C. (2003). Effects of lighting source on visual perception of arousal
and pleasure: A cross-cultural comparison. In Interior Design Educators Council
Conference 2003 (pp. 31-32). San Diego, CA.
Keywords: culture/ethnicity, lighting, performance
Abstract: Lighting, as measured by color temperature (CT) and color rendering index
(CRI), influences people’s arousal and pleasure. In an experiment, Koreans and
Americans had different perceptions of lighting. Americans found all lighting conditions
© February 2006
178
to be more arousing than Koreans and preferred 95 CRI with 3000K lighting. Koreans
preferred 75 CRI with 3000 K lighting. Higher color temperatures were also more
arousing.
162. Park, Y., & Guerin, D. (2002). Meaning and preference of interior color palettes
among four cultures. Journal of Interior Design, 28(1), 27-39.
Keywords: color, culture/ethnicity, meaning and symbolism, preference/attitude
Abstract: Color preference and meaning vary among residents of the United States,
England, Korea, and Japan. Results from a study indicated that preferred color palettes
differed from culture to culture. Japanese preferred palettes with neutral or cool colors,
weak chroma, and light values with high contrast. Koreans preferred palettes with neutral
hues, middle values, weak chroma, and medium to high contrast. British preferred
palettes with warm hues, middle values, moderate chroma, and medium to low contrast.
Americans preferred palettes with warm hues, middle values, moderate chroma, and low
contrast.
163. Pederson, M. (2004, May). A day in the light. Metropolis, 89-95, 135.
Keywords: daylighting, lighting, mock-up, orientation/wayfinding
Abstract: The design team for the upcoming New York Times building in Manhattan is
doing extensive daylighting research with a 4,500 square foot mock-up at the Queens,
NY, printing plant. New shading products and dimming systems are being tested 24
hours a day over six months, which will ultimately lead to an integrated system that
reduces energy use and provides a comfortable work environment. The design team is
looking at the quality of the workspace, furnishings, materials, and shading and dimming
systems.
164. Pepper, T. (2004, October 25). At home on earth. Newsweek. Retrieved January 18,
2005, from http://www.newsweek.com
Keywords: green/sustainable design, residential
Abstract: Increasingly, designers are concerned about the impact of the built
environment on the natural environment. A London house design was commended for its
commitment to sustainable and eco-friendly design standards. Recycled concrete,
abandoned railroad tracks, and straw are some of the materials used in the construction of
the house. Designers see this style of house as the beginning of not only sustainable
homes, but sustainable communities.

© February 2006
179
165. Perritt, M., McCune, E., & McCune, S. (2003). The effect of floor texture and
pattern on walking time and stability of persons with Alzheimer’s disease. In
Interior Design Educators Council Conference 2003 (pp. 19-20). San Diego, CA.
Keywords: carpeting/textiles, health effects, performance, quality of life, safety and
security, senior/elderly, well-being
Abstract: Carpet texture and pattern affect the walking time and stability of people with
Alzheimer’s disease. A study found that people with Alzheimer’s walked faster on
carpeting with low amounts of contrast in the pattern and small design motifs. People
with Alzheimer’s disease also walked slower when the carpeting had more pile texture.
Checkerboard patterns resulted in the slowest walking pace.
166. Powell, B. (2003a, June 2). The bidding process, part 1: Taking the mockery out of
mock-ups. Officeinsight, 13-15.
Keywords: aesthetics, conceptualization/visualization, function/performance, furnishings,
fixtures, and equipment (FF&E), mock-up, office
Abstract: A mock-up is a tool used by office designers to generate a physical three-
dimensional entity of potential furnishings for their clients. It allows clients to distinguish
between two comparable products and determine which one best matches their financial
and aesthetic needs. It also allows clients to visualize the functionality of the product in
their space. Designers offer the service only in cases where it is necessary to determine
optimum ergonomics and equipment configurations, and the budget allows it. Designers
also make sure the mock-ups are manufactured to specification so clients can see exactly
what they will be buying. Guidelines are available to help designers tie mock-ups into the
bidding process.
167. Powell, B. (2003b, September 1). dTank: Doing it your way - The future of
manufacturing? Officeinsight, 1-7.
Keywords: custom furniture, ergonomics, lighting, user needs, workplace
Abstract: dTank is a contract furniture manufacturing tool that allows interior designers
to develop creative, custom solutions that meet their clients’ workplace needs. Interior
designers gather client data, produce a design concept, and provide it to dTank, who
translates this into products that can be manufactured. dTank staff works closely with the
designer and the client to integrate ergonomic features and lighting into the finished
product. They also create project checklists and conduct post-occupancy meetings that
allow for client feedback.
168. Powell, B. (2004a, April 5). Workplace strategies with Nancy Levy, DMJM
Consulting. Officeinsight, 1-4.

© February 2006
180
Keywords: design process, office, performance, programming, quality of life
Abstract: Designers evaluate clients’ needs and desires during the programming phase of
the design process, yet many clients do not know how to effectively use their facilities.
The work environment affects people’s communication, performance. and employee
retention and functions as a social context for employees. Statistics and reasoning can be
used to inform clients about how their facilities and workspaces should be reapportioned
to respond to the company’s values and work. Changes in the work environment that
truly respond to the company’s form and work processes are quantifiable and can help
improve the overall quality of life for workers.
169. Powell, B. (2004b, July). REvolution, change + change Gensler’s NeoCon 2004
Panel. Officeinsight, 2-5.
Keywords: change management, custom furniture, interdisciplinary, workplace
Abstract: The Dialogue with Gensler at NeoCon 2004 suggested that designing
workplace environments requires cooperation between designers and users. Interior
designers work as part of a multi-disciplinary team to create spaces that are flexible to
change, which allows for future growth in a company. One panel member discussed the
changes his [stock] trading company went through as they changed their work process
from trading in the pit to computer trading. The workplace had to be restructured to
accommodate their new process. Another panel member had been called in to redesign
their office environment. Her job was to study how the people worked, how their work
was changing, and how they were supposed to be working. She discussed many factors
involved in the re-design of a workplace, including the work process formation and the
space to support it.
170. Powell, B. (2004c, August 16). Tom Vecchione Gensler workplace practice.
Officeinsight, 3-6.
Keywords: corporate culture, office, programming, workplace
Abstract: Tom Vecchione, head of Gensler’s workplace practice area, stated that by
connecting project types and influences to establish larger themes, designers can create
environments that increase performance in the workplace. Designers evaluate how a
company may grow, their mission and values, and organizational structure as part of
strategic planning. The interior design profession requires a high level of technical
expertise to successfully complete a project.
171. Powell, B. (2004d, August 30). Smart office advisors and the secondary market.
Officeinsight, 3-5.
Keywords: budgeting, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E), green/sustainable
design, recycled materials, workplace
© February 2006
181
Abstract: Designers provide economic benefit to clients by specifying pre-owned office
furniture, confirming its importance as a good, long term investment, and allowing for
better budget control. Designers are able to blend pre-owned furniture with new to give
their clients functional and aesthetically pleasing solutions. Designers can specify from
companies that specialize in the re-manufacturing and sale of pre-owned office furniture
systems. These companies support sustainable design by effectively managing project
resources. Companies also match the manufacturer’s warranty and present a bill of
materials on all their pre-owned systems, providing the client greater quality assurance
and reducing overall cost.
172. Prestwood, L. (2004, February). In search of healthy lighting. Interiors & Sources,
56-57.
Keywords: health, lighting, performance, productivity, quality of life, research and
analysis, sensory responses, well-being
Abstract: Light affects human health by alleviating seasonal affective disorder (SAD),
improving sleep and performance of night shift workers, activating the circadian system,
and regulating melatonin. Changes in the lighting design profession may include a shift
from vision-based systems to circadian-cycle based lighting systems. These lighting
decisions are made by interior designers and affect people’s health, safety, and welfare.
173. Price-Robinson, K. (2003, August 3). Green project wins on its own terms; Going
natural saves money and resources in a rental complex. Los Angeles Times.
Retrieved August 9, 2004, from http://www.latimes.com
Keywords: affordable housing, green/sustainable design, health, indoor air quality
(IAQ), materials, recycled, residential
Abstract: The Colorado Court buildings in Santa Monica, California were designed as a
demonstration of affordable green building. Due to the exceptional air quality and fewer
toxins, many of the residents feel they are healthier and breathe easier in the 44 studio
apartments of Colorado Court. The apartments are listed as affordable because of the
reduction of energy use, nearly $10,000 a year can be saved on energy bills. Some of the
special features of Colorado Court include formaldehyde-free solid cabinets, linoleum
flooring, blown-in wall insulation made of recycled newsprint, recycling stations, and
energy efficient appliances and windows. The project may qualify for a LEEDTM gold
rating.
174. Prokopy, J. (2003, Fall). Changing aesthetics. Perspective, 34-39.

Keywords: aesthetics, culture/ethnicity, function/performance, quality of life, residential,
well-being

© February 2006
182
Abstract: There seems to be a backlash to technology occurring in society today. Clients
want the function of technology, but want its existence hidden or transparent. User needs
including universal design are important design considerations.
175. Ranallo, A. (2004, Summer). Togetherness. Perspective, 30-35.

Keywords: community/neighborhood, design concept, materials selection and
specification
Abstract: Mixed-use development can facilitate a sense of community. The design of
mixed-use spaces should be cohesive with the rest of the neighborhood. Mixed-use
buildings should create a connected space with its neighbors, while still maintaining each
business’s individual identity. Often, mixed-use developments provide a lifestyle of
convenience and security for people that they could not find elsewhere. Successful
mixed-use developments can generate business in the neighborhood and provide
sustainable, walkable communities. Designers contribute to the function and concept of
mixed-use buildings by using similar quality materials and design concepts throughout
the building development. Varying amounts or degree of material or color use can unite
the building interior and express individual tenant differences.
176. Read, M. (2003). Use of color in child care environments: Application of color for
wayfinding and space definition in Alabama child care environments. Early
Childhood Education Journal, 30(4), 233-239.
Keywords: children, color, daycare/childcare center, design concept, sensory responses,
wayfinding/signage
Abstract: Color can be used as a wayfinding and signage tool to identify place. Color
(especially bright, warm colors) can be useful for creating focal points (reception desk,
activity areas) and identifying points of entry in child care centers. Most of the childcare
centers studied (93%) used bright and warm colors as accent colors on furnishings.
177. Rewi, A. (2004a, Spring). Safe, smart, secure. Perspective, 31-34.

Keywords: health, quality of life, research and analysis, safety and security, technology,
well-being
Abstract: “Smart” home security systems are emerging. The focus of smart systems is on
keeping occupants safe and secure. Now, sensors are much more advanced at detecting
human activity and can assist people with memory problems (like Alzheimer’s patients),
allowing them to safely live at home. Some of the new technologies on the market that
are undergoing testing include sensors in the floor that tell who is there (known as “smart
floors”) and systems that lift valuable items and conceal them out of view. Designers use
these systems to perceive and assist occupants, increasing their comfort and security.

© February 2006
183
178. Rewi, A. (2004b, Winter). Beyond walls. Perspective, 10-15.
Keywords: function/performance, human needs, layout, quality of life, residential, space
planning, well-being
Abstract: Human needs affect spatial layout in interior space in terms of flexibility,
mobility, and adaptability. Many forward-thinking designers are evaluating the traditional
ways that residences are divided and are finding that perhaps there are better, more
efficient ways to use space. For example, many designers question whether a formal
dining room makes sense in contemporary society or if walls could be moveable
partitions, making them more adaptable. Designing interior spaces to meet the changing
needs of the users is paramount in interior design practice today.
179. Ross, J. (2003). Evidence-based design. ASID ICON, 5, 23-26.

Keywords: environmental health, evidence-based design, evidence-based medicine,
healthcare facilities
Abstract: Evidence-based design supports the link between healthcare facility design,
increased health promotion, and patient satisfaction while reducing infections, nursing
errors, and patient falls. These results have an important impact on hospital spending for
first and operation costs, allowing evidence-based design to be realistically utilized for
new construction and remodeling. This type of design can also be applied to non-
healthcare design, making work environments more attractive, comfortable, and
functional. Evidence-based design is a movement that emphasizes use of past data to
design for the future.
180. Rugelj, D. (2003). Low back pain and other work-related musculoskeletal problems
among physiotherapists. Applied Ergonomics, 34(6), 635-609.
Keywords: anthropometrics, caregiver, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E),
healthcare facilities, health effects, quality of life, well-being
Abstract: A study found that lower back pain (LBP) in caregivers is caused primarily by
the frequency of lifting patients. Most subjects experienced LBP at some time and half
attributed the pain to their work as a physiotherapist. Environmental adaptations that
reduce the amount of lifting can improve the health and quality of life for healthcare
workers.
181. Russell, B. (2003, June 2). Ed Friedrichs on the state of the office: Seeing it like it is.
Officeinsight, 1, 3-5.
Keywords: change management, office, strategic planning, technology
Abstract: One of the most influential developments in the office industry is wireless
broadband technology known as Wi-Fi that allows individuals with battery-powered
© February 2006
184
laptops to plug in a small card for instant Internet access. As this technology makes its
way across the country, it will lead to total flexibility and liberation for workers. They
will no longer have to be in an office or on the phone to be working. As a result, the
design industry is shifting to more client-driven projects where clients require
performance-based solutions to achieve a competitive advantage. The scope of future
interior design projects will then include various non-traditional design services such as
strategic planning and occupancy and change management.
182. Russell, B. (2004, May 3). Workplace battle of the sexes. Officeinsight, 11.
Keywords: acoustics, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E), gender, office,
preference/attitude, privacy, productivity, workplace
Abstract: Men and women have different preferences and work styles. The work
environment can affect productivity, and efficiency can be improved by supporting these
differences through design of the workplace. Studies have shown that women (57% of the
workforce) generally preferred open plans; whereas, men preferred closed office
environments that afford privacy. Women preferred adjustable and moveable furniture to
support their horizontal, collaborative work style; whereas, men preferred traditional,
stationary furniture to support their more hierarchical, vertical work style. Needs for
acoustical control, conferencing, teamwork, and privacy can be addressed through the
design of the space, supporting the needs of both genders.
183. Sakr, W., Knudsen, H., Gunnarsen, L., & Haghighat, F. (2003). Impact of varying
area of polluting surface materials on perceived air quality. Indoor Air, 13(2), 86-91.
Keywords: building materials, finishes, and systems, health effects, indoor air quality
(IAQ)
Abstract: In an experiment, the dilution or decreased concentration of airborne pollutants
from acrylic paint or sealant and PVC flooring improved perceived indoor air quality
(IAQ). As more interior materials with exposed surfaces are combined in an area, the
perceived IAQ decreased. For smaller spaces, diluting the indoor air with fresh outdoor
air improved the IAQ.
184. Salant, K. (2001, September 9). Your new home; Universal design has future
payoffs; Modifications can be so seamless buyers don’t even notice. Los Angeles
Times. Retrieved August 9, 2004, from http://www.latimes.com
Keywords: accessibility, residential, universal design
Abstract: Universal design features are being incorporated into residential housing to be
functional and unnoticeable. Some universal design features include: 36-inch wide
doorways that are accessible for wheelchairs, raised electrical outlets, light switches with
a night-light feature, levered door handles, light fixtures over the kitchen sink and food
© February 2006
185
prep areas, varying counter heights, a separate toilet compartment, and a seat in the tub to
sit on while bathing. These features can be billed as “lifestyle enhancements” and are
useful to a younger person and essential to an older person, creating a house that can be
lived in for decades.
185. Salmi, P., Ginthner, D., & Guerin, D. (2003). Critical factors for accessibility and
wayfinding for adults with mental retardation. In Proceeding of Interior Design
Educators Council Conference 2003. San Diego, CA.
Keywords: Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), cognition/perception, mental and
cognitive disabilities, space planning, wayfinding/signage
Abstract: This field study compared the wayfinding abilities and methods of people with
mild mental retardation to a control group. The task was to find a restroom in an
unfamiliar shopping mall. The two groups performed the task twice. The results showed
that the control group navigated the space three times more efficiently on the first trip.
Both groups were able to navigate with the same efficiency on the second trip. The
control group and experimental group also used different methods of wayfinding. The
information gathered is useful for designing spaces (especially public buildings) that are
accessible to those with mental retardation.
186. Salvatore, A. (2003, April). Changing the standards. Interiors & Sources, 82-84.
Keywords: culture/ethnicity, healthcare facilities, lighting, privacy, programming, space
planning, wayfinding/signage, well-being
Abstract: The design of the healthcare environment has important implications for
recovery and well-being. A study conducted by the Environmental Standards Council of
the Center for Health Design identified six components as parts of a care environment:
concepts, people, systems, layouts/operational planning, implementation, and physical
environment. Key physical elements that contribute to the physical space are light and
views, wayfinding/clarity of access, control, privacy, security and safety, color, cultural
responsiveness, and waste reduction. The patient’s experience with the physical
environment, overall efficiencies, functional operation, patient flow, overall function, and
space implications must result from programmatic decisions.
187. Samuelsson, U., Gustafsson, B., & Ludvigsson, J. (2002). Increased prevalence of
malignant diseases in the close neighborhood of children with cancer. Journal of
Environmental Health, 64(7), 18-22.
Keywords: children, environmental health, health
Abstract: Cancer in children may be linked to environmental factors. A study indicated
that environmental factors such as radiation, parental occupation, and exposure to
magnetic or electric fields may cause cancer. Children living near others with cancer had
© February 2006
186
a higher occurrence of cancer. Children with cancer were more likely to have a mother or
grandmother who had cancer.
188. Satler, G. ( 2003). New York City restaurants: Vernaculars of global designing.
Journal of Architectural Education, 56(3), 27-39.
Keywords: culture/ethnicity, decorative elements, design and aesthetics, design concept,
globalization, hospitality/restaurants, meaning and symbolism
Abstract: Restaurants remain an important place for human interaction and, in New
York, exhibit the effects of globalization. Factors such as gentrification, casualization,
and a shift to informational technology industries have changed the spatial patterns of
urban environments. Restaurant design reflects globalization in the incorporation of
unique, identifiable features; use of signature handmade objects; creating a sense of place
in a comfortable environment; and by meeting the needs of the single customer as well as
larger groups.
189. Scanlon, J. (2003, September 18). If walls could talk, streets might join in. The New
York Times. Retrieved August 20, 2004, from http://www.newyorktimes.com
Keywords: multimedia, public facilities, technology
Abstract: In the Lisbon offices of Vodafone, a British-based mobile phone company,
digital interactivity in the building is all around you. Spaces are being designed and built
to reflect interactive communication. Interactive environments are a fast growing type of
design work. This new type of interactive environment gives one the opportunity to
interact and navigate the environment via cell phone. Some examples of other interactive
public spaces include a Brown University library with a 14-story grid to play Tetris with
a computer, and the BBCi offices that show interviews and allow those who pass by to
use their phone to text-message questions that can appear on video screens on the studio
wall. This type of activity shows the trend towards electronics as an everywhere-you-are
connection to the world, bridging the gap between phone and space.
190. Schneider, M. (2002). Do school facilities affect academic outcomes? Washington,

DC: National Clearinghouse for Educational Facilities.
Keywords: acoustics, educational facility/school, heating, ventilation, and air
conditioning systems (HVAC), indoor air quality (IAQ), lighting, performance,
programming, quality of life, specifications, well-being
Abstract: School facility quality affects academic outcomes. Indoor air quality,
acoustical quality, temperature control, and lighting design are some of the major factors
affecting student and teacher performance and learning ability. The study suggested that
small school size has a positive effect on school performance.

© February 2006
187
191. Sellers, K. (2001, Fall). The ideal learning environment. Perspective, 36-40.
Keywords: educational facility/school, health, health, safety, and welfare, materials
selection and specification, safety and security,
Abstract: Teachers understand the role that designers play in keeping their students safe.
Eighty-eight percent of teachers surveyed believed that classrooms designed to reduce
accidents promoted safety. The materials that designers specify within this type of
environment are directly linked to students’ safety and well-being. Cleanability of these
materials is crucial for the overall health of the students and teachers. Other key elements
that designers control are lighting and acoustics. Classrooms designed with access to
daylight were found to reduce eyestrain problems and alleviate further stress in students.
Appropriate acoustical selections aid in learning by creating a quieter environment.
Overall, teachers believe that a well-designed classroom enhances students’ learning.
192. Selvin, M. (2003, July 13). Clean, well-lighted places; How visionary voters,
dedicated designers, and city staff transformed L.A.’s branch library system. Los
Angeles Times. Retrieved August 9, 2004, from http://www.latimes.com
Keywords: community/neighborhood, design process, library, renovation/restoration
Abstract: In 1998, voters approved money to rebuild half of Los Angeles’ city library
buildings that were in need of renovation. In addition to the rebuilding of 28 existing
libraries, four new libraries were built in communities that did not previously have a
library. Designers spent extensive time in community meetings gathering information
from citizens about how the libraries should look and how they can reflect their specific
community. With this user input, all the libraries have programs that serve their
respective communities and have physical appearance that fits the community base. With
new books, renovated furnishings, upgraded computers, and children’s spaces, the
libraries are no longer quiet and uninviting places. Circulation has increased significantly,
and the libraries now offer many programs including Internet courses, children’s
programs, music and other activities for community involvement, interaction, and
development.
193. Seppanen, O., & Fisk, W. (2002). Association of ventilation system type with SBS
symptoms in office workers. Indoor Air, 12(2), 98-112.
Keywords: health effects, heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems (HVAC),
indoor air quality (IAQ), mechanical systems, sick building syndrome (SBS)
Abstract: Heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) systems may be associated
with increased sick building syndrome (SBS) symptoms versus naturally ventilated
buildings. A review of literature determined that HVAC systems with or without
humidification and with or without sealed windows were associated with a slight increase

© February 2006
188
in SBS. SBS occurred among subjects in air-conditioned buildings more frequently. The
type of HVAC system was not associated with the occurrence of SBS.
194. Sforza, C., Eid, L., & Ferrario, V. (2000). Sensorial afferents and center foot
pressure in blind and sighted adults. Journal of Visual Impairment and Blindness,
94(2).
Keywords: acoustics, audiovisual, safety and security, sensory responses, special
populations
Abstract: It is important to reduce the amount of body sway in people, especially blind
individuals, as swaying can increase the chance of falling. A study found that blind
individuals swayed less when they were in the presence of sound. Swaying was more
prominent when blind individuals were standing normally, and standing while looking
forward.
195. Shalev, L. (2003). The wide attentional window: A major deficit of children with
attention difficulties. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 36(6), 517-527.
Keywords: child development and learning, educational facility/school, mental and
cognitive disabilities
Abstract: Five to 10% of school-aged children have attention deficit disorders (ADD)
that affect their academic performance. A study comparing the attention capabilities of
children with and without ADD determined that children with attention disorders are
easily distracted from a task by surrounding images. This can cause problems learning
math, reading, and writing.
196. Sharp, K., & Walker, H. (2003). A microbiological survey of communal kitchens
used by undergraduate students. International Journal of Consumer Studies, 27(1),
11-16.
Keywords: building materials, finishes, and systems, codes and building standards,
educational facility/school, environmental health, equipment/fixtures selection,
specifications, and performance, health effects, kitchen
Abstract: Bacteria transference between kitchen users, work surfaces, and food is a
serious health concern. A study found that most of the college dormitory kitchens that
were studied visually appeared clean, yet microbiological tests showed all the kitchens
were contaminated with bacteria, including the disease causing bacteria coliform (i.e., of
or related to E. coli). Cleaning cloths and sinks contained the highest levels of bacteria.
Materials, products, and finishes in communal kitchens (especially on door handles, work
surfaces, and sinks) can either prevent or promote bacterial growth.

© February 2006
189
197. Simonson, C., Salonvaara, M., & Ojanen, T. (2002). The effect of structures on
indoor humidity—possibility to improve comfort and perceived air quality. Indoor
Air, 12(4), 243-251.
Keywords: building materials, finishes, and systems, health effects, indoor air quality
(IAQ), mechanical systems, residential, user needs
Abstract: The type of building materials used to build a house can affect the indoor
humidity levels of the home. A study found that hygroscopic wood-based building
materials produced the most thermally comfortable conditions, as they improved
humidity levels and perceived indoor air quality. Moisture was not transferred from the
space directly into the air, as was previously believed.
198. Siu, K. (2003). Users' creative responses and designers' roles. Design Issues, 19(2),
64-3.
Keywords: design process, meaning and symbolism, programming, research and
analysis, user needs
Abstract: User response to a designed space is something that a designer cannot control,
making user participation in the design process important. Responses to a designed
environment shape users’ interpretations and meaning they assign to the space. Designs
that incorporate customization, flexibility, user feedback, and empirical research may be
more successful in responding to user needs.
199. Slay, D. (2002). Home-based environmental lighting assessments for people who are
visually impaired: Developing techniques and tools. Journal of Visual Impairment
and Blindness, 96(2), 109-115.
Keywords: fixtures selection, specifications, and performance, lighting, programming,
quality of life, safety and security, senior/elderly
Abstract: Proper residential lighting is important for the daily functioning of people with
visual impairments or those experiencing vision loss. Proper lighting can aid vision and
reduce the risk of falling. Runway lighting on baseboards can improve balance. The
importance of proper lighting is often overlooked by healthcare professionals and should
be incorporated into rehabilitation programs for people experiencing vision loss.
200. Sloan, M. ( 2004). The effects of occupational characteristics on the experience and
expression of anger in the workplace. Work and Occupations, 31(1), 38-72.
Keywords: office, performance, programming, psychological needs/responses, space
planning, well-being
Abstract: People experience and express anger in the workplace. A study found that
many people control their emotions by hiding negative feelings and expressing anger
© February 2006
190
indirectly. The status of workers influenced the reasons for becoming angry, with higher
status workers becoming angry due to the poor performance of supervisees. Workers in
customer service experienced more work-related anger than those who were not.
201. Sloane, P., Mitchell, C., Weisman, G., Zimmerman, S., Foley, K., Lynn, M. (2002).
The therapeutic environment screening survey for nursing homes (TESS-NH): An
observational instrument for assessing the physical environment of institutional
settings for persons with dementia. Journal of Gerontology, 57B(2), S69-S78.
Keywords: accessibility, dementia/Alzheimer’s disease, long-term care, nursing home,
programming, planning and policy, quality of life, research and analysis, user needs,
well-being
Abstract: The Therapeutic Environment Screening Survey for Nursing Homes (TESS-
NH) and Special Care Unit Environmental Quality Scale (SCUEQS) are methods for
evaluating the environmental quality of care units that treat people with dementia. The
TESS-NH can be used by healthcare staff with limited training and has been successfully
used in non-specialized nursing home units. Environmental hazards such as peeling paint,
loose handrails, and cracked tiles were among the problems that needed to be addressed
in dementia care units.
202. Smith, C., Sommerich, C., Mirka, G., & George, M. (2002). An investigation of
ergonomic interventions in dental hygiene work. Applied Ergonomics, 33(2), 175-
184.
Keywords: anthropometrics, dental clinic, ergonomics, fixtures selection, specifications,
and performance, healthcare facilities
Abstract: Alternative methods for viewing teeth during dental work may help reduce
musculoskeletal disorders (MSD) in dental hygienists. An experiment found that the use
of prisms and video monitors did improve the comfort of dental hygienists, but did not
improve performance. Dental hygienists preferred the direct view for accuracy, not
comfort.
203. Smith, D. (2003). Environmental colouration and/or the design process. Color
Research and Application, 28(5), 360-365.
Keywords: cognition/perception, color, design process, meaning and symbolism,
professional practice, sensory responses
Abstract: A theoretical framework about the relationship between color and design
includes conceptions of designing, person-environment relationships, understanding the
built environment, style and fashion, and everyday use. Interior designers involved said
that color was important to perception of space, wayfinding, ambiance, and image, but

© February 2006
191
did not refer to the concept of place or environmental meaning. Color specification was
often a task for junior designers.
204. Smith, F. (2002, August). Lighting to protect: Supporting public health, safety and
welfare with professional lighting practices. NCIDQ Continuing Education
Monograph Series.
Keywords: daylighting, energy, lighting, retrofit, user needs
Abstract: Choosing an appropriate light source for a particular application involves close
examination of the user’s needs, new or existing architectural features, and lamp and
luminaire sources. Lighting affects how humans see and perceive space, ultimately
determining the success of the interior design. Excessive heat loads, poorly planned
emergency lighting, and photodegradation are risks caused by inappropriate lighting
solutions. Educated designers use knowledge and resources to create lighting designs that
enhance interiors and provide safe egress for all occupants. Proper lighting affects
people’s safety by making objects and pathways visible. It affects people’s health by
distributing proper wavelengths and providing adequate illumination for task
performance. Lighting affects people’s welfare by improving the visual quality of the
environment.
205. Smith-Jackson, T., & Hall, T. (2002). Information order and sign design: A schema-
based approach. Environment and Behavior, 34(4), 479-492.
Keywords: cognition/perception, preference/attitude, wayfinding/signage
Abstract: People have different preferences for information order on signs. A study
found that two schemas were preferred; safety first, or information listed from general to
specific. People’s level of experience with signage and knowledge affects their
understanding of a sign.
206. Stensland, J. (2003). Take a breath: Understanding indoor air quality and toxicity.
ASID ICON, 5, 14-17.
Keywords: environmental health, indoor air quality (IAQ), materials selection and
specification, volatile organic compounds (VOC)
Abstract: Interior designers specify materials that directly affect indoor air quality
(IAQ). Eliminating all VOCs from materials, finishes, and products in an environment
may be impossible, but choosing materials with no- or low-VOC content can
dramatically affect IAQ. Interior designers consider VOCs; off-gassing; factors related to
toxins such as humidity, temperature, light, and noise levels; pressure differences; and
other contaminants when specifying interior materials.

© February 2006
192
207. Stern, A., MacRae, S., Gertwis, M., Harrison, T., Fowler, E., Edgman-Levitan, S.,
Walker, J., & Ruga, W. (2003). Understanding the consumer perspective to improve
design quality. Journal of Architectural and Planning Research, 20(1), 16-28.
Keywords: accessibility, healthcare facilities, quality of life, well-being
Abstract: To provide comfortable, adequate, and appealing healthcare environments, the
perspectives and opinions of patients and their friends and family must be considered.
Access between parking and buildings, and between rooms and spaces within the facility,
must be easy to navigate for persons with all levels of mobility. Visual access to nature,
privacy, and a comfortable room is important to maintaining patients’ well-being.
208. Stone, B. (2003, April 28). Office space: Designing your next office. Newsweek.
Retrieved January 18, 2005, from http://www.newsweek.com
Keywords: office, teamwork, technology
Abstract: According to a technology firm executive, since 70% of work at the office is
done collaboratively, the office needs to support less individual work and more team
work. Office design in the future will be technology-driven. Offices spaces will appear
vacant, but as employees step into an open space close to their team and use their identity
card, their PC, phone, and email messages will automatically be recognized and
transferred into the current office space. Even digital pictures of family or friends will
appear within the office space. It is expected that the cubicle-style office design will fade
away and a new office design, focused on interaction among team members and similar
to the technology-driven space, will emerge.
209. Stone, B. (2003, October 27). Reinventing everyday life. Newsweek. Retrieved
January 18, 2005, from http://www.newsweek.com
Keywords: healthcare facilities, human behavior, privacy
Abstract: Memorial Hospital in South Bend, Indiana, recently experienced a redesign of
their workstations and waiting areas for both staff and patients. The design firm that
redesigned Memorial Hospital, IDEO, utilized human behavior to make decisions about
the physical environment. Interviewing staff and patients, the firm designed more privacy
in workspaces for the staff, primarily nurses; simplified signs for disoriented patients;
added tables, private family rooms, and a bistro to family waiting rooms; and designed
transparent entrances to add to the comfort and welcoming atmosphere of the hospital
space. A more humane and more intelligent environment was developed.
210. Straight, S. (2002, August 31). A community’s dreams come true on Blueberry Hill.
The Washington Post. Retrieved August 9, 2004, from

© February 2006
193
Keywords: community/neighborhood, green/sustainable design, housing, safety and
security
Abstract: Blueberry Hill in the Washington, DC, area is a co-housing community based
on the 1960s co-housing concepts in Denmark. The residents have a building with a
community kitchen, dining room, porch, and lounge where as many as 30 residents share
meals each week. The 19 houses built in the Blueberry Hill community have no roads
dividing them. They have been designed so that residents have more access to neighbors
and increased ability to form partnerships and relationships within a community setting.
The homes are environmentally-friendly, and, based on the design, many residents feel it
is a safer community to raise their children compared to other options in Washington,
DC.
211. Stroller, N. (2003). Space, place, and movement as aspects of health care in three
women's prisons. Social Science and Medicine, 56(11), 2263-2275.
Keywords: correctional facility, healthcare facilities, prisoner/inmate, quality of life,
space planning
Abstract: A study of three women’s prisons determined that the main barriers prisoners
face in accessing healthcare include problems and errors with lab results, prescriptions,
appointments, and diagnosis of medication. Since prisons focus on the punishment and
discipline of inmates, personalization, autonomy, and privacy are often limited. The
design of the built environment can help facilitate healthcare and mediate between the
competing missions of healthcare providers and the prison system.
212. Szeto, G., Straker, L., & Raine, S. (2001). A field comparison of neck and shoulder
postures in symptomatic and asymptomatic office workers. Applied Ergonomics ,
33(1), 75-84.
Keywords: ergonomics, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E), health, office,
performance, productivity
Abstract: Workers’ posture may affect their musculoskeletal health and comfort. A study
found that workers with neck and shoulder pain had a more forward head posture, and
they reported greater discomfort. Workers sitting at a computer had a forward neck and
head angle, but not shoulder angle.
213. Taute, M. (2004, Spring). 8 Solutions. Perspective, 52-58.

Keywords: design concept, innovation, quality of life, space planning, well-being
Abstract: Eight challenging interior design projects included tight spaces, small budgets,
durability, historical context, sustainability, contemporary comfort, diverse user groups,

© February 2006
194
hospitality, and healthcare. The interior designers responded to the clients’ challenges
and the needs of the users in innovative ways.
214. Tek, C., Gold, J., Blaxton, T., Wilk, C., McMahon, R., & Buchanan. R. (2002).
Visual perceptual and working memory impairments in schizophrenia. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 59(2), 146-153.
Keywords: cognition/perception, mental and cognitive disabilities,
orientation/wayfinding, programming
Abstract: Patients with schizophrenia can have trouble perceiving and retaining object
placement and shape information. A study found that patients with schizophrenia had
more problems with identifying object shape than with object location tasks. These two
functions occur in separate parts of the brain. Patients with schizophrenia needed to have
longer stimulus exposure than the unimpaired.
215. Tepper, M., Vollenbroek-Hutten, M., Hermens, H., & Baten, C. (2003). The effect of
an ergonomic computer device on muscle activity of the upper trapezius muscle
during typing. Applied Ergonomics, 34, 125-130.
Keywords: ergonomics, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E), health effects,
office performance, user needs
Abstract: Work-related musculoskeletal disorders and discomfort often result from
extended computer use. A proper ergonomic workstation can reduce muscle strain. The
Up-line, an inclined work area with a computer keyboard close to the screen, was
evaluated in an experiment to determine its effects on worker comfort and pain. The Up-
line did not increase performance or muscle activity, but did increase worker-perceived
comfort.
216. Ternoey, S. (2004). Daylighting collaborative. In Proceedings of EnvironDesign 8.

Minneapolis, MN.
Keywords: lighting, performance, workplace
Abstract: Cool Daylighting is an approach seeking to increase human health,
satisfaction, comfort, and performance as well as other economic benefits to the building
owner. By controlling exposure to daylight, designers can influence various health and
performance factors in humans. In the 1980s, absenteeism dropped as a result of more
exposure to daylight. Observations have been made indicating there is increased human
performance without direct exposure, but with the degree of transparency. (Keeping
daylight to a maximum of 5% exposure, with the full spectrum, requires the use of
spectrally neutral glass.) Transparency is a concept that allows a high degree of indirect
light to reach interior spaces by manipulating the viewpaths by placement of windows,
window treatments, interior finishes, and lights. The result allows for the elimination of
© February 2006
195
eye strain, while experiencing the day from inside the building. To accomplish this,
designers must work together with the entire design team to form an integrated solution.
217. Tetri, E. (2002). Daylight linked dimming: Effect of fluorescent lamp performance.
Lighting Research and Technology, 34(1), 3-10.
Keywords: energy, fixtures selection, specifications, and performance, lighting
Abstract: A study of the effects of automatically dimmed ballasts on fluorescent lamp
life determined that electronic dimming ballasts reduced energy use and did not affect the
performance of the lamps. Turning ballasts on and off was more detrimental to lamp life
and consumed more energy than dimming. Blackening was observed on lamps that were
dimmed continuously at one level, yet there was little lumen reduction compared to
undimmed lamps.
218. Thomke, S. (2003). R&D comes to services: Bank of America's pathbreaking

experiments. Harvard Business Review, 81(4), 70-79.
Keywords: guest/shopper, innovation, preference/attitude, research and analysis, retail
Abstract: A case study examined the Bank of America’s methods for improving services
in retail banking. Innovative services were tested at small-scale test sites. During testing,
adjusting employee compensation, the use of temporary employees, and confusion among
employees and customers were encountered. Customers that were entertained (television)
perceived shorter wait times for services.
219. Thompson, G. (2003). Optimizing restaurant-table configurations: Specifying

combinable tables. Cornell Hotel and Restaurant Administration Quarterly, 44(1), 53-
60.
Keywords: function/performance, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E),
hospitality/restaurants, programming
Abstract: The best table configurations in restaurants can maximize revenue and
efficiency. Determining the probability of the size and duration of parties and supplying a
table mix that matches capacity and demand can increase profitability. Restaurants can
maximize the ability to combine tables by using mixed table sizes.
220. Topalis, F., Kostic, M., & Radakovic, Z. (2002). Advantages and disadvantages of
the use of compact fluorescent lamps with electronic control gear. Lighting Research
and Technology, 34(4), 279-288.
Keywords: commercial design, electrical systems, energy, fixtures selection,
specifications, and performance, lighting, residential

© February 2006
196
Abstract: Compact fluorescent lamps (CFLs) have the potential to reduce energy
demands worldwide. CFLs have significant money savings in the long-term compared to
incandescent lamps (2.5 times less), even though initial costs are higher. Residential and
commercial users can save money and energy with the use of CFLs. To replace a 100 W
incandescent lamp, a 23 W CFL should be used; a 20 W CFL should replace a 75 W
incandescent lamp.
221. Trescott, J. (2003, November 16). Curtain to rise on a roomier opera house; After
$20 million renovation, hall to reopen to public in December. The Washington Post.
Retrieved August 9, 2004, from http://www.washingtonpost.com
Keywords: accessibility, Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), renovation/restoration,
theater, universal design
Abstract: The Opera House at the Kennedy Center was in need of renovations to comply
with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Some of the new, unusual design
features that the Opera House now offers include 170 new light fixtures; new carpeting;
accessible restrooms, fountains, and telephones; a new elevator; a new chair lift; wider
hallways; removal of obstructive display cases; and about 60 new spaces for seating. The
President of the Very Special Arts mentions that this compliance with the ADA will not
only make the arts more accessible to patrons but also more accessible to performers with
disabilities.
222. Ullah, M., & Lin, L. (2003). Daylight distribution in the living rooms of four types of
public housing buildings in Singapore. Lighting Research and Technology, 35(2), 91-
100.
Keywords: daylighting, lighting, quality of life, residential, well-being
Abstract: A study showed that taller buildings receive significantly less daylight in the
interior. Placing buildings far enough apart to allow daylight to penetrate rooms; siting
buildings for the best interior illuminance; and providing proper daylighting, can make
interior spaces feel brighter, more spacious, and improve occupants’ well-being. Climate
and heat gain from glazing can affect occupant comfort and daylighting.
223. Ulrich, R., Quan, X., Zimring, C., Joseph, A., & Choudhary, R. (2004). The role of
the physical environment in the hospital of the 21st century: A once-in-a-lifetime
opportunity. Concord, CA: Center for Health Design.
Keywords: health, healthcare facilities, programming, quality of life, research and
analysis, space planning, well-being
Abstract: Researchers reviewed over 600 pieces of literature that support the role of the
physical environment in hospital staff health and safety and patient outcomes and made
recommendations for improving hospital design. The study found four major areas where
© February 2006
197
the physical environment is linked to patient, staff, and visitor well-being. These four
areas included: reducing staff stress and fatigue and increasing effectiveness; improving
patient safety; reducing stress and improving outcomes; and improving overall healthcare
quality. The study recommended that evidence-based design (EBD), a method of using
sound research to make design decisions, could be used in conjunction with evidence-
based medicine to improve the hospital experience.
224. Vettraino, M. (2003, November). Ergonomics and work station design. Interiors &
Sources, 54-58.
Keywords: ergonomics, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E), musculoskeletal
disorders (MSD), productivity, risk management, user needs, workstation design,
workman’s compensation
Abstract: Ergonomics affect the human body in the work environment. Injuries are
common from poorly designed workstations (primarily musculoskeletal disorders such as
tendonitis, carpal tunnel, and low-back pain) and can be very costly in workman’s
compensation costs and loss of productivity. Poor workstation design can cause poor
posture and lead to bone remodeling which can cause osteoarthritis and degenerative joint
disease. At Merrill Lynch, proper ergonomic design of workstations reduced workman’s
compensation claims for soft tissue injuries by 95% within four years, increasing
productivity and employee retention. Training employees in the adjustment of specified
furniture is key.
225. Vincent, R. (2003, March 30). New ‘green’ office buildings put the ‘eco’ in
economical; Toyota’s complex shows how companies can tap technology to benefit
the environment – and not break the bank. Los Angeles Times. Retrieved August 9,
2004, from http://www.latimes.com
Keywords: corporate buildings, environmental health, green/sustainable design, recycled
materials
Abstract: The Toyota complex contains interior materials with an average of 50%
recycled content and boasts the country’s largest privately owned rooftop photovoltaic
power collection system, generating 20% of the buildings’ energy needs. The complex
also utilizes natural lighting to make it easier for those using computers and saves energy
with sensors for the fluorescent lighting. In addition, the interior flooring is made from
recycled glass. Toyota’s goal was to create a complex that was safe for the environment.
226. Vithayathawornwong, S., Danko, S., & Tolbert, P. (2003). The role of the physical
environment in supporting organizational creativity. Journal of Interior Design,
29(1&2), 1-16.

© February 2006
198
Keywords: office, performance, personalization, programming, social interaction, space
planning, user needs
Abstract: The physical and social environment can support creativity in the workplace.
Creativity in the workplace is important because it can increase company competitiveness
and flexibility. Dynamism in the workplace was the most important influence on
creativity in the workplace. Layout, spatial arrangement, and degree of enclosure
contributed to a sense of dynamism in the workplace. Other factors such as non-work
spaces, space for privacy and personalization, open door policies, and access to
communication technologies facilitated a creative environment.
227. Wallace, L., Emmerich, S., & Howard-Reed, C. (2002). Continuous measurements
of air change rates in an occupied house. Journal of Exposure Analysis and
Environmental Epidemiology, 12(4), 296-306.
Keywords: environmental health, health effects, heating, ventilation, and air conditioning
systems (HVAC), indoor air quality (IAQ), mechanical systems, quality of life
Abstract: Air change rates significantly decrease indoor pollution levels, however many
homes are designed to limit air exchange. Attic fans, open windows, and variation in
indoor and outdoor temperature significantly increased air exchange rates. Generally
tracer gas levels were higher on top floors of homes and decreased on lower floors.
228. Waresak, C. (2002). Full Circle: Designing for the 21st-century global village. ASID
ICON, 4, 16-20.
Keywords: brand identity, globalization, technology
Abstract: Ease of travel, technology, and the globalization of business is changing how
design is addressed around the world. Consumers do not want the same shopping
experience with familiar brands from city to city or country to country. While a retail
brand must remain strong, the way in which the brand is interpreted is influencing
architecture, interiors, and even the selection of products offered. Design must also be
sensitive to cultural differences in global audiences.
229. Waresak, C. (2003). Integrated spaces. ASID ICON, 5, 15-19.

Keywords: design concept, layout, space planning
Abstract: Designers are creating interior spaces with natural elements to help recall
positive environmental stimuli from the outdoors. Residential outdoor spaces have
interior amenities that open the interior to the outdoor world, blurring a once defined line.
The focus in work environments is to create spaces that function like natural
environments. Lowered ceilings over workstations or desk orientation help workers feel
enclosed and private while subtle shifts in lighting or gentle flutters in a fabric hanging
© February 2006
199
mimics natural, slight changes throughout the day in the outdoor world. “Integrated
spaces” and “habitat-at-work” are two terms that designers and researchers are using to
express these concepts.
230. Watkins, E. (2003, Fall). Office interface. Perspective, 28-32.

Keywords: acoustics, communication, corporate culture, daylighting, employee
recruitment and retention, energy, environmental control, hotel, productivity, workplace
Abstract: Interaction between workers is becoming increasingly important, and interior
design and technology (e.g., video conferencing, wireless video phones, personal
environmental controls) can increase needed collaboration. Lighting, acoustics, visual
and auditory privacy, expression of corporate values and culture, and temperature can
affect productivity. The focus of office design is on increasing satisfaction, efficiency,
and environmental friendliness. Bringing a residential aesthetic into the office and
branding are current trends.
231. Watkins, E. (2004, Summer). A question of identity. Perspective, 36-42.

Keywords: brand identity, design concept, hospitality/restaurants, retail
Abstract: This article discussed the conflict between branding and self-expression in
design. It is important to reflect the location of a facility in its design, so that one branch
of a chain in San Francisco does not look identical to one in New York, for instance.
However, consistency in brand image is important for recognition, while it is also
important that the company’s values and mission are reflected. Designers must adapt the
brand and look to accommodate differences in corporate culture and location.
232. Watkins, E. (2004, Fall). Art & science: Multidisciplinary research leads to design
breakthroughs shaping the quality of life. Perspective, 42-43, 47.
Keywords: performance, research and analysis, technology, user needs
Abstract: Technology and population demographics create the need for design
disciplines to work together and use research to help them solve design problems.
Interdisciplinary research creates a bridge between science and interior design. Scientific
research has informed interior designers of ways to create better, healthier buildings such
as the Federal Reserve Bank in Minneapolis and the Seattle Justice Center. Also, there
has been significant change in housing older people based on research that studied aging-
in-place and assisted living environments. Other advances in interior design using
scientific research include wayfinding and ergonomic offices. All of these research
advances help designers focus on user satisfaction.

© February 2006
200
233. Watson, G., Ramsey, V., De l'Aune, W., & Elk, A. (2004). Ergonomic enhancement
for older readers with low vision. Journal of Visual Impairment and Blindness, 98(4),
228-241.
Keywords: ergonomics, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E), health effects,
quality of life, senior/elderly
Abstract: Proper ergonomic adjustments at workstations increased upper-body comfort
and reading speed of older adults with low vision. Age-related macular degeneration
causes eyesight loss among older adults, which is essential to independent living.
234. Wedner, D. (2001, December 30). The royal treatment; A two-year interior
renovation of Pasadena’s Tournament House leaves it fit for a rose queen. Los
Angeles Times. Retrieved August 9, 2004, from http://www.latimes.com
Keywords: office, renovation/restoration
Abstract: The 18,500 square foot home of former chewing-gum creator William Wrigley
Jr., now houses the headquarters of the Tournament of Roses parade. ASID members
restored the interiors of the early 1900s home and included such interior features as
alabaster lighting, marble floors, restored antique Chinese wallpaper, spaces for displays
of Rose Bowl game memorabilia and parade grand marshals, and meeting spaces for
staff. The interior is now a functional office that provides meaning to the history of the
Tournament of Roses.
235. Weeks, K. (2004, July). Serving up style. Contract, 40-44.

Keywords: custom furniture, design concept, educational facility/school, kitchen,
technology
Abstract: Designers created a culinary arts college with ultra-modern cooking facilities
that excite both students and visitors. Technology allows students to view instruction
from the instructing chef at the head of the class on personal plasma monitors. Individual
cooking stations mimic real world professional kitchens. Included in this school is a
mock high-end restaurant where the class can sit and enjoy the day’s preparations.
Finishes in the school are clean and smooth. The effect of the design is that of a museum-
meets-nightclub, which motivates students about food and cooking.
236. Weinberg, L. (2003a, May 26). EnvironDesign 7. Officeinsight, 1, 3.

Keywords: daylighting, energy, environmental health, green/sustainable design
Abstract: The 2003 EnvironDesign conference in Washington, DC, focused on
sustainable design. Washington, DC, determined that “all new government projects must
be environmentally sensitive, a decision that significantly increases the design of green
buildings [in Washington, DC]” (p. 1). The conference included numerous sessions about
© February 2006
201
green business practices and case studies where speakers emphasized the dangers of
neglecting environmental responsibilities. Successful examples of green design include
Jamaica’s bamboo flooring industry, maximizing daylighting, developing energy-
efficient building systems, and optimizing natural ventilation.
237. Weinberg, L. (2003b, October 6). IIDA industry roundtable. Officeinsight, 1-2.
Keywords: green/sustainable design, LEEDTM, professional development
Abstract: IIDA (International Interior Design Association) is increasing interior
designers’ awareness of sustainable design as an integral part of their design solutions.
They view designers as the driving force behind green design because many clients are
still indifferent about it. Designers are challenged to find ways of making sustainable
materials more affordable because most clients are not willing to pay more for green
design. IIDA has started a Sustainable Design Education Fund that enables its members
to seek reimbursement for their fees after they pass the LEED accreditation exam. The
association is also creating a series of CEU credits about green design to help educate the
design community, particularly young designers. Interior designers work closely with
manufacturers to specify sustainable products.
238. Weinberg, L. (2004a, April 12). ASID, IFMA, Contract FutureWork: How business
will “reinvent” itself. Officeinsight, 1, 3-5.
Keywords: brand identity, collaboration, design concept, office, professional
development, programming
Abstract: Interior designers often act as consultants for clients and have begun blending
branding with design. Continuing education and collaboration among allied professional
organizations and professionals will help advance the profession of interior design.
Interior design projects are increasingly fast track and often involve extensive effort spent
getting to know clients. A flat hierarchy among employees that often results in open plans
and spaces for teaming is among the trends in office design.
239. Weinberg, L. (2004b, May 24). IIDANY facilities forum measure for measure.
Officeinsight, 11-15.
Keywords: collaboration, cost, employee recruitment and retention, performance,
research and analysis, universal design
Abstract: Interior designers are using research to inform their work. The Buffalo
Organization for Social and Technological Innovation (BOSTI) is investigating the
relationship between good design and business success. BOSTI has found that the
workplace can have a 24% effect on job satisfaction, a 5% effect on individual
performance, and an 11% effect on team performance. The Pentagon was renovated using

© February 2006
202
a Universal Space Plan (USP) developed by STUDIOS consulting services. The new
Pentagon plan used research to reduce costs by 16% and construction time by three years.
240. Wells, M., & Thelen, L. (2002). What does your workspace say about you? The
influence of personality, status, and workspace on personalization. Environment and
Behavior, 34(3), 300-321.
Keywords: corporate culture, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E), identity and
status, office, performance, personalization, productivity, programming, space planning,
well-being
Abstract: Personalization of workspace can increase job satisfaction, psychological well
being, and employee retention. Dedicated spaces that include elements such as shelving
and wall space can be added for workspace personalization. Company policies, the
personality of users, and employee status may all influence the degree to which
workspaces are personalized.
241. Wiens, J. (2000, May). Peace of mind. Interiors & Sources, 122-129.
Keywords: daycare/childcare center, design concept, health, safety and security
Abstract: A new childcare center for employees of Pfizer, Inc., in New York
incorporated a nature theme. The center is not intended as the only source of daycare for
employees, but as a back-up in case the regular provider is unavailable. The design goal
of the center was to create a soothing and peaceful environment. The design included
extensive acoustical accommodation and incorporated computer terminals, easily
accessible bookshelves, and a stage-like area. A strong partnership between the daycare
provider and the designer was developed. The childcare center has a tree house and fish
tanks contributing to the nature theme. Safety was also an important consideration in the
design with all rounded corners and nothing to pinch fingers. Non-toxic, easy-to-clean
materials were selected for additional health protection.
242. Wilson, K. (2002, Winter). The case for green design. Perspective, 20-26.
Keywords: green/sustainable design, post-occupancy evaluation (POE), productivity,
quality of life, well-being
Abstract: Owner investment in green design can lead to a better work environment that
can increase worker productivity. A post-occupancy study by Envision Design of their
Greenpeace headquarters project showed an improved work experience by employees.
Companies can also improve their public image by using green design. There is a growth
in the build-out of green interior spaces within existing buildings. A commercial building
may experience occupancy turnover 10 times in its life. Sustainable interior design is
increasingly important to the health of the planet and to occupants.
© February 2006
203
243. Wilson, K. (2004, Spring). Forum focus: Sustainability. Perspective, 62.
Keywords: environmental health, green/sustainable design, materials selection and
specification, quality of life, well-being
Abstract: The sustainable design movement has led to making products available on the
market that are more environmentally friendly. Companies that use sustainable practices
will reap the benefits in the coming years because their sustainable practices and products
will separate them from companies that do not practice sustainable design. Interior
designers should support companies that use sustainable practices.
244. Witte, G. (2003, July 21). Virginia school leads area into green movement. The
Washington Post. Retrieved July 30, 2004, from http://www.washingtonpost.com
Keywords: community/neighborhood, educational facility/school, environmental health,
green/sustainable design, indoor air quality (IAQ)
Abstract: The Langston-Brown School and Community Center is using green design
concepts. The design of the building involved the use of materials that gave off low levels
of toxins, including paints, fabrics, and adhesives. In addition, the building will contain
water tanks to collect rain from the roof and floor-to-ceiling windows to help with energy
efficiency.
245. Wu, X., Wang, F., & Wang, S. (2003). Properties of Wool/PET composite yarns.
Textile Research Journal, 73(4), 305-309.
Keywords: aesthetics, textile selection, specifications, and performance
Abstract: The quality of yarn affects textile performance and appearance. In an
experiment, the physical properties of wool and polyethylene terephthalic polyester
(PET) composite yarns were tested. Wool/PET composite yarns did not stretch or break
as much as wool/polyester yarns. The composite yarns were also less hairy and uneven
than wool/polyester yarns.
246. Xu, H. (2002). Lightness and chroma of computer simulated surfaces lit by lamps of
different spectra. Lighting Research and Technology, 34(4), 289-295.
Keywords: aesthetics, electrical systems, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment (FF&E),

lighting
Abstract: A lamp’s spectrum influences an interior’s brightness. A computer-simulated
experiment compared the function and aesthetic appearance of different lamps of the
same illuminance on interior surfaces. Different lamps generated different brightness
even if they had the same luminance.

© February 2006
204
247. Yee, R. (2004, October). Working the bewitching hours. 360 e-zine. Retrieved
December 8, 2004, from http://steelcase.com
Keywords: lighting, performance, satisfaction, workplace, user needs
Abstract: Several subtle environmental changes to a workplace supporting evening
and/or night workers can significantly increase job performance and satisfaction while
decreasing fatigue and errors due to sleepiness. Brightly lit spaces, audible mechanical
systems, good seating, rest areas, food service access, and stimulating architecture help
workers stay alert and awake without their environment feeling too quiet or “closed.” The
number of night shift workers is increasing by 3% annually.
248. Yust, B., Guerin, D., & Coopet, J. (2002). Residential energy consumption: 1987 to
1997. Family and Consumer Sciences Research Journal, 30(3), 323-349.
Keywords: building materials, finishes, and systems, conservation, energy, fixtures
selection, specifications, and performance
Abstract: According to the Department of Energy’s Residential Energy Consumption
Survey (RECS), while more energy efficient technology exists, energy consumption has
continued to increase due to larger homes, an increase in the number of appliances, and
an increase in the number of homes. Technologies that limit energy or that can be
programmed to turn off at certain times can help minimize energy use in homes.
249. Zacharias, J., & Stamps, A. (2004). Perceived building density as a function of
layout. Perceptual and Motor Skills, 98(3), 777-784.
Keywords: cognition/perception, crowding, site issues/building orientation, space
planning
Abstract: People’s perception of building density is based on factors such as building
height and spacing, architectural details, and landscaping. People estimate building size
through comparison with surrounding buildings. Significantly different sized buildings
are perceived as exaggerated in size. Differences in the perception of building size may
be due to memory, optical illusion, or previous experience.
250. Zipprich, J., Harris, S., Fox, J., & Borzelleca, J. (2002). An analysis of factors that
influence personal exposure to nitrogen oxides in residents of Richmond, Virginia.
Journal of Exposure Analysis and Environmental Epidemiology, 12(4), 273-285.
Keywords: allergies/asthma, building materials, finishes, and systems, environmental
health, flooring, indoor air quality (IAQ)
Abstract: Exposure to nitrogen oxides can cause respiratory disease, asthma, and other
health problems. A study in Richmond, VA, found a correlation between the presence of
carpeting in homes and increased indoor nitrogen oxide levels. Homes located closer to
© February 2006
205
an interstate did not have higher indoor levels of nitrogen oxides, and older homes had
lower levels than other newer homes. Children exhibited low exposure levels.

© February 2006
206
12.0 Index of Abstracts Listed in the Annotated Bibliography
The Annotated Bibliography (see section 11.0) includes 250 abstracts gleaned from
refereed journals, conference proceedings, trade and organization publications, and the public
press from January 2000 through January 2005. The keywords, representing the interior design
profession’s knowledge areas (KAs) or issues/terms integral to the practice of interior design, are
included here. The number associated with each keyword/phrase indicates the abstract from
which it comes. All abstracts are about multiple KAs and/or related issues/terms.
accessibility, 1, 6, 13, 22, 28, 37, 38, 40, 62, code of ethics, 128
93, 112, 132, 137, 152, 158, 184, 201, codes and building standards, 11, 73, 135,
207, 221 196
acoustics, 20, 23, 33, 55, 57, 64, 121, 141, cognition/perception, 17, 30, 69, 118, 185,
153, 182, 190, 194, 230 203, 205, 214, 249
adolescent/teenager, 74, 99, 102, 118, 155 collaboration, 7, 49, 54, 78, 85, 113, 238,
aesthetics, 25, 42, 45, 56, 64, 67, 104, 105, 239
120, 129, 131, 156, 166, 174, 245, 246 color, 24, 27, 30, 48, 49, 54, 58, 88, 162,
affordable housing, 173 176, 203
airplane design, 43 comfort, 48, 135, 136
allergies/asthma, 36, 41, 53, 250 commercial design, 148, 220
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), 40, communication, 4, 5, 56, 65, 85, 128, 230
132, 146, 185, 221 community/neighborhood, 2, 3, 4, 6, 28, 61,
anthropometrics, 76, 109, 143, 159, 180, 202 63, 73, 85, 175, 192, 210, 244
arena, 132 concept sketches/drawings, 5, 96
artwork, 54 conceptualization/visualization, 4, 166
assisted living, 18, 45, 107, 131, 152, 160 conference rooms, 56
audiovisual, 20, 194 conservation, 21, 115, 248
baby boomers, 22, 139 corporate buildings, 225
barrier free, 137 corporate culture, 24, 117, 141, 144, 170,
bathroom, 35, 65 230, 240
behavior and operations, 69 correctional facility, 211
best practices, 50 cost, 32, 105, 239
brand identity, 58, 82, 228, 231, 238 crowding, 46, 47, 249
budgeting, 57, 142, 171 culture/ethnicity, 2, 28, 53, 54, 86, 139, 161,
building materials, finishes, and systems, 46, 162, 174, 186, 188
94, 100, 142, 183, 196, 197, 248, 250 custom furniture, 167, 169, 235
call center, 80 daycare/childcare center, 176, 241
caregiver, 116, 180 daylighting, 14, 23, 52, 77, 89, 122, 123,
carpeting/textiles, 126, 165 124, 163, 204, 222, 230, 236
change management, 169, 181 decision making, 61
child development and learning, 47, 114, decorative elements, 140, 188
155, 195 dementia/Alzheimer’s disease, 107, 160,
children, 53, 54, 73, 143, 145, 159, 176, 187 201
churn, 81 dental clinic, 202
cleaning and maintenance, 31 design and aesthetics, 60, 188
© February 2006
207
design concept, 25, 51, 54, 55, 57, 58, 140, furnishings, fixtures, and equipment
154, 175, 176, 188, 213, 229, 231, 235, (FF&E), 36, 49, 56, 57, 83, 109, 111, 143,
238, 241 159, 166, 171, 180, 182, 212, 215, 219,
design elements, 22 224, 233, 240, 246
design process, 2, 66, 114, 128, 155, 168, gender, 74, 102, 118, 182
192, 198, 203 generation, 83, 139
design team, 113 globalization, 188, 228
detailing, 48 government facilities, 89
diversity, 83 green/sustainable design, 6, 7, 10, 13, 14,
downsizing, 81 16, 21, 25, 32, 39, 63, 89, 90, 95, 100,
drawing/drafting, 96 110, 115, 124, 125, 135, 142, 147, 164,
durability, 42, 125, 129 171, 173, 210, 225, 236, 237, 242, 243,
ecosystem management, 21 244
educational facility/school, 23, 72, 84, 114, GSA (General Services Administration), 42
124, 142, 143, 159, 190, 191, 195, 196, guest/shopper, 38, 218
235, 244 health, 18, 28, 32, 59, 73, 75, 87, 88, 92,
electrical systems, 123, 136, 138, 220, 246 111, 122, 157, 172, 173, 177, 187, 191,
employee recruitment and retention, 8, 24, 212, 223, 241
87, 98, 134, 153, 230, 239 health effects, 13, 14, 29, 34, 35, 44, 46, 94,
energy, 7, 10, 13, 16, 32, 44, 51, 63, 90, 95, 103, 109, 129, 143, 159, 165, 180, 183,
110, 115, 122, 123, 135, 138, 204, 217, 193, 196, 197, 215, 227, 233
230, 236, 248 health, safety, and welfare, 9, 11, 23, 116,
entertainment, 48 129, 148, 191
environmental control, 24, 26, 34, 46, 47, healthcare facilities, 28, 29, 52, 54, 69, 71,
77, 102, 138, 149, 153, 230 99, 108, 112, 116, 125, 127, 129, 130,
environmental health, 7, 10, 18, 36, 41, 44, 133, 139, 150, 152, 179, 180, 186, 202,
46, 53, 92, 94, 103, 146, 179, 187, 196, 207, 209, 211, 223
206, 225, 227, 236, 243, 244, 250 heating, ventilation, and air conditioning
equipment/fixtures selection, specifications, systems (HVAC), 34, 41, 113, 157, 190,
and performance, 196 193, 227
ergonomics, 56, 76, 80, 83, 109, 134, 141, high-rise buildings, 156
143, 146, 159, 167, 202, 212, 215, 224, HIPPA (Health Insurance Portability and
233 Accountability Act), 33
evidence-based design, 52, 127, 133, 179 historical renovation/restoration, 57, 86,
evidence-based medicine, 179 100, 146
facilities management, 151 home office, 134
finishes, 64, 111, 146 hospitality/restaurants, 31, 144, 156, 188,
First Impressions program, 42 219, 231
fitness center/health club, 59 hotel, 9, 24, 39, 86, 98, 230
fixtures selection, specifications, and housing, 1, 22, 61, 106, 210
performance, 94, 97, 100, 116, 138, 199, human behavior, 27, 108, 209
202, 217, 220, 248 human needs, 25, 178
flooring, 11, 18, 31, 94, 126, 250 identity and status, 2, 155, 240
function/performance, 25, 38, 56, 67, 104, indoor air quality (IAQ), 13, 16, 18, 34, 41,
117, 166, 174, 178, 219 92, 111, 113, 115, 125, 157, 173, 183,
190, 193, 197, 206, 227, 244, 250

© February 2006
208
innovation, 85, 213, 218 149, 161, 165, 168, 172, 190, 200, 212,
interdisciplinary, 169 215, 216, 226, 232, 239, 240, 247
kitchen, 37, 93, 196, 235 personalization, 45, 60, 83, 114, 226, 240
landscape design, 59, 90 physiology, 122
layout, 72, 85, 101, 178, 229 planning and policy, 2, 4, 21, 23, 51, 62, 86,
LEEDTM, 32, 89, 95, 125, 135, 147, 237 155, 158, 201
library, 3, 192 post-occupancy evaluation (POE), 153, 242
life cycle analysis/costs, 14, 142 preference/attitude, 19, 30, 74, 97, 104, 106,
lighting, 10, 23, 24, 48, 57, 67, 75, 77, 88, 138, 162, 182, 205, 218
97, 104, 122, 123, 124, 136, 138, 146, pre-occupancy study, 153
161, 163, 167, 172, 186, 190, 199, 204, prisoner/inmate, 211
216, 217, 220, 222, 246, 247 privacy, 19, 22, 33, 57, 68, 71, 99, 102, 108,
long-term care, 201 141, 145, 153, 182, 186, 209
maintenance, 129 productivity, 29, 46, 49, 77, 88, 117, 136,
mall/shopping center, 74 141, 172, 182, 212, 224, 230, 240, 242
marketing, 82 professional development, 50, 237, 238
materials selection and specification, 16, 42, professional practice, 50, 128, 203
49, 58, 88, 120, 129, 175, 191, 206, 243 programming, 14, 16, 19, 23, 29, 45, 62, 66,
meaning and symbolism, 45, 60, 70, 86, 69, 70, 99, 109, 114, 116, 132, 154, 155,
154, 162, 188, 198, 203 168, 170, 186, 190, 198, 199, 200, 201,
mechanical systems, 35, 44, 92, 103, 113, 214, 219, 223, 226, 238, 240
193, 197, 227 psychological needs/responses, 24, 47, 68,
mental and cognitive disabilities, 158, 185, 101, 108, 122, 131, 200
195, 214 public facilities, 3, 9, 42, 59, 155, 189
mobile furniture, 78 quality of life, 2, 29, 35, 38, 44, 45, 47, 51,
mock-up, 163, 166 53, 62, 67, 73, 87, 106, 131, 135, 137,
mold and mildew, 36, 157 150, 157, 165, 168, 172, 174, 177, 178,
multimedia, 20, 189 180, 190, 199, 201, 207, 211, 213, 222,
multiple chemical sensitivity (MCS), 41 223, 227, 233, 242, 243
multitasking, 84 recycled materials, 7, 10, 13, 95, 110, 115,
musculoskeletal disorders (MSD), 224 171, 173, 225
museum, 17 relaxation, 65, 119
music, 55, 98 religious facility, 20
nursing home, 8, 18, 112, 201 renovation/restoration, 6, 8, 23, 42, 48, 192,
office, 9, 13, 14, 15, 16, 19, 24, 26, 65, 103, 221, 234
117, 134, 138, 141, 144, 151, 166, 168, research and analysis, 15, 26, 31, 66, 67,
170, 181, 182, 200, 208, 212, 215, 226, 126, 148, 172, 177, 198, 201, 218, 223,
234, 238, 240 232, 239
operating costs, 110 residential, 1, 35, 36, 40, 49, 63, 90, 102,
orientation/wayfinding, 12, 69, 163, 214 106, 107, 119, 145, 148, 164, 173, 174,
parks and recreation, 59 178, 184, 197, 220, 222
patient satisfaction, 8, 99, 127 retail, 9, 38, 55, 58, 74, 100, 149, 218, 231
Pebble Project, 127, 130 retrofit, 64, 204
performance, 13, 14, 15, 19, 24, 46, 65, 79, revitalization/urban renewal, 4, 61
87, 97, 98, 111, 117, 126, 129, 130, 133, risk management, 50, 224

© February 2006
209
safety and security, 9, 31, 69, 73, 74, 89, 93, water conservation, 39, 110
118, 120, 129, 145, 146, 150, 155, 165, wayfinding/signage, 2, 12, 17, 29, 62, 118,
177, 191, 194, 199, 210, 241 176, 185, 186, 205
satisfaction, 13, 52, 130, 247 well-being, 2, 13, 14, 27, 35, 38, 44, 45, 47,
schematic design, 132 51, 54, 62, 67, 73, 87, 88, 106, 131, 133,
senior/elderly, 45, 68, 106, 112, 131, 165, 135, 137, 148, 157, 165, 172, 174, 177,
199, 233 178, 180, 186, 190, 200, 201, 207, 213,
sense of place, 136 222, 223, 240, 242, 243
sensory responses, 12, 17, 27, 35, 46, 53, 55, workman’s compensation, 224
75, 97, 103, 172, 176, 194, 203 workplace, 70, 75, 76, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 85,
sick building syndrome (SBS), 193 87, 89, 101, 111, 134, 141, 151, 167, 169,
site issues/building orientation, 249 170, 171, 182, 216, 230, 247
social interaction, 26, 74, 99, 155, 226 workstation design, 109, 224
social needs and factors, 23, 28, 66, 70, 85,
105
space planning, 15, 17, 19, 28, 33, 38, 48,
58, 68, 69, 72, 74, 78, 80, 81, 90, 99, 102,
108, 117, 136, 141, 178, 185, 186, 200,
211, 213, 223, 226, 229, 240, 249
special populations, 12, 137, 194
specifications, 7, 126, 190
storage, 79
strategic planning, 59, 81, 181
stress, 46, 65, 87, 99
teamwork, 78, 208
technology, 22, 43, 56, 72, 80, 84, 134, 136,
141, 149, 177, 181, 189, 208, 228, 232,
235
telecommuting, 134
textile selection, specifications, and
performance, 11, 91, 245
theater, 6, 221
transportation, 43
universal design, 1, 22, 37, 38, 40, 62, 93,
158, 184, 221, 239
US Census, 139
user needs, 66, 70, 71, 72, 76, 77, 79, 83,
101, 117, 136, 141, 160, 167, 197, 198,
201, 204, 215, 224, 226, 232, 247
USGBC (United States Green Building
Council), 147
value added, 49
VDT (video display terminal), 76, 77
visual impairments/blindness, 12
volatile organic compounds (VOC), 7, 95,
125, 206

© February 2006
210
211

The Interior Design Profession's Body of Knowledge: 2005 Edition

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

The Interior Design Profession's Body of Knowledge: 2005 Edition

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

The Interior Design Profession’s

Caren S. Martin, Ph.D., CID, ASID, IIDA

List of Tables………………………………………………………. iii

Executive Summary……………………………………………….. vii

2.0 Previous Studies Related to Bodies of Knowledge…………………. 15

3.0 Method Used to Define the Body of Knowledge…………………. 21

4.0 Findings and Discussion of the Definition of the

5.0 Method Used to Document the Body of Knowledge…………….. 49

Martin & Guerin, 2005

7.0 Implications for Further Work…………………………………... 97

8.0 Conclusions………………………………………………………… 101

9.0 References………………………………………………………….. 104

10.0 Appendices…………………………………………………………. 108

A 2001 BOK by Categories and KAs (Unweighted)…………... 109

11.0 Annotated Bibliography:

12.0 Index of Abstracts Listed in the Annotated Bibliography……… 214

Martin & Guerin, 2005

Table 1. Career Additive Method……………………………………. 26

Table 2. IDEP Internal Weighting – Ratio……………………………. 29

Table 3. Panel of Experts Recommendations to the BOK Project

Martin & Guerin, 2005

Figure 1. 2001 Interior Design Profession’s Body of Knowledge

Figure 2. Career Cycle Process………………………………………… 19

Figures 3a Collapsing the Keywords into Knowledge Areas: Examples 24

Figure 4. Career Additive Method Model……………………………... 27

Figure 5. Weighted Knowledge Areas by Category: Career Additive

Figure 6. Category Comparison: 2001 Versus 2005 Body of

Figure 7. Process Used to Identify the Interior Design Profession’s

Figure 8. Model of the Interior Design Profession’s 2005 Body of 44

Martin & Guerin, 2005

Documentation, funded by the Association of Registered Interior Designers of Ontario (ARIDO).

Design Qualification (NCIDQ). It is important to define a body of knowledge as abstract

societies institutionalize expertise” (Abbott, 1988, p. xii).

Education, experience, examination, and regulatory jurisdiction documents were searched

Martin & Guerin, 2005

examine the study.

Design’s body of knowledge…” (personal communication, February 5, 2006).

knowledge and theoretical constructs.

Martin & Guerin, 2005

Caren S. Martin, Ph.D., CID, ASID, IIDA

Martin & Guerin, 2005

Precedent for this Study

Martin & Guerin, 2005

Method Used to Define the Body of Knowledge

Martin & Guerin, 2005

Limitations of the Research Method

Method Used to Document the Body of Knowledge

Martin & Guerin, 2005

The Body of Knowledge Categories

Martin & Guerin, 2005

Group A.2: Interior Construction, Codes, and Regulations

Interior Construction, Codes, and Regulations Knowledge Areas [Value = 329]

Martin & Guerin, 2005

Group B.1: Design

Design Knowledge Areas [Value = 256]

Martin & Guerin, 2005

Products and Materials Knowledge Areas [Value = 235]

Group B.3: Professional Practice

Martin & Guerin, 2005

Group C.1: Communication

Communication Knowledge Areas [Value = 109]

Martin & Guerin, 2005